Home Decisions Meetings News
← Back to Planning

Planning

Thursday 4th June 2026 • View on LB Hillingdon’s website

► Watch Part 2 on YouTube

Meeting documents
👥 Attendance details📄 Agenda frontsheet PDF 362 KB📦 Agenda reports pack PDF 147 MB📝 Printed decisions PDF 12 KB📝 Printed minutes PDF 354 KB
Read the text of: Agenda frontsheet PDF 362 KB (6 pages)
Lloyd White Head of Democratic Services London Borough of Hillingdon, 3E/05, Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW www.hillingdon.gov.uk Hillingdon Planning Committee Councillors on the Committee Councillor Philip Corthorne MCIPD (Chair) Councillor Darran Davies (Vice-Chair) Councillor James Bourke Councillor John Garner Councillor Daniel Singham Councillor Ella Garelick Councillor Jagjit Singh Date: THURSDAY, 4 JUNE 2026 Time: 7.00 PM Venue: COMMITTEE ROOM 5 - CIVIC CENTRE Meeting Details: The public and press are welcome to attend and observe the meeting. For safety and accessibility, security measures will be conducted, including searches of individuals and their belongings. Attendees must also provide satisfactory proof of identity upon arrival. Refusal to comply with these requirements will result in non - admittance. This meeting may be broadcast on the Council’s YouTube channel. You can also view this agenda online at www.hillingdon.gov.uk Published: Wednesday, 27 May 2026 Contact: Ryan Dell Email: democratic@hillingdon.gov.uk Useful information for residents and visitors Travel and parking Bus routes 427, U1, U3, U4 and U7 all stop at the Civic Centr e. Uxbridge underground station, with the Piccadilly and Metropolitan lines, is a short walk away. Limited parking is available at the Civic Centre. For details on availability and how to book a parking space, please contact Democratic Services. Please ent er from the Council’s main reception where you will be directed to the Committee Room. Accessibility An Induction Loop System is available for use in the various meeting rooms. Please contact us for further information. Attending, reporting and filming of meetings For the public part of this meeting, residents and the media are welcomed to attend, and if they wish, report on it, broadcast, record or film proceedings as long as it does not disrupt proceedings. It is recommended to give advance notice t o ensure any particular requirements can be met. The Council will provide a seating area for residents/public, an area for the media and high speed WiFi access to all attending. The officer shown on the front of this agenda should be contacted for further information and will be available at the meeting to assist if required. Kindly ensure all mobile or similar devices on silent mode. Please note that the Council may also record or film this meeting and publish this online. Emergency procedures If there is a FIRE, you will hear a continuous alarm. Please follow the signs to the nearest FIRE EXIT and assemble on the Civic Centre forecourt. Lifts must not be used unless instructed by a Fire Marshal or Security Officer. In the event of a SECURITY INCIDENT, follow instructions issued via the tannoy, a Fire Marshal or a Security Officer. Those unable to evacuate using the stairs, should make their way to the signed refuge locations. Agenda Chairman's Announcements 1 Apologies for absence 2 Declarations of Interest in matters coming before this meeting 3 To receive the minutes of the previous meeting 1 - 8 4 Minutes of the AGM 9 - 10 5 Matters that have been notified in advance or urgent 6 To confirm that the items of business marked Part I will be considered in Public and the items marked Part II will be considered in Private Planning Committee Report Part 1_Standard Information Applications with a Petition 7 Land at Rushmoor Close - 39470/APP/2025/728 Northwood Hills Erection of 2no. two -storey detached dwellinghouses with associated parking, landscaping and ancillary works (revised plans 12.03.26) Recommendations: Approval 19 - 64 8 74 St Georges Drive - 79535/APP/2026/11 Ickenham & South Harefield Erection of single storey rear extension, alteration to the roof of the existing single storey garage, conversion of the main roof to habitable acco mmodation comprising of 2 x side dormers and hip- to-gable extension to the rear, demolition of existing chimney, and expansion of raised patio area to the rear of the property (Part Retrospective) Recommendations: Approval 65 - 110 9 Land adjacent to 7 Wepham Close - 79199/APP/2025/3131 Yeading Erection of 5 new -build residential dwellings, with private amenity space, parking, refuge storage and cycle parking (amended drawings) Recommendations: Approval 111 - 164 10 Technology House - 76417/APP/2025/1879 Yiewsley Change of use from mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) uses to mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and C lass F.1 (Learning and Non -Residential Institutions). Recommendation: Refusal 165 - 194 Applications without a Petition 11 Hayes Bridge Retail Park - 78343/APP/2025/2925 Wood End Proposed enabling works ( site clearance and ground preparation). Recommendations: Approval 195 - 228 12 Hayes Park West - 12853/APP/2025/2844 Charville Partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi -storey car park to provide new homes (Use Class C3) , landscaping, car and cycle parking, and other associated work. Recommendations: Approve + Sec 106 229 - 316 13 Land at Austin Road (Hayes Town Centre) - 76550/APP/2026/460 Hayes Town Submission of Reserved Matters Application (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) pursuant to Condition 1 of Application ref: 76550/APP/2025/2864 (Application submitted under Section 73 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to vary Conditions 3 (Approved Plans); 4 (Supporting Plans/Documents); 5 (Land Uses and Development Scope); 6 (Housing Mix); 7 (Phasing Plan); 9 (Residential Density); 10 (Building Heights); 19 (Landscaping); 22 (Parking Allocation and Management); and 50 (Wind Effects Assessment) of application reference 76550/APP/2023/2931 dated 01 -05- 2024. Section 73 application to vary Condition 3 of application reference 76550/APP/2021/4499 dated 28 -09-22 (Hybrid planning application seeking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolition of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; provision of a community centre (Use Class F2(b) floorspace); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spa ces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Blocks A and B comprising 80 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space and landscaping; car and cycle parking; refuse storage, servicing area, and other associated infrastructure to include temporary hig hways and landscaping works) to increase the parapet height by 50cm in the Detailed First Phase. Variation to increase the number of homes, to join blocks in phases 2 and 3, a reduction of parking to create green spaces, amendment to scale of street and relocation of community facility. Recommendations: Approval 317 - 380 14 Haydon School - 9556/APP/2026/461 Northwood Hills Construction of an Artificial Grass Pitch (AGP) with perimeter fencing, hardstanding areas, storage container, floodlights and an access footpath (Amended Red Outline on Location Plan) Recommendations: Approval 381 - 426 Planning Committee Report Part 3_Policy Appendices Support for Housebuilding - London Plan Guidance Plans for the Hillingdon Planning Committee 15 Addendum 605 - 610

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

Read the text of: Printed decisions PDF 12 KB (1 page)
Decisions taken by the Hillingdon Planning Committee on Thursday, 4 June 2026 Agenda Item No Topic Decision 7. Land at Rushmoor Close - 39470/APP/2025/728 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 8. 74 St Georges Drive - 79535/APP/2026/11 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 9. Land adjacent to 7 Wepham Close - 79199/APP/2025/3131 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 10. Technology House - 76417/APP/2025/1879 RESOLVED: That the application was refused 11. Hayes Bridge Retail Park - 78343/APP/2025/2925 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 12. Hayes Park West - 12853/APP/2025/2844 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 13. Land at Austin Road (Hayes Town Centre) - 76550/APP/2026/460 RESOLVED: That the application was approved 14. Haydon School - 9556/APP/2026/461 RESOLVED: That the application was approved These are the decisions of the above meeting. For more information on any of the resolutions please contact Ryan Dell on democratic@hillingdon.gov.uk. Circulation of these decisions is to Councillors, Officers, the Press and Members of the Public.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

Read the text of: Printed minutes PDF 354 KB (14 pages)
Minutes HILLINGDON PLANNING COMMITTEE 04 June 2026 Meeting held at Committee Room 5 - Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW Committee Members Present: Councillor Philip Corthorne (Chair), Councillor Darran Davies (Vice-Chair), Councillor James Bourke, Councillor John Garner, Councillor Daniel Singham, Councillor Ella Garelick, Councillor Jagjit Singh, Officers Present: Ed Laughton – Area Planning Service Manager Grace Liu – Area Planning Service Manager Chris Brady – Planning Team Leader Eoin Concannon – Planning Team Leader Michael Briginshaw – Deputy Team Leader Mike Kemp – Deputy Team Leader Sally Robbins – Senior Planning Officer Richard Michalski – Highways Engineer Natalie Fairclough – Legal Advisor Noor Alrashed – Legal Advisor Ryan Dell – Democratic Services Also Present: Councillor Sarah Hassoun 161. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE (Agenda Item 1) None. 162. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN MATTERS COMING BEFORE THIS MEETING (Agenda Item 2) None. 163. TO RECEIVE THE MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS MEETING (Agenda Item 3) RESOLVED: That the minutes of the meeting dated 21 April 2026 be agreed as an accurate record. 164. MINUTES OF THE AGM (Agenda Item 4) RESOLVED: That the minutes of the meeting dated 14 May 2026 be agreed as an accurate record. 165. MATTERS THAT HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED IN ADVANCE OR URGENT (Agenda Item 5) None. 166. TO CONFIRM THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART I WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PUBLIC AND THE ITEMS MARKED PART II WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PRIVATE (Agenda Item 6) It was confirmed that all items of business were marked Part I and would be considered in public. 167. LAND AT RUSHMOOR CLOSE - 39470/APP/2025/728 (Agenda Item 7) Erection of 2no. two -storey detached dwellinghouses with associated parking, landscaping and ancillary works (revised plans 12.03.26) Officers introduced the application. The lead petitioners attended and addressed the Committee, making the following points:  The petitioners thanked the Committee for the opportunity to address them Conservation area  The site was originally part of the rear garden of Brackenwood House and was now backland within Eastcote Conservation area  The character of this part of the conservation area was defined by openness, generous spacing between buildings and mature landscaping  Replacing this open land with two detached houses, driveways and parking would permanently erode those qualities  Once built upon, the openness of the site cannot be restored  Residents do not believe that the proposal preserves or enhances the chara cter and appearance of the conservation area as required by law Overdevelopment of the constrained site  This proposal appeared to be the result of trying to fit two houses onto a constrained plot rather than developing a site that was naturally capable of accommodating them  The wider Brackenwood landholding had not been incorporated into the scheme. Instead, two substantial detached dwellings were compressed into a limited area, creating pressure on layout, landscaping and a spacious block pattern that defines Rushmoor Close  The proposal eroded the generous spacing between properties as a key characteristic of both Rushmoor Close and the Eastcote conservation area  The application was out of character with the local area Unresolved ecology and biodiversity concerns  No ecological survey had been submitted and the officer's report stated that the Council cannot currently be satisfied that biodiversity interests would not be harmed  The site may support nesting birds, bats, invertebrates and small mammals. Planning permission should not be granted first with ecological impacts investigated later Parking, highway safety and emergency access  Rushmore Cross already suffered from significant parking pressure  The road was narrow and additional development would lead to increased vehicle movement and on-street parking  Additional parking would worsen manoeuvring difficulties for residents, deliveries and refuse vehicles  There were genuine concerns that emergency vehicles including fire engines and ambulances could be delayed or obstructed Limited public benefit does not outweigh the harm  The stated public benefit was the provision of two additional dwellings. Against that must be weighed the permanent loss of open land within a conservation area; harm to its spacious charac ter and appearance; unresolved ecological concerns; and increased parking and highway pressure  Residents submit that the harm clearly outweighed the very limited benefit Members asked about parking provision. Officers advised that this was to the London Plan standard which the Council had to abide by. There would be a single space per dwelling, and no over-provision. It was suggested that there would not be a strong case to refuse the application on parking provision. Members raised concerns about size a nd footprint, which appeared excessive and out of character. Members also asked about a condition that there would be sufficient space for emergency vehicles to enter. Officers confirmed that the turning head was unrestricted, and new crossing facilities would deter parking. Members asked how the low PTAL rating had been justified. Officers confirmed that they were bound by the regional standard for the scale of development, which was a maximum of 1.5 spaces per unit. Members asked about preserving the c onservation area. Officers advised that amendments had been made to reduce the height and to be set in from the boundaries. The ridge line was in line with neighbouring p roperties. Building materials were also in line with the area. The Conservation Office r had been consulted and raised no objections. Overall, officers deemed it acceptable. There was sufficient amenity space at the rear of both properties and so the application met the standards in terms of policy. Members asked about the land supply. Offi cers advised that the five -year supply was not currently being met. There was a two -and-a-half-year supply as at the start of April. As such there would be a presumption in favour of the development unless it demonstrably outweighed the benefits. In this i nstance, officers had concluded that the scheme did not cause harm. Members asked about the reference to impact on locally listed buildings. Officers advised that the distance from the site meant that impact would be minimal. Members suggested and Lega l officers confirmed that in the event of appeal, any planning conditions could be reduced or lost entirely. Officers’ recommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 168. 74 ST GEORGES DRIVE - 79535/APP/2026/11 (Agenda Item 8) Erection of single storey rear extension, alteration to the roof of the existing single storey garage, conversion of the main roof to habitable accommodation comprising of 2 x side dormers and hip-to-gable extension to the rear, demolition of existing chimney, and expansion of raised patio area to the rear of the property (Part Retrospective) Officers introduced the application. Note: the YouTube broadcast was paused for the next part of the meeting. The lead petitioner addressed the Committee and made the following points:  Policy DMHB 11 sought to safeguard neighbouring occupiers from unacceptable loss of privacy – this development introduced elevated windows and elevated patio  Policy DMHB 11 also r equired a development not to adversely impact neighbouring amenity – this development appeared materially higher than approved  Policy DMHD 1 required no unacceptable loss of outlook; no unacceptable visual intrusion; and a satisfactory relationship with neighbouring dwellings  The proposal would lead to overlooking of neighbouring properties into habitable rooms, private amenity areas and gardens  There were five properties in close proximity  The application property was unusual as it originally occupied a ma terially elevated position relative to neighbouring properties on Copthall Road West and a lower position relative to its neighbour on St George’s Drive, which had changed due to deposition of waste  The relationship was not that of properties on level ground but a complex angled site impacting five neighbouring properties that orig inally had a significant stepped down ground level between them  The property sat at an angle on the plot with the rear facing into the rear of homes on Copthall Road West – this w as not a straightforward back -to-back relationship  Ground levels had been materially altered during construction  The full length of the garden had been raised through the large deposition of unknown waste materials  The combined effect was materially different from the original small bungalow  The development had not been assessed in its true context and relied on permitted development rights, separation distances and fallback positions  A separation distance measured on a plan did not reflect the actual relat ionship experienced by neighbouring residents  The report did not reference surveyed original levels or existing levels  The report relied on previous approvals and fallback positions, whereas the real - world impact derived from the enlarged roof, dormers, hi p-to-gable extension, raised floor levels, patio, and altered garden levels  No daylight or sunlight assessment had been undertaken  The cumulative impact on residential amenity had not been adequately demonstrated to the Committee  The distance between 72 St George’s Drive and 85 Copthall Road West was 23 metres  The distance between the rear window of 85 Copthall Road West and 74 St George’s Drive was only 12 metres  The cumulative impact across all alterations resulted in a materially greater effect on neighbouring amenity than originally assessed  A site visit would allow Members to p roperly assess the site and understand the true relationships and impacts Members asked and the petitioner clarified that the rear window looked directly into neighbours’ homes. Members asked and the petitioner clarified that rubble/ waste material was deposited across the whole garden. The patio was not the original level. This could be observed via a site visit. Note: the YouTube broadcast was resumed at this point. The agent submitted a written representation, which was read out:  This statement is submitted on behalf of the applicant  This is a proportionate part -retrospective application that brings a small number of detailed matters into line with the substantial works already lawfully consented at the property. The applicant respectfully asks the Committee to grant permission, with conditions  The applicant publicly thanks the case officer for the constructive way in which the application has been considered, including the jo int site visit in February and the iterative refinements that followed  By way of context, two prior decisions of the Council, both made before any petition was registered, set what is already lawful at the property: a Lawful Development Certificate, granted last July, for the loft conversion, side dormers, hip-to-gable and a new gable end window; and a Prior Approval, also granted last July, for a single -storey rear extension extending four metres beyond the rear wall.  Refusal of the present application would not undo either of those decisions  The matters before the Committee are limited and discrete: an alteration to the existing garage roof; demolition of the existing chimney; expansion of the raised patio area, with a maximum step of 300 millimetres tied to the drawings; a 0.25 - metre increase in the maximum height of the rear extension so the new ridge line aligns with the existing rear roofline; and minor window adjustments to the lawful loft scheme  Each of these is addressed in detail in the written adde ndum already with Members. The case officer carried out a site visit in February. Following the visit, the front gable was removed from the proposal, the loft conversion was scaled back closer to the lawful baseline, and the patio was capped at 300 millime tres. The amendments were confirmed acceptable in April. There are no known objections from the statutory consultees engaged – Highways, Environmental Health and Drainage  The applicant respectfully draws Members' attention to one recent decision on this same street. Number 23 was approved in August 2024 for the remodelling of a bungalow into a two -storey dwellinghouse – a materially more substantial scheme than the matters now before the Committee. That decision is the subject of section 4.3.5 of the written addendum  Two final points on the petition. First, the opening sentence of Section 2 of the Supporting Statement contained a wording error: it referred to the "northern side" of the road where the property is in fact on the southern side, towards the northern end. The wording has been corrected. The submitted d rawings, location plan and both solar studies were prepared on the correct cardinal orientation throughout, and the error was confined to that single sentence of prose  Second, the remaining matters r aised in the petition – including overlooking, the 45-degree relationship, and the change from bungalow to two storey – are addressed in detail in sections 4 and 5 of the written addendum. The officer's recommendation is consistent with the findings in tho se sections, and with the relevant Local Plan policies on residential design, character and neighbour amenity  The applicant offers the following six commitments and asks the Committee to attach them as conditions of any grant of permission: o Condition 1: th e first-floor bathroom window in the east elevation will be installed with obscured glazing, fixed shut below head height, in accordance with the approved drawings; o Condition 2: the patio step is capped at 300 millimetres, tied to the drawings; o Condition 3: no further side windows or doors without the Council's permission; o Condition 4: materials to match the existing house; o Condition 5: before the rear extension is occupied or the patio is used, the applicant will notify the Council and invi te a site visit to confirm the works match the approved drawings, with any material discrepancy to be the subject of a further application; o Condition 6: a drainage statement before the patio is in use  With those commitments in place, the applicant respectfully asks the C ommittee to grant permission and bring this matter to a conclusion A written representation had also been received from a Ward Councillor, which was read out:  The application you are considering has raised a significant level of neighbour objections. I ap preciate that this is a complex application with the number of permitted development elements within the overall scheme  I would urge you to pay particular attention to the proposed patio and ensure that it is built from the natural ground level. The petiti oners will have shown you photographs that the ground has been artificially raised before the patio has been constructed  The rear dormer is now proposed to have a second window and given the close relationship to other properties and the road angle this wi ll increase the opportunity for overlooking. I would request that this is refused  To fully consider the relationship and overlooking issues in respect of this application I would suggest you consider a site visit Members asked and it was confirmed that su bmission of additional information from petitioners was limited to five photos. Members asked for more clarity on the 45 -degree rule. Officers clarified that this applied to properties that were adjacent to each other. If a window that was adjacent to another property did not reach the 45 -degree line, then it would pass the daylight/ sunlight test. The distance from the windows of the neighbouring properties would be 10 metres. In terms of the garden, the requirem ent would be two hours of sunlight, and so it passed the daylight/ sunlight test. Officers noted that there would be a window on the rear elevation given available permitted development rights. Members queried the implications if planning permission were refused, noting that the report stated that corrections could be made by conditions if approved. Officers advised that there were two fall back positions: prior approval allowed for the single storey rear extension; and planning policy allowed for four metres depth and three metres height for th e extension. On the roof extensions, proposed dormers broadly aligned with approved development on the eastern side; and were slightly larger on the western side but set back. Officers acknowledged concerns but considered the impacts not significantly greater than already approved arrangements. Members asked about the impact of photographs demonstrating overlooking into neighbouring properties. Officers noted that the image had been taken from a first -floor window. A degree of mutual overlooking already ex isted and would remain under permitted development. Officers did not consider the overlooking significant enough to warrant refusal. Members asked about ensuring conditions had been met, and processes for if this were not the case. The Council did not rou tinely inspect all conditions and relied on public reporting. There was an active enforcement investigation already in place and if conditions were breached, enforcement action may follow. Members asked about rub ber material in the garden and potential co ntamination. Officers advised that there was no history of contamination on the site as it had historically been residential. A condition to test the site could be added if Members were minded to do so. Members asked about mutual overlooking, given the di stance of 9 -10 metres. Officers noted that typically a 20-metre separation was preferred. Officers further advised that a restriction on windows to be fixed shut could not be supported because it was a habitable room (bedroom), though a condition for partial glazing could be added. Members referenced a point in the Ward Councillor’s submission regarding the level of the patio. Officers confirmed that a condition already required a reduction to permitted development height (0.3m), and an additional screenin g condition to prevent overlooking to neighbouring gardens. Members queried concerns raised by petitioners regarding insufficient information (e.g. daylight/ sunlight assessments). Officers advised that the appli cation met local validation requirements, a nd daylight/ sunlight assessments were not required for developments of this type. The applicant’s stated commitments were reflected within proposed conditions. A follow -up inspection was anticipated given site history and ongoing enforcement case. Members acknowledged residents’ concerns but noted the risk of losing conditions if the application was refused and appealed and so supported approval subject to the strengthened conditions. Officers’ recommendations, subject to additional conditions were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 169. LAND ADJACENT TO 7 WEPHAM CLOSE - 79199/APP/2025/3131 (Agenda Item 9) Erection of 5 new -build residential dwellings, with private amenity space, parking, refuge storage and cycle parking (amended drawings) Officers introduced the application. The lead petitioner addressed the Committee and made the following points:  The petitioner had lived in the road for 25 years  91 residents had signed the petition  One concern was vehicle access – construction vehicles, HGVs and refuse vehicles had trouble getting down the road. Refuse collections were made from the top of the road because the vehicles cannot get down the road  Parking was already at a premium. 5x3-bedroom houses with only seven allocated spaces meant there would not be enough parking. Most households had two vehicles, some had more, some had none  There was concern o ver the proposed bin store. The petitioner’s professional experience of property management had highlighted that bin stores were rarely looked after; attracted vermin; and were used as a dumping ground for rubbish. Subsequently, refuse collection was not completed as the operatives cannot access the bins. Current refuse collection oper ations were commended. There had previously been a bin store on the estate, but this was closed 10 years ago  The proposed development would be out of character with the estate  Water pressure was another issue. Properties had to have pumps to make water flow correctly. Additional properties may lower the pressure further  Separation distances were unclear  Wepham Close was a tranquil, no -through area. This development would alter the environmental quality of the road and diminish residential amenity Members r equested clarification on the separation distances between properties. Officers advised that the proposed build was over one metre from the boundary of ownership. There was a significant separation distance between the proposed dwellings and adjacent neighbouring properties. Members asked about water pressure, and about electrical capacity in relation to charging points. Officers confirmed that these were not material planning considerations. Members asked about refuse collection arrangements an d site acc ess for waste vehicles. Officers confirmed that the Council had a statutory duty to collect waste. Where access was constrained, smaller refuse vehicles may be used, though operatives were experienced in manoeuvring in tight spaces. This issue would not justify refusal. Members suggested delegating authority for discussion regarding removal or redesign of the bin store. Officers advised that the scheme had undergone significant revisions, including a reduction from six to five units, and a reduct ion in hardstanding areas. The location of the bin store had been changed from the near the site entrance to a smaller store adjacent to #7. Waste Services had no objection to the current arrangement. Members noted that removing the bin store could lead to more gree n space. Officers advised that this would likely lead to individual bin storage in rear gardens, which was impractical due to distance; waste being left informally at collection points and obstruction at property frontages. Officers concluded tha t the curr ent arrangement represented the most appropriate and workable solution. Members queried the planning balance, particularly whether limited deficiencies were outweighed by overall benefits. Officers advised that while some units may not fully meet local st andards (e.g. garden space) planning judgement required balancing competing considerations. Members queried and officers confirmed that all environmental considerations (e.g. contamination, flooding, environmental health) had been assessed. No c oncerns had been identified through submitted documentation. Members referred to air quality and asked how much additional traffic the proposed five new units would generate. Officers advised that this would be low trip -generating. Peak morning and evening periods were the key assessment points. Daytime movement patterns were variable and less predictable. Based on industry recognised statistical evidence it was estimated that there would be two to three vehicle movements per peak hour. Officers’ recommen dations we re moved, seconded and when put to a vote, unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 170. TECHNOLOGY HOUSE - 76417/APP/2025/1879 (Agenda Item 10) Change of use from mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) uses to mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and Class F.1 (Learning and Non-Residential Institutions). Officers introduced the application and highlighted the adden dum which noted a revised transport assessment and revised ground floor plan. It was noted that the additional information did not resolve the relevant reasons for refusal set out in th e officer’s report. The Chair noted that during his term of office as Mayor, he had discussed this application with the applicant. The Chair confirmed that no pre -decisions had been made on the item. The lead petitioner addressed the Committee and made the following points:  The Committee were urged to approve this change of use application for Kingsborough  The Church had had an extraordinary and lasting impact on individuals, families and the wider community over the past 23 years  The Church had played a significant role in the lives of the petitioners, providing spiritual guidance, community support, friendship and opportunities for personal growth  This demonstrated the enduring generational impact of Kingsborough and its importance as a stable and positive influence  Kingsborough was not just a place of worship, but a plac e of guidance, stability, encouragement, and its transgenerational impact cannot be overestimated  The Church had been a place where practical and spiritual support meet. Through its food bank, it had responded to local needs, and had provided support for y outh activities, Bible teaching, marriage support, financial and debt guidance, well-being, initiatives and help with employment and CV preparations. These have helped improve lives and strengthen the fabric of the local community  Kingsborough had also dem onstrated that it is a responsible and constructive community partner. It has worked closely with the Council, collaborated with other churches and maintained positive engagement with the police  Regarding concerns about transportation, it was noted that attendance at church had been now supported by an agreement whereby many members travelled by car, public transport, car sharing or otherwise organised church transportation The applicant addressed the Committee and made the following points:  The applicant was speaking on behalf of their late father, who sadly passed away in May 2026  For almost 25 years, the applicant’s father had dedicated his life to serving the people of Hillingdon and the Kingsborough Centre was borne out of this  Kingsborough was an org anisation that had supported thousands of families across the borough through education, employment opportunities, childcare and practical assistance during times of crisis  The application site would provide support for residents facing employ ment challenges, language barriers, financial hardship and mental health difficulties with social media use and youth violence prevalent in London  This building would provide a safe and positive environment for young people  It will enable the applicant to address the c auses of poverty and social exclusion by tackling why families were struggling in Hillingdon  The Hillingdon Food Bank had distributed more than 126,000 food parcels since 2010, supporting over 75,000 people  During the COVID -19 pandemic alone, 17,000 food p arcels were distributed to adults and children in need  The nurseries had provided employment for more than 250 people and cared for over 1,500 children while maintaining affordable access for low income and single parent families  Six registered businesses had been started by church members within the borough, contributing to local economic growth and employment  These outcomes demonstrated a long -standing commitment to serving Hillingdon, partnering with the Council and delivering tangible benef its to local residents  The report had identified three areas of concern, highway and pedestrian access, flood risk and air quality contributions  The applicant was willing to cooperate fully with the requested air quality contribution  On access arrangements, the propose d route through the Shell petrol station was not intended to be the primary means of access. It was presented only as an additional option.  It was proposed that this could be vehicle access only, with a separate application for pedestrian access to follow at a later date  Primary access would be from the rear of the property, supported by a minibus service, on -site parking, and available parking at nearby Tesco. A survey had proven that there were over 200 spaces available for the general public in Tesco Car Park on Sunday mornings during service times with no time limit enforced  On flood risk, the building’s former use involved IT infrastructure and high voltage server facilities with 80 members of staff. There were no plans for provide childcare services f rom the site and so the level of flood risk was lower than its previous use. The significant reduction in electric equipment and staff occupancy further reduced potential risk  The applicant had comprehensive health and safety procedures, safeguarding measures and risk assessments that they could share  Despite responding to concerns raised and submitting further information, the application had been informed that the application would be rejected, and not to submit any further submissions Members passed on their condolences to the applicant. Members noted that the application was well supported, but the hazards remained. The submission from Highways was also noted. Members commended the Kingsborough for the important work they do but noted that these cannot be separated from planning policy issues. There were major objections on pedestrian safety grounds. Officers advised that the Local Planning Authority’s commentary had sought to remain consistent with previous feedback. It was empha sised that there w as a desire to avoid the charity incurring significant costs associated with submitting a full planning application and supporting documentation where the acceptability of the site itself was uncertain. Members were informed that, despite efforts to identi fy appropriate mitigation measures to enable a recommendation for approval, no such solution had been found. Officers reiterated that the feedback provided was intended to be constructive and to prevent unnecessary expense for the applicant. Officers’ rec ommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be refused 171. HAYES BRIDGE RETAIL PARK - 78343/APP/2025/2925 (Agenda Item 11) Proposed enabling works (site clearance and ground preparation). Officers introduced the application. Members asked about power to the site during development. Officers clarified that the proposals included a substation and low voltage transformer that would plug into the grid. Officers clarified t hat the demolition management and logistics plan set out a comprehensive list of mitigation measures including noise and dust. Officers’ recommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, unanimously approved. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 172. HAYES PARK WEST - 12853/APP/2025/2844 (Agenda Item 12) Partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi -storey car park to provide new homes (Use Class C3), landscaping, car and cycle parking, and other associated work. Officers introduced the application, noting the addendum which included updates to conditions and section 16 heads of terms. Members noted that there may be an unexploded World War 2 ordnance on the site and asked if an assessment had been carrie d out to confirm. Officers noted that there was a contaminated land condition, and that this was a previously developed site and so the presence of an unexploded ordnance was very unlikely. It was proposed that the contaminated land condition be reviewed and strengthened. Members asked about site entrances, and if it would be possible to ensure that the only entrance used for construction was on Park Lane. Officers advised that there was a construction management plan, which could be added to for clarity a round access management. Members asked about the viability assessment in relation to a ffordable housing levels. Officers advised that a comprehensive viability process had been undertaken including employing a third -party consultant. This resulted in the conclusion that 10 affordable units was the maximum viable provision for the site. Officers further noted that there was an early and late stage viability review, which may represent an opportunity to add further affordable units. Including amendments to conditions, officers’ recommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 173. LAND AT AUSTIN ROAD (HAYES TOWN CENTRE) - 76550/APP/2026/460 (Agenda Item 13) Submission of Reserved Matters Application (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) pursuant to Condition 1 of Application ref: 76550/APP/2025/2864 (Application submitted under Section 73 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to vary Conditions 3 (Approved Plans); 4 (Supporting Plans/Documents); 5 (Land Uses and Development Scope); 6 (Housing Mix); 7 (Phasing Plan); 9 (Residential Density); 10 (Building Heights); 19 (Landscaping); 22 (Parking Allocation and Management); and 50 (Wind Effects Assessment) of application reference 76550/APP/2023/2931 dated 01 -05-2024. Section 73 application to vary Condition 3 of application reference 76550/APP/2021/4499 dated 28 -09-22 (Hybrid planning application seeking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolition of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; provision of a community centre (Use Class F2(b) floorspace); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity spac e, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spaces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Blocks A and B comprising 80 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space and landscaping; car and cycle parking; refuse storage, servicing area, and other associated infrastructure to include temporary highways and landscaping works) to increase the parapet height by 50cm in the Detailed First Phase. Variation to increase the number of homes, to join blocks in phases 2 and 3, a reduction of parking to create green spaces, amendment to scale of street and relocation of community facility. Legal officers advised that this was a Council s cheme, which was to be treated as though it was any other application. It followed the same statutory framework and as such Members cannot be whipped into voting a particular way. Officers introduced the application. Members asked about scope for overflow parking. Officers advised that the surrounding area was subject to controlled parking zones, which was a clause in the Section 106 agreement within the original application. This removed resident access to parking permits within the CPZ. Therefore, offic ers were satisfied that there would be no overspill parking into surrounding streets. Members asked about asbestos. Officers advised that the original application was subject to a contaminated lands assessment required by condition. There was also a construction management plan. Members asked about the implication on daylight and sunlight. Officers advised that there was a direction within the NPPF that a flexible approach be applied. There was an emphasis on introducing as many units as possible. Officers’ recommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 174. HAYDON SCHOOL - 9556/APP/2026/461 (Agenda Item 14) Construction of an Artificial Grass Pitch (AGP) wit h perimeter fencing, hardstanding areas, storage container, floodlights and an access footpath (Amended Red Outline on Location Plan) Officers introduced the application. Members referenced a similar application at another school whereby floodlights had to be portable and asked if this had been considered in this application. Officers advised that the two applications were different in the distance to the boundary with residential properties. The current application had a 63M distance and so was very diff erent from the other mentioned application. Members asked about parking. It was noted that the facility would be open for community use and asked if this would include access to on -site parking. Officers confirmed community access to the car park which in cluded 143 spaces. An accumulation survey had identified that approximately half of the car park would be used at peak times. Therefore, there were no highways concerns. Members noted from the photos tha t the current playing fields were in use, and so increases in noise levels were not expected to be significant. It was noted that floodlights could enable use of the artificial pitch for longer hours. It was noted that Sport England had not objected. Members asked if there had been any consultation with parents or school staff. Officers advised that it was not a requirement on behalf of the Local Planning Authority for the application to carry out a consultation. Some residents had advised that they were not consulted. There would have been a site notice. Members also asked about microplastic particles and related health implications. Officers advised that there were containment measures as part of the plans. Officers also noted that some of this would be covered by separate legislation. Officers’ recommendations were moved, seconded and when put to a vote, agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved 175. ADDENDUM (Agenda Item 15) The meeting, which commenced at 7.00 pm, closed at 10.15 pm. These are the minutes of the above meeting. For more information on any of the resolutions please contact Ryan Dell on democratic@hillingdon.gov.uk. Circulation of these minutes is to Councillors, Officers, the Press and Members of the Public.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

Attendance
Present: Councillor Philip Corthorne MCIPD, Councillor Darran Davies, Councillor James Bourke, Councillor John Garner, Councillor Daniel Singham, Councillor Ella Garelick, Councillor Jagjit Singh, Natalie Fairclough, Chris Brady, Michael Briginshaw, Eoin Concannon, Michael Kemp, Sally Robbins, Ryan Dell, Councillor Sarah Hassoun

Agenda

161. Apologies for absence
None.
162. Declarations of Interest in matters coming before this meeting
None.
163. To receive the minutes of the previous meeting PDF 367 KB
RESOLVED: That the minutes of the meeting dated 21 April 2026 be agreed as an accurate record.
📄 To receive the minutes of the previous meeting PDF 367 KB
Read the text of this document (8 pages)
Minutes HILLINGDON PLANNING COMMITTEE 21 April 2026 Meeting held at Council Chamber - Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge UB8 1UW Committee Members Present: Councillors Adam Bennett (Vice -Chair), Roy Chamdal, Elizabeth Garelick, Raju Sansarpuri, Ekta Gohil, Jas Dhot and Shehryar Ahmad-Wallana Also Present: Councillor Eddie Lavery (Ward Councillor for Ickenham and South Harefield) Councillor Jan Sweeting ( Ward Councillor for West Drayton) LBH Officers Present: Roz Johnson - Head of Development Management & Building Control Ed Lauhgton - Area Planning Service Manager Grace Liu - Area Planning Service Manager Chris Brady – Planning Team Leader Eoin Concannon – Planning Team Leader Michael Briginshaw – Deputy Team Leader Mike Kemp – Deputy Team Leader Sally Robbins – Senior Planning Officer Dr Alan Tilly – Transport Planning and Development Team Manager Natalie Fairclough – Legal Advisor Anisha Teji – Democratic Services 144. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE (Agenda Item 1) Apologies for absence were received from Councillor Henry Higgins with Councillor Shehryar Ahmad – Wallana substituting. 145. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST IN MATTERS COMING BEFORE THIS MEETING (Agenda Item 2) None. 146. TO RECEIVE THE MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS MEETING (Agenda Item 3) RESOLVED: That the minutes of the meeting dated 11 March 2026 be agreed as an accurate record. 147. MATTERS THAT HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED IN ADVANCE OR URGENT (Agenda Item 4) None. 148. TO CONFIRM THAT THE ITEMS OF BUSINESS MARKED PART I WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PUBLIC AND THE ITEMS MARKED PART II WILL BE CONSIDERED IN PRIVATE (Agenda Item 5) It was confirmed that all items of business were marked Part I and would be considered in public 149. BROADWATER LAKE 2382/APP/2023/2906 (Agenda Item 6) Redevelopment of the site to create the Hillingdon Watersports Facility and Activity Centre including demolition of existing Broadwater Lake Sailing Club (BSC) clubhouse at the north of the lake and erect ion of a building including changing facilities, meeting rooms, storage, Workshop and seasonal worker accommodation (sui generis), activity shelters; installation of pontoons and slipways; boat shed; equipment storage huts; boat parking and racking areas; camping area; outdoor activity areas; ecological enhancement throughout the site; new pedestrian routes through the peninsula; landscaping including new woodland, dense vegetation screens and boundary treatment; access road; localised dredging and land rec lamation; relocation of existing sailing area and creation of floating reedbeds within the lake; coach drop off and turning area; vehicle parking; cycle parking; and associated works. [EIA Regulation 25 Re-Consultation: Further information is available in relation to the Environmental Statement which has already been provided. Please refer to document reference "ES Volume II Appendix 7.6 - Freshwater Ecology Surveys_Part 5 (Dated November 2025)", uploaded on 27 -02-26. Representations should be made by 4th April 2026.] Officers introduced the application, took Members through the plans and addendum. A recommendation for approval and sec 106 was made. A petitioner addressed the Committee and confirmed there was no objection to the application, supporting t he principle of the proposal and the relocation of HOAC to Broadwater Lake, which was described as a significant loss for young people during its absence. The long ‑standing relationship between HOAC and Broadwater Sailing Club (BSC) was outlined, along wit h BSC ’s role in providing affordable sailing for over 50 years. Concerns were raised that relocating BSC would create operational and safety issues due to limited space, tree cover impacting wind conditions, reduced sailing areas, poor visibility and insuf ficient parking and facilities . It was also noted that the relocation could increase disturbance to the nearby nature conservation area and incur unnecessary costs. It was submitted that the response to the petition had not addressed the primary issue of w hy BSC could not remain at its current location. Clarification was requested regarding the objection from Natural England, as no evidence had been provided to the club. A site visit was requested and assurance was sought that BSC’s existing hours of operat ion would remain unchanged should planning permission be granted. The agent addressed the Committee and referred to presentation slides circulated before the meeting. It was explained that an assessment of 71 alternative sites, carried out in line with na tional planning policy and accepted by Council officers and Natural England, had identified Broadwater Lake as the only suitable and deliverable location for the replacement HOAC facility. The site’s former use for gravel extraction and its current industrial and unmanaged condition were outlined, with the SSSI noted to be in an unfavourable state due to lack of management and antisocial behaviour. It was explained that the development would be limited to existing hard ‑standing and had been shaped by ecological advice and specialist input. Other options, including sharing a site with Broadwater Sailing Club at the northern end of the lake, were considered but ruled out due to underground gas infrastructure and ecologica l constraints, following advice from Natural England. Support for the scheme was confirmed by the trustees of HOAC and the main committee of BSC. It was acknowledged that the site is in the Green Belt but it was stated that very special circumstances had b een demonstrated through strong social, community and environmental benefits. The proposal was described as delivering a fully accessible facility for vulnerable children and adults, bringing a derelict former industrial site back into use, improving site management and the condition of the SSSI . Members were urged to support the officer recommendation and grant planning permission. In response to Members’ questions, it was confirmed that alternative locations had been considered. While the northern end of the lake was acknowledged as more suitable for sailing, the southern location was considered acceptable given the wider site constraints. It was explained that environmental impacts had been carefully balanced against community need and that the scheme ha d been revised in 2023 to avoid sensitive areas. It was also stated that the proposal represented a clear improvement on previous facilities, with the sailing area remaining unchanged and the launch arrangements considered acceptable. Councillor Eddie Lav ery, Ward Councillor for Ickenham & South Harefield, addressed the Committee and said the proposal would replace a valued community facility lost due to HS2, benefiting local residents, the wider borough and community groups. It was noted that significant work had been carried out to balance environmental concerns with delivering a modern facility. The site was described as a former quarry with extensive hard ‑standing and an SSSI in an unfavourable condition, as confirmed by Natural England. It was stated t hat the scheme would improve site management and ecology, that objections from Natural England and the Environment Agency had been resolved, and Members were urged to support the officer recommendation. Members discussed how the BSC’s existing hours of op eration could be safeguarded. They were advised that this would be managed through an Operational Management and Activities Plan. Hours would be agreed with stakeholders, taking account of ecological considerations and advice from Natural England. Officers explained that setting specific hours through planning conditions would not be appropriate. However, it was confirmed that flexibility for the sailing club would be sought when the condition was discharged. Members were advised of the proposed staff and a ctivity hours and noted that ecological assessments had been carried out on the basis that the sailing club would continue operating as it does currently. Members raised questions about external lighting, and officers confirmed that several planning condi tions would be used to protect sensitive habitats. The site selection process was outlined, with Broadwater Lake identified as the preferred option following an assessment of 71 sites. Funding and viability were discussed and it was confirmed that sufficient contingency was in place and that funding was not a material planning consideration. On balance, Members agreed that the proposal was an improvement on earlier schemes and delivered clear community and environmental benefits. The officer recommendation was moved, seconded and agreed unanimously. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 150. 29 CLAMMAS WAY 77795/APP/2025/2979 (Agenda Item 7) Erection of 2x two storey, 3 bed dwelling with associated park ing, amenity space, cycle and refuse stores, following the demolition of existing bungalow Officers introduced the application, took Members through the plans and made a recommendation for approval. A written submission from a local resident living oppo site the site was read to the Committee, objecting to the proposal. It was stated that the development would overdevelop a constrained plot, replacing a single bungalow with two dwellings that were considered out of keeping with the character and open appe arance of the area. Concerns were raised that, although space standards were met, the homes would be cramped and poorly suited to family living. It was also submitted that the proposal would create a more urban street scene, raise doubts about deliverabili ty due to viability concerns, and that the objection was supported by around 50 local residents. The Committee was asked to refuse the planning application. The agent was not in attendance. A written submission was also received from Councillor Tony Bu rles, Ward Councillor for Uxbridge, objecting to the application. It was stated that the proposal constituted significant overdevelopment and would appear incongruous on a quiet residential road characterised by houses and bungalows. It was considered that local residents’ objections were reasonable and had not been fully addressed. A site visit was requested prior to a final decision and refusal or deferral of the application was sought. The Committee noted that the officer report concluded the proposal c omplied with relevant policy. Members sought clarification on public transport accessibility and parking and it was confirmed that the site had a PTAL rating of 1b but benefited from nearby bus routes between Uxbridge High Street and Cowley. It was also co nfirmed that one parking space per dwelling was policy compliant, parking restrictions applied and future residents would be eligible for parking permits. Clarification was also sought on bedroom sizes and it was confirmed that all units met the minimum internal space standards set out in the London Plan. The officers’ recommendation was moved, seconded and, when put to the vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 151. 38 FRAYS AVENUE 58891/APP/2026/107 (Agenda Item 8) Conversion of loft space to habitable use to include raising ridge height, roof lights to front, rear and side, rear half -hipped loft window, and amendments to fenestration. Officers introduced the application , took Members through the plans and addendum. A recommendation for approval and sec 106 was made. The Legal Advisor advised that the petitioner’s additional documents had been submitted late and had not been considered by Members. It was agreed that the representation would proceed without referring to them, with the relevant extract read aloud within the allocated speaking time. The petitioner addressed the Committee in objection to the proposal, stating that No. 38 Frays Avenue was located within a va lued area of special local character, originally developed predominantly with bungalows, where three -storey properties were not characteristic. Concern was raised that raising the roof and adding dormer windows would result in an unattractive crown roof that conflicted with local design guidance and harmed the character of the area. It was argued that a neighbouring property should not be treated as a precedent and that approval could lead to further similar developments, fundamentally altering the character of the Garden City area. Reference was made to the loss of character in another conservation area due to cumulative permitted development. The Committee was asked to refuse the application in order to protect the area’s special character. The agent was not in attendance. Members acknowledged concerns about changes to the area’s character but noted that existing nearby three ‑storey development made resistance difficult. The petitioner maintained that such development remained out of keeping with the pred ominantly bungalow‑led area and highlighted that earlier approvals risked eroding its special character. Councillor Jan Sweeting, Ward Councillor for West Drayton, addressed the Committee in support of the petitioners and stated that the proposal would har m the character of the Garden City area of special local character. Reference was made to a residents’ report submitted in 2021, which set out principles to prevent overdevelopment, including limiting extensions to two storeys and opposing crown roofs. It was submitted that the proposal conflicted with these principles, would set an undesirable precedent and further erode the area’s distinctive character. Members were urged to refuse the application and work with residents to protect the area. Members soug ht clarification on whether neighbouring properties amounted to three storey development and how those permissions had been granted. Officers clarified that surrounding properties were two storey dwellings with accommodation in the roof space and that a modest increase in ridge height did not constitute an additional storey. It was explained that nearby permissions had been granted through delegated decisions and appeal, establishing a relevant precedent. Officers advised that the proposed roof increase was limited, the crown roof was modest and not visible from the street and that refusal would be unlikely to withstand appeal. Members acknowledged that while the area’s character had evolved over time, a precedent had been established. The application was proposed and seconded for approval in accordance with the officer recommendation. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 152. RAINBOW AND KIRBY 38058/APP/2025/2613 (Agenda Item 9) Demolition of existing structures and phased re -development of the site to provide nine plots ranging between three and 11 storeys in height (including ground level) to include residential uses (Use Class C3), flexible retail/cafe/restaurant floorspace (Class E (a,b,c)), light industrial floorspace (Class E (g)(iii)), associated hard and soft landscaping, car parking, cycling parking, servicing, refuse and plant areas, public realm improvements, highways works and other works associated with the development. Officers introduced the application, highlighted report corrections, and recommended approval. It was noted that the Heads of Terms should include the public open space and carbon offset contributions, and that references to “reserved matters” were not applicable as the proposal was a full planning application. Members considered this to be a significant scheme which had been properly assessed. The officers’ recommendation, was moved, seconded, and when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application and s106 be approved as per officer recommendation. 153. AVONDALE DRIVE 76551/APP/2025/3242 (Agenda Item 10) Reserved Matters Application (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) pursuant to Condition 1 of Application ref: 76 551/APP/2025/2861 (Application submitted under Section 73 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to vary Conditions 3 (Approved Plans); 4 (Approved Supporting Plans/Documents); 5 (Development Scope); 6 (Mix of Units); 7 (Phasing); 9 (Residential Density ); 10 (Development Height); and 15 (Landscaping) of planning permission ref. 76551/APP/2021/4502 dated 28 -09-2022. (Hybrid planning application seeking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolitio n of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; new pedestrian and vehicular accesses; associated amenity space, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spaces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Block A comprising 30 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian access; associated amenity space and landscaping; cycle parking, refuse storage, and other associated infrastructure) to increase the number of homes, remove the existing parking court and increase podium size, revise the height strategy, removal of vehicle access and increase separation distances to create a new public square). Officers introduced the application, took Members t hrough the plans and made a recommendation for approval. The officers’ recommendation, was moved, seconded, and when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 154. 1 & 1A BATH ROAD 35805/APP/2756 (Agenda Item 11) Reserved Matters relating to Landscaping of outline planning permission ref: 35805/APP/2020/3289 dated 01 -11-2022 for (Outline planning application for the demolition of existing buildings and erection of a six storey 237 -bedroom hotel (Use Class C1) (landscaping reserved for subsequent approval). Officers introduced the application, took Members through the plans and made a recommendation for approval. The officers’ recommendation, was moved, seconded, an d when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 155. HIGHVIEW FARM 12579/APP/2025/615 (Agenda Item 12) Construction of a replacement Waste Transfer Station Buildi ng (Amended Red Outline on Location and Site Plan) Officers introduced the application, took Members through the plans and made a recommendation for approval. Members sought clarification on impacts to the Green Belt and proposed operating hours. It was confirmed that hours of operation were previously 07:30 -18:00 Monday- Friday and at no time on Sundays or Public Holidays. Current proposal is to extend to 07:00-18:00 every day (including Sundays and Public Holidays) following stakeholder consultation to allow occasional weekend and bank holiday waste collections, helping to spread vehicle movements and reduce impacts on residents. The officers’ recommendation, was moved, seconded, and when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 156. 163 EASTCOTE ROAD 7881/APP/2025/2964 (Agenda Item 13) Demolition and rebuild of the front porch, single -storey wrap around side and rear extension with amendments to the fenestration Officers introduced the application, took Members through the plans and made a recommendation for approval. The officers’ recom mendation, was moved, seconded, and when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. 157. 9 PASTURES MEAD 43892/APP/2026/52 (Agenda Item 14) Erection of single storey rear extension, and conversion of detached garage to a habitable use to use as a gym with WC Officers introduced the applica tion, took Members through the plans and made a recommendation for approval. Members sought clarification regarding the gym use a nd how future residential change of use would be prevented. It was confirmed that any unauthorised change of use would be subject to enforcement action. The officers’ recommendation, was moved, seconded, and when put to a vote, was unanimously agreed. RESOLVED: That the application be approved as per officer recommendation. The meeting, which commenced at 7.00 pm, closed at 9.29 pm.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

164. Minutes of the AGM PDF 94 KB
RESOLVED: That the minutes of the meeting dated 14 May 2026 be agreed as an accurate record.
📄 Minutes of the AGM PDF 94 KB
Read the text of this document (1 page)
Minutes HILLINGDON PLANNING COMMITTEE 14 May 2026 Meeting held at Council Chamber - Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge UB8 1UW Committee Members Present: Councillors Philip Corthorne (Chair), Darran Davies (Vice-Chair), James Bourke, John Garner, Daniel Singham, Ella Garelick and Jagjit Singh 159. ELECTION OF CHAIR (Agenda Item 1) RESOLVED: That Councillor Philip Corthorne be elected at Chair of the Hillingdon Planning Committee for the 2026/27 municipal year. 160. ELECTION OF VICE CHAIR (Agenda Item 2) RESOLVED: That Councillor Darran Davies be elected at Vice Chair of the Hillingdon Planning Committee for the 2026/27 municipal year. The meeting, which commenced at 9:00pm, closed at 9:10pm. These are the minutes of the above meeting. For more information on any of the resolutions please contact on . Circulation of these minutes is to Councillors, Officers, the Press and Members of the Public.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

165. Matters that have been notified in advance or urgent
None.
166. To confirm that the items of business marked Part I will be considered in Public and the items marked Part II will be considered in Private
It was confirmed that all items of business were marked Part I and would be considered in public.
167. Land at Rushmoor Close - 39470/APP/2025/728 PDF 2 MB
Erection of 2no. two-storey detached dwellinghouses with associated parking, landscaping and ancillary works (revised plans 12.03.26) Recommendations: Approval
📄 Land at Rushmoor Close - 39470/APP/2025/728 PDF 2 MB
Read the text of this document (46 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Emilie Bateman 39470/APP/2025/728 Date Application Valid: 14.03.25 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 12.06.26 Application Type: Full Ward: Pinner Applicant: Mr Graham Maunder Site Address: Land at Rushmoor Close Proposal: Erection of 2no. two-storey detached dwellinghouses with associated parking, landscaping and ancillary works Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to section 106 legal agreement and conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 3 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Petition received) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the completion of a satisfactory section 106 legal agreement to secure the heads of terms set out below, and subject to the conditions as set out in Appendix 1. Unilateral Undertaking/S106 Legal Agreement: It is recommended that delegated powers be given to the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth to grant planning permission subject to the following i. To secure that the development is delivered as self-build housing in accordance with the exemption provisions relating to mandatory Biodiversity Net Gain 1 Executive Summary 1.1 The application seeks planning permission for the erection of two detached three- bedroom dwellings with associated parking, landscaping and ancillary works on land previously forming part of the rear garden of Brackenwood, accessed from Rushmoor Close. 1.2 The application is required to be determined at planning committee as a petition of objection has been received with 25 signatures. The desired outcome of the petition is for the application to be refused. Ten representations have also been received in objection to the proposal, as well as objections from the Northwood Hills Residents Association and Eastcote Residents Association. The main concerns raised include the loss of priv ate garden land, impact on the character and appearance of the area, neighbouring amenity, parking, and impact on trees and landscaping. A full summary of the matte rs raised is set out in Section 6 of this report. 1.3 The committee report seeks to provide a comprehensive assessment of the full planning application and supporting documentation. All material planning considerations have been considered. 1.4 The site lies within the Eastcote Village Conservation Area. The scheme incorporates a design informed by the est ablished Arts and Crafts character of Rushmoor Close. Amendments to the scale and overall design during the course of the assessment ensure that the 2 dwellings preserve rather than detract from the existing dwellings along the street. The Council’s Conservation Officer has confirmed the design is contextually a ppropriate and of high quality which would preserve the overall character and appearance of the conservation area. 1.5 The scheme would deliver two family-sized homes, contributing to the Borough’s Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press housing supply. Each dwelling would exceed London Plan internal space standards, provide a high standard of accommodation, and include policy- compliant private amenity space. 1.6 Due regard has been given to local re sidents’ objections including the petition against the application, however t he proposal would not give rise to harmful impacts on neighbouring properties in terms of privacy, outlook, daylight or overbearing effect. Highways and parking matters are acceptable, with one on- plot parking space per dwelling, alongside cycle and bin storage and electric vehicle charging provision secured by condition. 1.7 The proposal has been assessed in terms of trees, landscaping and biodiversity. Revisions have reduced encroachment into the root protection area of a prominent frontage tree, with protection measures secured by condition. Subject to a Unilateral Undertaki ng in respect of self- build, the proposal is considered acceptable in biodiversity terms. 1.8 The Council is currently unable to demons trate a five-year supply of deliverable housing sites, with the most recent position statement (01/04/26) confirming a 2.5- year supply. As such, the relevant housing policies are considered out -of-date and the ‘tilted balance’ set out in paragraph 11(d) of the NPPF is engaged. In this case, the proposal is considered to comply with the Development Plan and, when assessed against the NPPF as a whole, any identified adverse impacts would not significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits. Positive weight is therefore afforded to the proposal, including its mo dest contribution towards the Borough’s housing supply. 1.9 It is recommended that planning permission is granted subject to conditions (Appendix 1), as the development would preserve the character and appearance of the Conservation Area, would not harm neighbouring amenity or highway safety, and would deliver additional family housing. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 The application site comprises a vacant, fenced plot at the end of Rushmoor Close, Pinner, formerly part of the rear garden of Brackenwood on High Road Eastcote. Access is via a timber gate onto Rushmoor Close. 2.2 Rushmoor Close is a short cul-de-sac of around ten dwellings, built in the 1960s with a predominantly 1930s Arts and Cr afts style. Common features include gables, hipped clay -tiled roofs, tall chimneys and projecting porches, giving the street a cohesive character. 2.3 The site adjoins Nos. 5 and 8 Rushmoor Close and backs onto Brackenwood. The wider area is defined by detached houses set in generous plots with mature landscaping, contributing to a semi-rural character. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 2.4 The site lies within the Eastcote Vil lage Conservation Area, designated for its historic Arts and Crafts architecture and landscaped setting. Several listed buildings are located nearby, including St Catherine’s Farmhouse, Ramin Cottage, The Old Shooting Box and Eastcote Grange. 2.5 The site is within Flood Zone 1 and has a Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) of 1a, indicating very low accessibility. Pinner Station lies approximately a 20 minute walk away, with Eastcote and Northwood Hills Stations around 28 minutes, and local bus services available from Eastcote High Road. Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 2: Aerial View of the application site (highlight with red) in the context of Rushmoor Close Figure 3: Street View Images of the Application Site 3 Proposal 3.1 Planning permission is sought for the erec tion of two detached dwellings. Each would be two storeys incorporating roofspace accommodation, providing three bedrooms. The revised scheme replaces the previously proposed semi -detached form. 3.2 The design draws on the Arts and Crafts character of Rushmoor Close, with gabled roofs, clay tiles and traditional brickwork. Each dwelling would have Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press dual/triple-aspect outlooks, private gardens, and on-plot parking, with secure cycle and refuse storage. Access would be from Rushmoor Close. The layout provides spacing between the dwellings consistent with the establ ished pattern of development within the cul-de-sac. 3.3 Revisions during the application addressed arboricultural concerns, with additional landscaping introduced and bin/cycle storage relocated to the rear. The revised siting also increases separation from site boundaries and neighbouring properties and reduced the overall height of the dwellings in so far as both properties are now detached (initially semi -detached with a higher roof profile). These detached properties would have a similar ridge height as the neighbouring property at No.8 Rushmoor Close. Figure 4: Proposed Site Plan (please note – larger version of plan can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 5: Proposed Floor Plans Please note – larger version of plans and elevations can be found in the Committee Plan Pack. Ground floor First floor Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 6: Proposed Elevations Please note – larger version of plans and elevations can be found in the Committee Plan Pack Front elevation Rear elevation Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 7: Flank elevation and sectional drawings Please note – larger version of pl and elevations can be found in the Committee Plan Pack 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 The planning history indicates that the application site was historically associated with Brackenwood House. An earlier appl ication (ref. 39470/APP/2003/184) is recorded. The site appears to have subsequently been subdivided from the original residential curtilage and now forms a separate planning unit. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 Letters were sent to 17 neighbouring pro perties on 15 April 2025, and a site and press notice was displayed. 6.2 During the process of the application, revised drawings were received (please see para 3.3) , and neighbours were re-consulted, alongside a new site and press notice being issued. The consultation period expired 17th of April 2026. 6.3 A petition has been received in objection to the application containing 25 signatures. 6.4 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses received are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response A petition of 25 valid signatures has been received against the application requesting refusal of the application. x The site falls within Eastcote Village Conservation Area and would be detrimental to the character of Rushmore Close x Rushmoor Close is a Cul de Sac which is a narrow road and is not design for an increase in Parking and Traffic congestion. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.8 – 7.21 of this report. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.37 – 7.46 of this report. 10 letters of objection have been received I. Traffic, congestion, parking and highway safety concerns This is discussed at paragraphs 7.37 – 7.46 of this report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press from 8 households. II. Out of character with area and Conservation Area This is discussed at paragraphs 7.8 – 7.21 of this report. III. Overdevelopment of a constrained site and disproportionate to other houses in the Close Discussed at paragraph 7.12-7.16 of this report. IV. Impact on neighbours amenity in terms of loss of light, privacy and overbearing impact on the adjoining neighbouring properties This is discussed at paragraphs 7.22 – 7.28 of this report. V. Concerns regarding impact to trees and bushes. Suspected unlawful removal of protected tree. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.53 – 7.56 of this report. Officers have reviewed the Council’s historic tree records and note that consent was granted in 2004 for works to, and removal of, a number of protected trees at the site, including a 30% crown reduction to T1 and the removal of six trees. In addition, fur ther correspondence and engagement with the Council’s Tree Officer took place in 2018 in relation to a dead tree at the site, which was subsequently removed and replaced with a silver birch tree (T12 as identified in the Tree Survey) . Any separate investigation regarding historic tree works would fall under the Council’s tree enforcement powers and is not Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press determinative of the current planning application. VI. Loss of Greenspace and wildlife This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1 – 7.7 and 7.61-7.62 of this report. VII. Disturbance from construction activity, including noise, dust and traffic disruption Disturbance arising from construction works, such as noise, dust, and traffic, is not a material planning consideration in itself as it is temporary in nature. However, to minimise impacts, a Construction Management Plan would be secured by condition (see Condition 4) requiring details of working hours, vehicle routing, site set-up and mitigation measures. An informative would also be added to remind the applicant of their obligations under environmental health legislation regarding construction noise and site practices. VIII. Drainage and Flood risk concerns This is discussed at paragraph 7.63 of this report. IX. Subsidence Concerns, representation received request for compensation fund for neighbours Matters relating to the structural stability of buildings fall outside the scope of the planning system and are instead addressed through the Building Regulations. Should any issues of damage arise during construction, these would be civil matters to be resolved between the relevant parties and do not Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press form grounds for refusal of planning permission. X. Concerns regarding with property value loss This is not a material planning considerations and cannot be taken into account in the determination of the application. XI. Concerns regarding access arrangement for emergency vehicles This is discussed at paragraphs 7.73-7.74 of this report. XII. Inaccuracies in the Statement submitted making no reference to Eastcote Village Conservation Area The Design and Access Statement does reflect the application site location within the conservation area. It provides an in - depth analysis of the defining properties within the conservation area. Two individual representations have been received in support of the application I. The site is currently unused and overgrown, attracting foxes and vermin. Noted II. The numbering of surrounding dwellings (Nos. 5 and 8) suggests that two dwellings were originally intended for this plot. Noted III. There is a general shortage of family accommodation within the borough, and the proposed dwellings would contribute positively in this regard. Noted IV. The design of the dwellings is described as Noted Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press sympathetic and attractive. Northwood Hills Residents Association Original Comments We are writing to object to the above planning application for the following reasons. 1) The Land being sold in order to cr eate these dwellings houses forms part of the Eastcote Conservation which we would not wish to see reduced in terms of area. 2) The sheer bulk and size of the proposed roof would be seen from many homes within the Eastcote Conservation area and have a detrimental impact on the vista of the conservation area. We strongly request this application be refused. Follow up comments For some reason despite having objected to this planning application that amended plans have been submitted. Our objections remain as before, plus we strongly believe this to be an overdevelopment.of the land. This is discussed further at paragraphs 7.8 – 7.21 of this report This is discussed further at paragraphs 7.1 – 7.7 of this report Eastcote Residents Association The following concerns were raised (summarised) x Query the accuracy of the description – whether it should refer to land to the rear of Brackenwood Eastcote High Road Officers are satisfied that with the accuracy of the description. The access point to the dwellings would be from Rushmoor Close and therefore this would appear more accurate. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press x Backland or garden development policy – where there is presumption against such developments x The use of the entire width of the plot does not provide a feeling of spaciousness – plot appear to be small in relation to the size of the two four bedroom semi- detached properties x Access is narrow with no turning circle x Application form states no new or altered vehicular and pedestrian accesses are proposed which is not correct x Concerns regarding the TPO tree x Accessibility concerns This is discussed further at paragraphs 7.1-7.7 of this report The overall design is discussed further at paragraphs 7.12 – 7.16 of this report Highways matters are discussed at paragraphs 7.43 – 7.54 of this report. A vehicular access would be created and the Highways Officer comments reflect this review. The Tree Officer has reviewed the application, and the plans have been revised to protect the protected tree . The Accessibility Officer has raised no objections subject to standard accessibility conditions (Conditions 9 and 11) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press x Water management and drainage concerns x Bins and Bike Storage concern x Urban Greening Factor This is discussed a t paragraphs 7.63 and 7.68 of this report. The plans indicate storage in the rear garden for bins and bikes. A condition would secure the finer details (Condition 5) Given that the application is for a minor scale development, there is no requirement for Urban Greening Factor to be met. Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response Tree and Landscape Officer: No objection subject to tree retention and methodology conditions . The comments have been noted, and a condition has been secured for further tree protection measures. Conservation and Design Officer The Design Officer advised that the proposed dwellings are contextually appropriate within Rushmoor Close and represent a high quality design response to the character of the Eastcote Village Conservation Area. Improvements were suggested to ensure they were in keeping which included revising the dwellings to detached, reducing the overall footprint and scale with enhanced greening along the frontage and to locate bin and cycle storage to the rear of the plots. Concern was also raised regarding the initial level of encroachment into the Root Protection Area of the prominent frontage tree. Officers had raised these concerns with the applicant during the course of the assessment and amended plans were received. REVISED PLANS The comments have been noted. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press The revisions addressed the concerns raised and on balance the encroachment into the root protection zone of the T1 is acceptable on balance. Access Officer: No objections subject to standard conditions relating to compliance with the relevant accessible standards . The comments have been noted, and the relevant conditions have been added. Waste Services: No comments/ objections . N oted. Highways Authority: No objections, subject to conditions pertaining to cycle storage, car parking details, a construction management plan and informative notes. The comments have been noted, and the relevant conditions have been added. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development 7.1 The application site previously formed part of the rear garden of Brackenwood, a large detached property on High Road Eastcote. As such, the proposal constitutes development on garden land. National and local policy distinguish between brownfield and garden land, and specifically exclude private residential gardens from the definition of previously developed land. The site has subsequently been subdivided from the original curtilage and now forms a separate planning unit. 7.2 Policy DMH 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) sets out criteria for backland and garden land development. Such proposals should be subordinate in scale, maintain sufficient garden space, and avoid harm to the character and amenity of surrounding properties. 7.3 In this case, while the land originates as part of a private garden, the site is accessed directly from Rushmoor Close and would read as part of the cul-de-sac. The proposed dwellings would have a conventional street frontage with driveways and front garden s, rather than typical garden land development located to the rear of an existing house. The proposed detached form, spacing and scale reflect the pattern of development along Rushmoor Close, such that the scheme does not represent an intrusive form of backlan d development. The development would front the public street and, subject to design avoids the issues relating to traditional backland development such as cramped appearance, intrusive vehicle access and loss of residential amenity. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.4 This approach has also been allowed by the Planning Inspectorate within a more recent allowed appeal which involved a similar plot as the current application site (APP/R5510/W/24/3348490 – 2 Hilliards Road). Within this appeal decision, the Inspectorate referenced the sites overall location with full frontage to the highway. “Although the appeal site is garden land, it does not have the usual characteristics of “backland” which generally refers to brownfield or garden land having limited street frontage, whereas the plot proposed for development has a full width frontage to the highway and would appear as an acceptable introduction to the existing street scene” (APP/R5510/W/24/3348490 Decision – 20th December 2024) 7.5 Whilst its acknowledged the above appeal decision relates to a site in Colham & Cowley and is not directly comparable in locational terms to the application site, the Inspectors findings are nevertheless co nsidered to be materially relevant insofar as they establish broader principles relating to the acceptability of reduced private garden areas where the proposed dwellings are afforded an appropriate relationship with the highway and achieve a satisfactory standard of amenity. The National Planning Policy Framework (2024) encourages the effective use of land, including opportunities for sma ll-scale infill housing, provided development safeguards local character and residential amenity. London Plan Policy H2 likewise seeks to support well -designed homes on small sites, with a 10- year target of 2,950 units for Hillingdon. It is also noted that the Council is currently unable to demonstrate a five -year supply of deliverable housing sites, which is a material consideration in the assessment of housing proposals. 7.6 The current proposal provides the opportunity for the efficient use of a small-scale site through the provision of proportionately sized housing that would make a modest contribution to the Borough’s ho using stock. The proposal would deliver two family -sized dwellings with private gardens, contributing positively to local housing supply. While the development would result in the loss of garden land, Policy DMH 6 allows for such developm ent where the relevant criteria are satisfied. In this context, the delivery of additional housing attracts positive weight, with the full application of the tilt ed balance considered within the Planning Balance section of this report. 7.7 Given the site’s relationship with Rushmoor Close and the policy criteria set out above, the redevelopment of the land for residential use is considered acceptable. The scheme complies with Policy H2 of the London Plan (2021), the aims of Policy DMH 6 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020), and the provisions of the National Planning Policy Framework (2024). The principle of development is therefore supported. Design / Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.8 Section 72 of the Planning (Listed Bu ildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 requires that special attention shall be paid to the desirability of preserving or Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press enhancing the character or appearance of conservation areas. Paragraphs 138 and 140 of the National Planning Policy Framework (2024) confirm that great weight should be given to the conservation of designated heritage assets, with harm requiring clear and convincing justification. 7.9 Both Hilllingdon and London Plan policies requires new development in conservation areas to be of high-quality design that is sympathetic to its context, avoids harm to heritage significance, and actively seeks opportunities for enhancement. London Plan Policy HC1 emphasises conserving the significance of heritage assets and managing cumulative change, while Hillingdon Local Plan Policies HE1, DMHB 1, DM HB 4, DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 collectively require proposals to preserve or enhance the character and appearance of conservation areas, integrate well with their surroundings, and protect features that contribute positively to local distinctiveness. Site Context 7.10 The application site is located on the southern side of Rushmoor Close and comprises a former garden area assoc iated with Brackenwood, accessed from High Road Eastcote. The site lies within the Eastcote Village Conservation Area, which is characterised by a semi-rural, low- density form of development with generous plot spacing, mature landscaping and a strong Arts and Crafts influence. 7.11 Rushmoor Close itself is a quiet cul-de-sac comprising predominantly detached family dwellings set within spacious p lots. The street exhibits a cohesive architectural character, with properties typically constructed in red and brown brick with steeply pitc hed hipped or gabled clay- tiled roofs, chimneys and occasional dormer features. Wide frontages, integ rated garages and landscaped gardens contribute to the open and verdant character of the street scene. Proposed dwellings 7.12 The proposed scheme introduces two detached two storey dwellings. Both dwellings have been designed to reflect the prevailing character of Rushmoor Close. The building line respects the existing arrangement along Rushmoor Close, while the separation between the dwellings and neighbouring plots maintains the established pattern of spacing, which is an important contributor to the area’s open and verdant character. 7.13 The siting of the dwellings responds to the geometry of the cul-de-sac. The end of Rushmoor Close curves gently, with Nos. 3, 4 and 5 following this alignment, and the proposed dwellings reflect this es tablished pattern of development. The second dwelling is set slightly further back, reducing encroachment into the root protection area and introducing a va riation in the building line that subtly follows the curvature of the street. The layout also provides appropriate spacing to the frontage, consistent with the character of the street. 7.14 The overall scale and massing is considered acceptable in the context of the existing street scene, with accommodation partly contained within the roof space, Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press consistent with the established form of neighbouring houses. As noted the plans were amended during the assessment so that the overall scale and height of the development responded positively to the nearest property. The submitted street scene (figure 8) demonstrates how the proposed dwellings relate to their immediate context. The proposed dwellings are comparable in height to No. 8 Rushmoor Close, while No. 5, loc ated at the end of the cul -de-sac, is notably higher. As such, the proposal sits comfortably within the existing variation in building heights and does not appear visually dominant within the street scene. Figure 8: Proposed Streetscene 7.15 As demonstrated in Figure 8, the roof form is hipped adjacent to the shared boundaries with Nos. 5 and 8, with a modest ridge height. This reduces the visual mass at the edges of the site, particularly in relation to the taller form of No. 5, and maintains an appropriate relationship with No. 8. The form preserves spacing between buildings consistent with the established pattern of the cul-de-sac. 7.16 Key architectural features have been drawn directly from surrounding properties, including a prominent front gable, hipped roof forms, front dormers, and overhanging porch elements. The main roof form together with the projecting gables and traditional proportions of the windows are all reflective of the local character. Both properties would have a symmetrical architectural c omposition ensuring the dwellings present as a harmon ious addition to the cul-de-sac. The use of red/brown brickwork and clay tiles further ensures continuity of material, the details of which would be secured by Condition 3. The front and rear dormers have been incorporated in a sympathetic way, maintaining a modest roof profile and ensuring the overall scale remains suborindate. 7.17 Photovoltaic (PV) panels are proposed on the rear inward facing roof slopes of the dwellings. As they are not readily visible from the street and would not affect the character or appearance of the cons ervation area, they are considered acceptable. A condition will ensure that the panels do not protrude more than 0.2 metres beyond the roof plane and that all solar PV equipment is removed as soon as reasonably practicable once no longer required, safeguarding the visual amenities of the area (see Condition 12).Cycle and refuse stores have also been relocated to the rear gardens, allowing the frontage to remain uncluttered and enabling the introduction of additional soft landscaping. The details of the storage is secured through the landscaping condition (see Condition 5). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Heritage 7.18 The site is located within the Eastcote Village Conservation Area, a designated heritage asset . The dwellings have been designed to reflect the character of Rushmoor Close in terms of scale, roof form, materials and detailing. 7.19 The scheme also balances built form with landscaping. The proposed site layout incorporates private gardens to the rear and soft landscaping to the frontages ensuring the dwellings are not perceived as cramped and that the semi -rural and green character of the conservation area is preserved. In terms of the wider townscape, the development would complete the cul -de-sac in a manner that appears consistent with its historic pattern of growth. The dwellings are of modest scale, sensitive design, and reinforce the architectural qualities that underpin the character of Rushmoor Close. While t he introduction of new dwellings would inevitably change the current appearance of the site, it is considered that the design-led approach adopted in this scheme ensures the development preserves the character and appearance of the Eastcote Village Conservation Area. 7.20 The Conservation Officer has confirmed the scheme is contextually appropriate and of high quality. The development is therefore considered to preserve and enhance the character and appearance of the Conservation Area, in accordance with local, London Plan and national policy. 7.21 Taking account of the site’s location with in a designated conservation area, the design approach, materials, orientation and landscaping are considered to preserve and enhance the character and appearance of the area. No harm to the conservation area has been identified, and the proposal is considered acceptable on design grounds, in accordance with Polic ies HE1 and BE1 of the Local Plan Part 1 (2012), Policies DMHB 1, DMHB 4 and DMHB 11 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020), Policy D3 of the London Plan (2021), and the provisions of the NPPF (2024). Residential Amenity 7.22 Policy DHMB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 (2020) states that development proposals should not adversely impact on the amenity, daylight and sunlight of adjacent properties and open space. An assessment of the potential impact on neighbouring residential amenity is discussed below. 7.23 No. 8 Rushmoor Close adjoins the site to the west, and it is noted that the proposed dwelling would project just under 1.5 metres beyond No. 8’s rear elevation. This degree of projection is modest and would not appear overbearing. Bedroom 1 at No. 8 has primary outlook from the front elevation; the side-facing window of this neighbouring property serves a bathroom and is obscurely glazed, resulting in no loss of outlook or privacy. Bedroom 3 has its primary outlook to the rear, and the proposed dwellings would sit outside the 45- degree sight lines, ensuring no undue impact on daylight or outlook. The flank windows of the new dwellings would serve as secondary windows and are to be obscure glazed and non-openable below 1.8m. Taken together, these measures Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press ensure No. 8 would not experience harmful loss of privacy, outlook, daylight or appear overbearing. Figure 9: Location in relation to neighbouring dwellings 7.24 No. 5 Rushmoor Close lies at the end of the cul-de-sac, slightly taller than the proposed dwellings. The flank windows of the new houses somewhat facing toward No. 5 would be obscure glazed and non-openable below 1.8m, preventing overlooking. In reviewing No. 5’s approved plans (ref. 54965/APP/2007/2831), the front-facing window closest to the application site serves an en- suite bathroom, which is a non-habitable room. This relationship is therefore acceptable in privacy terms when considering the front-facing windows on the proposed dwellings. The modest scale of the proposed dwellings relative to No. 5 and the separation between plots means that outlook and daylight to No. 5 would not be compromised. The arrangement is typical of suburban developments and would not appear overbearing. 7.25 Brackenwood, on High Road Eastcote, lies directly to the rear of the site. The proposed dwellings would be positioned more than 2 5 metres from Brackenwood’s rear elevation, which co mfortably exceeds minimum separation standards for rear-to-rear relationships. At this distance, there would be no harmful overlooking into habitable rooms. Each new dwelling would also benefit from its own private rear garden, providing defens ible space to reduce the perception of overlooking. The retention of trees and planting along the boundary provides additional natural screening. The separation distance ensures no loss of daylight or sense of enclosure. The scale and height of the proposed houses are modest, and they would not appear overbearing when viewed from Brackenwood. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.26 Orchardleigh, also on High Road Eastcote , is located closer to the shared boundary than Brackenwood. The relationship has been reviewed with reference to approved plans under application re f. 50523/APP/2018/2482, which indicate that the rear -facing windows closest to the application site serve bathrooms and are obscurely glazed, limiting sensitivity in terms of overlooking. The primary habitable room windows at first floor level are set further away, with a separation distance of approximately 20 metres an d an offset relationship between the buildings. In addition, established boundary vegetation provides a degree of screening. While such screening cannot be relied upon in isolation, when considered alongside the window positioning and separation distances, the relationship is such that no unacceptable overlooking or loss of privacy would arise. The proposal would not result in a material loss of outlook or daylight to this property. 7.27 The new dwellings would also face Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Rushmoor Close across the cul-de-sac. The separation distance is approximately 30 metres, well in excess of the 21-metre standard generally applied between front elevations. At this distance, there would be no harmful overlooking or loss of privacy. The scale and height of the dwellings are consistent wi th the existing street scene, ensuring there is no unacceptable impact on outlook, daylight or sense of enclosure to properties opposite. 7.28 Overall, the proposal maintains appropriate separation distances, provides boundary screening, and includes design measures such as obscure glazing to protect neighbouring amenity. The development would not give rise to unacceptable overlooking, overshadowing, loss of outlook or overbearing impact, and is therefore considered to comply with Policy DMHB 11 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020), Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021), and the provisions of the NPPF (2024). Quality of Residential Accommodation (Internal and External) Internal 7.29 Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021) requires a minimum internal floorspace of 84 sqm GIA for a three -bedroom, four-person, two-storey dwelling, and a minimum ceiling height of 2.5m across at least 75% of the GIA. Policy DMHB 18 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 (2020) requires new dwellings to provide a satisfactory standard of accommodation for future occupiers, including in terms of layout, outlook and daylight. 7.30 Both proposed dwellings would exceed the minimum space standards, each providing approximately 164.3 sqm GIA. Ceiling heights would exceed 2.5m across the majority of the floorspace, in accordance with London Plan requirements. All bedrooms meet or exceed the minimum size standards set out in the London Plan. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.31 In addition, the layouts are well planned, with dual and triple aspects, and principal living areas opening directly to private gardens. Habitable rooms would receive good daylight and outlook, and the dwellings include adequate storage and circulation space. 7.32 As such, it is considered that future occupiers would have a good standard of living accommodation complying with Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMHB 18 of the Hillingdon Local Plan, Part 2 (2020). External 7.33 Policy DMHB 18 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 (2020) requires a minimum of 60 sqm of private outdoor amenity space for three-bedroom dwellings. 7.34 The proposed dwellings would meet this standard. Plot 6 would provide approximately 68.6 sqm of private rear garden space, and Plot 7 would provide approximately 63.3 sqm. Both therefore exceed the minimum requirement. The gardens are of usable size and shape and are directly accessible from the main living areas. Figure 10: Landscaped Gardens Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.35 In addition, the site is located within proximity to a range of public open spaces, including Cuckoo Hill Recreation Ground , Eastcote House Gardens and Haydon Hall Park, providing further opportunities for outdoor recreation. 7.36 The proposal therefore provides an acceptable level of external amenity for future occupiers in accordance with Policy DMHB 18 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 (2020). Highways and Parking 7.37 The site is located within a residential cul-de-sac with very low public transport accessibility (PTAL 0–1a), meaning residents are likely to rely heavily on private vehicles. 7.38 Each dwelling would be provided with one on-plot parking space. This falls within the maximum allowance of 1.5 spaces for larger dwellings under London Plan Policy T6.1, and is considered sufficient given the availability of off -street parking at neighbour ing properties, which reduces on- street parking pressure in Rushmoor Close. 7.39 The supporting information illustrates the provision of cycle storage within the rear gardens of the properties which is considered an acceptable location. A condition has been secured for details to be provided of secure and accessible cycle storage for 2 cycles per unit. Figure 11: Acccess and servicing details 7.40 Similarly, areas for refuse storage have been identified, located towards the rear boundary, final details of the storage will be secured by condition. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.41 In line with London Plan requirements, each parking space must incorporate an active electric vehicle charging point (EVCP). This has not been indicated on the plans but will be secured by condition. 7.42 Vehicular access would be via two new crossovers on Rushmoor Close. The Highway Authority has confirmed there is no objection in principle to these, subject to compliance with the Council’s Domestic Vehicle Footway Crossover Policy and delivery under Section 184 of the Highways Act 1980 at the developer’s expense. Final details, including any adjustments to street furniture and visibility splays, would be addressed post-permission. 7.43 To safeguard pedestrian and vehicular visibility, boundary treatments adjacent to the new access points will be required to be kept below 0.6m in height for a distance of at least 2m, secured by condition (see Condition 16). 7.44 The additional vehicle movements generated by two new dwellings are expected to be limited to 1 –2 trips during peak hours. This level of traffic is considered negligible and can be accommodated on the local highway network without adverse impact on congestion or road safety. 7.45 A Construction Management Plan will also be required by condition, given the constraints of the cul-de-sac, to ensure construction activities do not adversely impact the local road network (see Condition 4). 7.46 The Highway Authority has reviewed the application and raises no objection, subject to conditions relating to cycle storage, EVCP provision, bin storage and a Construction Management Plan. The scheme is therefore considered acceptable in highways and parking terms, in accordance with Policies DMT 1, DMT 2 and DMT 6 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020), and Policies T4, T5 and T6 of the London Plan (2021). Noise 7.47 The site would be used in an exclusively residential capacity. As such, in terms of the operational phase of the proposed development, no significant issues are raised by the proposal, in respect to noise. Air Quality 7.48 The site is not located within an Air Quality Management nor Focus Area. Given the proposed development is for two new dwellings, it is not considered that the proposal would cause unacceptable levels of dust and disturbance during the construction phase. 7.49 The control of dust and construction hours is governed under separate legislation and the relevant informative note has been added to the decision to remind the applicant of this. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Accessibility 7.50 The Council’s Access Officer has been consulted on the application and has no concerns regarding accessibility, subject to conditions regarding step free access and compliance with the technical specifications for an M4(2) dwelling which will be added to the decision should the application be approved. These have been secured through conditions 9 and 11. Trees and Landscaping 7.52 The site contains several mature tr ees and hedgerows, including a prominent class B tree (T1) at the site frontage which makes a positive contribution to the character of Rushmoor Close and the wider Eastcote Village Conservation Area. Trees and vegetation along the rear boundary also provide important screening to Brackenwood and Orchardleigh. 7.53 The original proposal raised concerns due to encroachment into the Root Protection Area (RPA) of the frontage tree. The scheme has since been revised, stepping the second dwelling back and further out of the RPA increasing the separation from the tree with the relocation of ancillary structures to the rear, and a reduction in hardstanding within the frontage. 7.54 The submitted Root Protection Area plan indicates that the total encroachment within the RPA of Tree T1 would be approximately 16.64% comprising 1.4% being foundations, 2.4% being drive and 9.4% being a path. The original scheme had a total encroachment of over 26.4%. 7.55 Specialist construction methods are proposed where works lie within the RPA. In line with the Arboricultur al Impact Assessment (Sharon Hosegood Associates), ground protection measures would include geotextile membranes overlaid with woodchip and marine ply/scaffolding boar ds. The driveways would be formed using a minimal -dig, porous construction to protect underlying roots. Where external walls fall within the RPA, fo undations would be constructed using screw piles with cantilevered ground beams or an equivalent low-impact system such as Treesafe. These would avoid cutting through significant roots by limiting excavation depth to above the level of any root with a diameter greater than 20mm. 7.56 With these measures in place, the Arboricultural Impact Assessment concludes that the impact on tree T1 would be negligible. The retention of rear boundary planting and surrounding trees would also maintain the green buffer between the site and adjoining properties. The Council’s Tree Officer has reviewed the proposal and raises no objection to the level of encroachment. 7.57 Subject to conditions securing compli ance with the Arboricultural Method Statement, tree protection measures during construction, and a detailed landscaping scheme, the proposal is considered acceptable (see Conditions 5,6 and 7) . The development would safeguard existing trees of merit, deliver new planting, and enhance the green character of Rushmoor Close, in accordance with Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Policy DMHB 14 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020), Policy G7 of the London Plan (2021), and the NPPF (2024). Biodiversity Net gain 7.58 The Environment Act 2021 requires most new development to deliver a minimum 10% Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG), secure d through the statutory biodiversity metric unless an exemption applies. 7.59 A biodiversity metric has been submitted for the proposal. The assessment identifies a shortfall, with the development resulting in a deficit of approximately 0.29 habitat units relative to the 10% net gain requirement. No hedgerow or watercourse units are recorded on the site. 7.60 The applicant has confirmed that the development is intended to be delivered as a self -build scheme and is seeking to rely on the self- build exemption from mandatory BNG, to be secured through a Unilateral Undertaking. Subject to the completion of the Unil ateral Undertaking confirming the self- build status of the development, the statutory BNG requirement would not apply. Notwithstanding the exemption, the proposal retains existing boundary vegetation and includes additional soft landscaping, which would provide some ecological benefit. Subject to the completion of the Unilateral Under taking, the proposal is considered acceptable in biodiversity terms. Ecology 7.61 Policy DMHB 14 of the Local Plan Part 2 (2020) and Policy G6 of the London Plan (2021) require development proposals to protect and enhance biodiversity and provide appropriate mitigation where harm is unavoidable. Although the site historically formed part of a residential garden, it has been left unmanaged for some time and is now relatively overgrown, with s uch conditions can provide valuable habitat for nesting birds, invertebrates, and small mammals. In addition, the site lies within an area characterised by mature trees and is in close proximity to local watercourses. These features increase the ecological potential of the site and strengthen the case for a preliminary ecological appraisal (PEA) to confirm whether protected species or habitats are present. 7.62 No ecological assessment has been submitted with the application. In the absence of this information, the Council cannot be satisfied that the proposal would not give rise to harm to biodiversity interests. It would therefore be necessary to require a PEA and any mitigation measures by condition in the event of approval ( See Condition 8). The scheme would also be expected to incorporate ecological enhancements such as bird and bat boxes, pollinator -friendly planting , and biodiversity-sensitive landscaping. Flooding and Drainage 7.63 The proposed development site is not located in Flood Zones 2 or 3. Nor is it located within a critical drainage area, or an area known for surface water flooding. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press The application site is located within Flood Zone 1, where the risk of fluvial flooding is low, and residential development is considered appropriate. The proposal involves the erection of 2 x detached dwellings and whilst it results in an increase in hardstanding across the site , the level of intensification is not considered to materially alter the existing surface -water runoff characteristics of the plot. A condition will be added requiring a sustainable water management details for the site to be submit ted and approved (Condition 10) . The plan will ensure that appropriate and sufficient drainage is provided for the new dwellings. Waste Management 7.64 Policy DMHB 11 Part (d) of the Hillingdon Local Plan (2020) states that development proposals should make sufficient provision for well-designed internal and external storage space for general, recycling and organic waste, with suitable access for collection. External bins should be located and screened to avoid nuisance and adverse visual impacts to occupiers and neighbours. To conform with the Council's 'waste -collection' distance parameter of 10 metres, refuse, recycling and food waste would need to be deposited kerbside on collection day 7.65 The proposed plans show provision for re fuse bins within th e rear garden that would of an adequate size, accessible fo r collection, and be discreetly screened from the street and neighbours. Sustainability 7.66 Policy DMEI 2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan (2020) requires all developments to make the fullest contribution to m inimising carbon dioxide emissions in accordance with the London Plan targets. Policy DMEI 10 requires development to utilise no more than 110 L of water per person per day 7.67 The proposed development is of a minor scale therefore whilst the principle of SI 2 (carbon reduction) is applicable, the London Plan Policy applies more specifically, to major scale applications. The applicant is therefore not required to submit an energy statement with the application or demonstrate a policy level of on-site savings. Notwithstanding this point, the modern construction of the development would be considered as providing sufficient energy savings itself and therefore, the development would comply with the principles of the carbon saving development plan policies. 7.68 A water efficiency calculation confirming the water usage of the dwelling has not been submitted in support of the application. It is recommended a condition (see Condition 17 of the condition list) is added to the decision notice requiring a water efficiency calculation is to be provided prior to works above ground level commencing confirming how the proposed dwelling will meet utilise no more than 110L of water per person per day to ensure the development is in accordance with Policy DMEI 10. It is worth noting that the development includes the installation of solar panels on the roof. This additional measure would contribute towards energy Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press efficiency, an air quality neutral minor development and contribute towards reducing carbon emissions. 7.69 The proposal would therefore be compliant with Policy SI 2 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMEI 2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020). Land Contamination 7.70 Policy DMEI 12 of the Local Plan (2020) states that for sites identified as being at potential risk of land contamination, relevant reports should be submitted to demonstrate that there would be no harm to the health of occupants. The application site is not located on contaminated land. Therefore, a survey is not required nor are conditions pertaining to the submission of further information Fire Safety and Emergency Services 7.71 Policy D12 of the London Plan states that all developments must achieve the highest standards of fire safety. The proposal is for a replacement dwelling that would have a street frontage. There would be unobstructed outside space on the road to accommodate fire appliances and to serve as an evacuation assembly point. 7.72 The proposal is for two dwellings that would have a street frontage and access points both to the front and rear of the si te. There is unobstructed outside space on the road to accommodate fire appliances and to serve as an evacuation assembly point. It is considered that the design of the proposal would enable effective evacuation were it required. 7.73 From a planning perspective, this would provide sufficient comfort that the site has suitable access arrangements in the case of an emergency. Notwithstanding this, a separate Building Regulations application would also need to be secured to ensure that both units align with the Approved Document B of the Building Regulations 2022. The application is considered to be in general accordance with with the broad aims of Policy D12 of the London Plan. 7.74 The site is also at the end of a cul-de-sac and the street is wide enough to accommodate emergency vehicles in the event of an emergency. The Highways Officers has raised no objections to the accessibility of such vehicles. 8 Other Matters Human Rights 8.1 The development has been assessed against the provisions of the Human Rights Act, and in particular Article 1 of the First Protocol and Article 8 of the Act itself. This Act gives further effect to the rights included in the European Convention on Human Rights. In arriving at this recommendation, due regard has been given to Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press the applicant's reasonable development rights and expectations which have been balanced and weighed against the wider community interests, as expressed through third party interests / the Devel opment Plan and Central Government Guidance. Equality 8.2 Due consideration has been given to Section 149 of the Equality Act with regard to the Public Sector Equality Duty in the assessment of this planning application. No adverse equality impacts are considered to arise from the proposal. Local Finance Considerations and CIL 8.3 The Council adopted its own Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) on 1st August 2014. The Hillingdon CIL charge for resi dential developments is £95 per square metre of additional floor space. This is in addition to the Mayoral CIL charge of £60 per square metre. CIL rates are in dex linked. The proposal involves the erection of new dwellings and is therefore CIL liable if planning permission is granted. 9 Planning Balance 9.1 The National Planning Policy Framework (2024) sets out that decisions must take into account the benefits of sustainable development against any adverse impacts. 9.2 It is acknowledged that the Council cannot currently demonstrate a five-year supply of deliverable housing sites (the most recent position statement published on 01/04/26 confirmed a 2.5 year supply). In accordance with Footnote 8 of the NPPF, the policies which are most important for determining the application are therefore considered out -of-date. Consequently, Paragraph 11(d) of the Framework is engaged, and the 'tilted balance' applies. This requires that planning permission be granted unless any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the Framework taken as a whole. 9.3 The application is considered to comply with the Development Plan in this case. The proposal has been assessed against all relevant material considerations and is not considered to give rise to any adverse impacts that would weigh against the development. In reaching this decision, positive weight is afforded to the modest contribution that the proposal makes towards the Borough’s housing supply. 9.4 Accordingly, it is recommended that planning permission is granted, subject to the proposed conditions Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Conclusion 9.5 The proposed development would preserve the character and appearance of the Eastcote Village Conservation Area and would not result in harm to the amenities of neighbouring occupiers. The proposal is acceptable in highways, environmental and design terms and would provide a high standard of accommodation for future occupiers. The development is considere d to comply with the Development Plan and, having regard to paragraph 11(d) of the National Planning Policy Framework, no material considerations indicate that planning permission should be withheld. Accordingly, the application is recommended for approval subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 10 Background Papers 10.1 Relevant published policies and documents taken into account in respect of this application are set out in the report. Documents associated with the application (except exempt or confidential information) are available on the Council's website here, by entering the planning application number at the top of this report and using the search facility. Planning appl ications are also available to inspect electronically at the Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW upon appointment, by contacting Planning Services at planning@hillingdon.gov.uk.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

168. 74 St Georges Drive - 79535/APP/2026/11 PDF 5 MB
Erection of single storey rear extension, alteration to the roof of the existing single storey garage, conversion of the main roof to habitable accommodation comprising of 2 x side dormers and hip-to-gable extension to the rear, demolition of existing chimney, and expansion of raised patio area to the rear of the property (Part Retrospective) Recommendations: Approval
📄 74 St Georges Drive - 79535/APP/2026/11 PDF 5 MB
Read the text of this document (45 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Christopher Lamb 79535/APP/2026/11 Date Application Valid: 19.01.26 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 08.06.26 Application Type: Householder Ward: Ickenham & South Harefield Applicant: Mr Norron Nyack Site Address: 74 St George's Drive Ickenham Hillingdon UB10 8HR Proposal: Erection of single storey rear extension, alteration to the roof of the existing single storey garage, conversion of the main roof to habitable accommodation comprising of 2 x side dormers and hip -to-gable extension to the rear, demolition of existing chimney, and expansion of raised patio area to the rear of the property (Part Retrospective) Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 3 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Petition received) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 This application seeks part-retrospective planning permission for the construction of householder additions to No. 74 St. George’s Drive, Ickenham, namely a single storey rear extension and conversion of the roof to habitable accommodation, including dormers to both sides and a hip-to-gable extension to the rear. As part of the proposal, the existing garage roof wo uld also be altered, in addition to the expansion of the raised patio area to the rear and removal of a chimney. 1.2 Materially similar extensions to the prop erty have been previously granted under the provisions of Permitted Development, i.e., demonstrated to show that they would not require planning permission. This has included a single storey rear extension, of similar depth and siting to that proposed, granted under prior approval application (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1625), and the conversion of the roof to habitable accommodation, including dormers to both sides and a hip -to-gable extension to the rear , granted under a lawful development certificate (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1632). 1.3 The proposed scheme expands on these previous applications, making additional alterations which would bring the development over and above the permitted development threshold and hence have consequently required planning permission to be sought. Following amendm ents made to the application, these alterations include: - Enlargement of the size of the west- facing dormer, so that it reflects the box design of the east-facing dormer. - To the rear, the dormers are no longer set in from the gable edge of the roof, and include an additional window. - Increased height of the rear extension by approximately 0.25m. 1.4 The proposed raised patio and garage roof alterations are new to this application and have not previously been sought. 1.5 During the course of the assessment, further amendments were received from the original submission which omitted a hip-to-gable extension to the front roof slope, reduced the sizes of the side dormers (from the original planning submission) and reduced the patio height in line with permitted development requirements. These amendments ensure that the development to the front would appear similar to what was previously approved and also not appear out of character. The reduction of the patio height would also ensure the amenity of neighbours is protected and conditions have been added in regard screening measures to be submitted. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 1.6 Three signed petitions have been received from the public with a total of 181 valid signatures, and as such this application has been called to Committee for determination . Concerns raised include, inter alia, the impact of the proposal on neighbour amenity, impact on the character and appearance of the area, including overdevelopment of the plot, and impact on flood risk. The comments also raised concerns regarding the retrospective nat ure of the application and construction management of the site. These matters have been considered within the assessment section of the report below. 1.7 With consideration given to what has already been granted, i.e. can already be built without requiring planning permission under the provisions of Permitted Development, the proposal is considered to comply with the objectives of the relevant planning policies and would not give rise to any materially greater harm to the character and appearance of the area or neighbour amenity, beyond what can already be achieved. The proposal would also have no detrimental impact on parking, trees or biodiversity, or flood risk, subject to conditions. 1.8 Taking all relevant matters into account and giving due regard to local residents’ objections (including the petitions against the application), it is concluded that the proposal complies with the Development Plan and no material considerations indicate that a contrary decision should be taken. The planning application is therefore recommended for approval subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 The application site comprises a detached , single storey residential bungalow located on the south ern side of St. George’s Dr ive, close to the junction with Copthall Road West. The property is of brick construction with a hipped tile roof, and is characterised by a feature gable pr ojection to the front elevation. The property benefits from an existing single garage to one side and single storey extension to part of the rear, both of whic h have flat roofs. The property has off- street parking to the front, including two dropped kerbs, and garden to the rear. 2.2 The site lies within a residential area, wi th St. George’s Drive characterised by a mixture of single and two storey detac hed dwellings. The neighbouring property to the west, no. 72, is also a bungalow. To the east, the application site borders onto the gardens of properties facing onto Copthall Road West, which are two storey and either semi-detached or detached. The gardens of these properties are notably shallower, at approximately 9 to 10m in depth. 2.3 Many properties in the vicinity have been extended or altered in some form, including roof conversions and the installation of dormers, and rear extensions. Along St. George’s Drive, there are numerous examples of large and bulky roof extensions to properties in the street sce ne, including box dormers to both side Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press roof slopes of nearby dwellings. Many of these such additions have been achieved via the provisions of Permitted Development, i.e. not required planning permission. 2.4 The site is not located within a Conse rvation Area or Area of Special Local Character. It falls within Flood Zone 1, but within a Critical Drainage Area. There are no other relevant constraints. Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 2: Front Elevation of Application Property Figure 3: Rear Elevation of Application Property Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 4: Front and West-Facing Side Elevation of Application Property Figure 5: East-Facing Side Elevation of Application Property Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 6: No. 91 St. George’s Drive (Opposite the Application Site) Figure 7: Example of some side Dormers typical of St. George’s Drive Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 8: Example of similar side dorm er to bungalow along St. George’s Drive 3 Proposal 3.1 The application proposes the construction of a single storey rear extension and conversion of the roof to habitable acco mmodation, including dormers to both sides and a hip-to-gable extension to the rear. As part of the proposal, the existing garage roof would also be altered, to include a dummy pitch, in addition to the expansion of the raised patio area to the rear and removal of a chimney. 3.2 The proposed rear extension would have a depth of 4m, and height of 2.85m from natural ground level. It would adjoin to the side of the existing rear extension, which is slightly larger at approximately 4.6m in depth. The dormers would run for much of the side elevations of the prop erty, each measuring approximately 6.8m in length. 3.3 As mentioned in the Executive Summary, materially similar extensions to the property have already been previously granted under the provisions of Permitted Development, i.e., demonstrated to show that they would not require planning permission. This has included a single storey rear extension, of similar depth and siting to that proposed, granted under prior approval application (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1625), and the conversion of the roof to habitable Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press accommodation, including dormers to both sides and a hip-to-gable extension to the rear, granted under a lawful development certificate (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1632). The permitted plans for these two previous applications are shown in the following section. 3.4 The proposed scheme expands on these previous applications, making additional alterations which hence have consequently required planning permission to be sought. Following amendments made to the application, these alterations include: - Enlargement of the size of the west- facing dormer, so that it reflects the box design of the east-facing dormer (this enlargement means the scheme would now exceed the maximum 50 sqm. volume limit allowed under Permitted Development) - To the rear, the dormers are no longer set in from the gable edge of the roof, and include an additional window. - Increased height of the rear extension by approximately 0.25m (the depth (4m) and siting would remain as approved under 79535/APP/2025/1625). 3.5 The east-facing dormer, facing the gardens of properties along Copthall Road West, is largely unchanged from the granted 79535/APP/2025/1632 application. Though no longer set in from the rear ga ble edge of the roof, as was originally granted, the overall length and bulk of this dormer remains materially unaltered from the previously granted certificate of lawfulness application. 3.6 The proposed raised patio and garage roof alterations are new to this application and have not previously been sought. Following amendments to the scheme, the proposed raised patio has been reduced to a maximum height of 0.3m. As part of the amendments made, an originally proposed hip-to-gable extension to the front roof slope, which would have made the side dormers longer , has also been removed from the scheme. 3.7 In accordance with the description above, the revised proposed drawings, which are put forward to the Committee for consideration, are shown in the Figures overleaf, along with the ‘existing’ drawings – how the property appeared prior to any works commencing on site. 3.8 It should be noted that the existing flue that has been installed to the east-facing side elevation is not included on the proposed plans and does therefore not form part of this application. Should the appl ication be approved, this feature would require separate regularisation, as it is currently without consent – either via the submission of a lawful development certificate, planning permission, or enforcement action if necessary. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 6: Existing Drawings (please note – a larger version of plan can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 7: Proposed Drawings (as Amended) (please note – a larger version of plan can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A full list of the planning history relating to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 As mentioned, it is material to note that both a Certificate of Lawfulness (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1632) – for the conversion of the roof space to habitable use, including dormers to both side elevations and hip-to-gable extension to the rear – and a prior approval application (ref: 79535/APP/2025/1625) – for the construction of a single storey rear extension of 4m depth and 2.6m height – have been previously granted at the site. These pr evious applications sought confirmation from the Local Planning Authority that their respective developments would not Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press require planning permission, given t he allowances of national Permitted Development legislation. These previous schemes are shown in the figures below. 4.3 The proposed scheme expands on these previous proposals, making additional alterations which hence have consequently required planning permission to be sought. Following the amendments made, these alterations include: - Enlargement of the size of the west- facing dormer, so that it reflects the box design of the east facing dormer. - To the rear, the dormers are no longer set in from the gable edge of the roof, and include an additional window. - Increased height of the rear extension by approximately 0.25m. 4.4 Based on what has already been granted under the previous applications (and for which planning permission was not necessary), in effect it is only these above alterations that the application seeks approval for, in addition to the garage roof changes and patio enlargement. 4.5 It is noted that works to the property have commenced since the approval of 79535/APP/2025/1632 and 79535/APP/2025/1625. Members are reminded that this application seeks approval for what is shown on the proposed plans only, rather than what has necessarily been built ‘on site’ . Should the application therefore be approved, this would not grant permission for the built development as it appears ‘on site’, as certain aspects would remain unlawful, namely the: x rear patio (the proposal is for a raised patio of maximum 0.3m in height – what has been built on site exceeds this height) x west-facing dormer (the proposed dormer is different to what has been built on site. What has been built on site is also not Permitted Development as it is not set in from the gable edge of the rear roof Currently , it therefore does not comply with the proposed scheme or previously approved 79535/APP/2025/1632 certificate). Accordingly, if permission were to be granted, a condition is recommended to be included to ensure the necessary alterations are made to the above aspects, within a 6-month time frame, or otherwise demolished. This would ensure that the unlawful parts of the development that have been built on site , as above, would be regularised in line with the proposed plans, within a reasonable but enforceable timeframe. 4.6 Separately, as previously mentioned, th e existing flue that has been installed to the east -facing side elevation is not included on the proposed plans and does therefore not form part of this application. Should the application be approved, this feature would require separate regularisation as it is currently without consent – either via the submission of a lawful development certificate, planning permission, or enforcement action if necessary. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 8: Previously Granted Roof Alterations (Permitted Under 79535/APP/2025/1632) Figure 9: Previously Granted Rear Extension (Permitted Under 79535/APP/2025/1625) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 14 neighbouring properties, as well as the Ickenham Residents Association, were originally consulted on the application on 23.01.2 6, with the consultation period expiring on 13.02.2025. Following amendments made to the application, a second neighbour consultation period was under taken for 14 days, expiring on 12.05.2026. 6.2 At the time of publishing this report, altogether: - Three petitions, with a total of 181 valid signatures were received in objection to the proposal. - 97 representations, from 54 different individuals, were received, in objection to the proposal. 6.3 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response Petitions of 181 total valid signatures have been received against the application I. Impact on the character of the area; overdevelopment. II. Impact on neighbour amenity (Loss of privacy, loss of daylight/ overshadowing, non- compliance with 45- degree test) III. Increased Flood Risk IV. Inconsistent measurements Discussed within paragraphs 7.2 - 7.26 of this report. Discussed within paragraphs 7.27 - 7.61 of this report. Discussed within paragraphs 7.66 – 7.69 of this report. The application seeks approval for what is shown on the plans only. Where Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press V. Retrospective; built without permission. VI. Increased risk of vermin from the development this deviates from what has been built ‘on site’, this w ould be resolved through conditions and planning enforcement, where necessary. Construction commenced following the granting of applications 79535/APP/2025/1632 and 79535/APP/2025/1625; however, the development has not been carried out in accordance with the plans approved. As such, planning permission is now required for parts of the development. The planning system does not operate on a punitive basis, and the retrospective nature of the application is not in itself, a material planning consideration . The proposal has therefore been assessed on its planning merits. The application relates to householder additions to an existing property. In terms of the planning assessment, no concerns regarding vermin would therefore be raised. If the construction process has brought about vermin issues, this would be a matter for the Council’s Environmental Health Team to investigate and resolve. 97 individual letters of objection I. Harm to character and appearance of Discussed within paragraphs 7.2 - 7.26 of this report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press have been received the site / area; overdevelopment – cumulative impact; out of keeping / incongruous/ development far exceeds the footprint of the original bungalow II. Impacts on neighbour amenity; loss of privacy / overlooking; loss of light / overshadowing; overbearing Discussed within paragraphs 7.27 - 7.53 of this report. III. Highway and parking concerns; highway safety. Discussed within paragraphs 7.57 - 7.61 of this report. IV. Concerns over drainage of surface water / rainwater; flood risk. Discussed within paragraphs 7.66 - 7.69 of this report. V. Inaccuracies in the plans; plans don’t match the build The application seeks approval for what is shown on the plans only. Where this deviates from what has been built ‘on site’, this w ould be resolved through conditions and planning enforcement, where necessary. VI. Construction has started without consent; does not have permission; started without approval Construction commenced following the granting of applications 79535/APP/2025/1632 and 79535/APP/2025/1625; however, the development has not been carried out in accordance with the plans approved. As such, planning permission is now required for parts of the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press development. The planning system does not operate on a punitive basis, and the retrospective nature of the application is not in itself, a material planning consideration. The proposal has therefore been assessed on its planning merits. VII. Concerns about construction impact; improper conduct of builders Contractors are required to adhere to all relevant regulations to limit impacts on neighbours, including hours of construction . The Council recommends an informative reminding the applicant of their construction noise and hours obligations which are allowed under The Control of Pollution Act 1974, the Clean Air Acts and other related legislation. These matters are however not material to the planning assessment of the proposal, and where breaches have occurred, this would be a matter for the Council’s Environmental Health / Noise Nuisance teams to investigate and resolve. VIII. Vermin; potential contamination of soil The application relates to householder additions to an existing property. The site does not fall within contaminated land. In and of itself, as mentioned above no concerns regarding vermin would therefore be raised. Allegations have been raised regarding the use of Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press builder’s waste / rubble as a means to raise the height of the patio. Should the application be approved, and potentially hazardous internal debris then used to raise the patio (following the alterations required), this would be a matter of investigation for the Council’s Environmental Health team. IX. Previous application removed from public scrutiny – concerns how these two previous applications were handled. The previous application ref: 79535/APP/2025/1632 was for a Certificate of Lawfulness. Neighbours are not consulted on such certificates (and there is no statutory requirement to consult neighbours) as representations cannot be taken into consideration – the assessment for such certificates is simply whether or not the development complies with nationally set Permitted Development criteria, and subsequently whether or not it would require planning permission. The previous certificate was granted, confirming that the development it proposed would fall within the remit of Permitted Development, and would have therefore not required planning permission. The previous application ref: 79535/APP/2025/1625 was a prior approval application for which neighbours were consulted in accordance with the legislative procedure. The Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Prior Approval application had taken account of the comments from the immediate neighbours in its assessment on amenity grounds . X. Air quality – flue / chimney Discussed within paragraph 7.65 of this report. XI. Potential conversion to HMO This application is for additions to an existing family dwellinghouse . Following the introduction of the Council’s Borough- wide Article 4 Direction, any conversion of the property from a single dwelling to HMO would require the prior consent of the Local Planning Authority. XII. Disregard for the planning rules and it would set a precedent for future developments Each application is assessed on its own individual merit. The planning process is not a punitive one, and in assessing the merits of a proposal, whether the proposal is retrospective or has been started without permission, does not hold weight in the planning assessment. XIII. Inaccuracies in the information submitted e.g. more than two bungalows on the street (includes Planning Statement and Orientation of the properties) Inaccuracies are noted in the planning statement. The Case Officer is aware of these and as such these have not impacted the assessment of the application. The Planning Statement indicates that planning permission is also being sought for the flue, however as above it is not Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press shown on the proposed plans, nor included in the development description. Accordingly, for the avoidance of doubt, the flue does not form part of this application. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development 7.1 The application relates to an existing re sidential property sited within an urban location, outside of the Green Belt. In su ch locations, extensions and alterations to residential properties would be cons idered acceptable in principle, subject to complying with all relevant Development Plan Policies and material considerations as set out below. Additionally, there is already a fall-back in place for the proposed roof and rear additions, given what has already been granted at the site under the previous applications (demonstrating what could be built without requiring planning permission). Character and Appearance 7.2 Policy BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part One Strategic Policies (2012) seeks a quality of design in all new development that , inter alia , enhances and contributes to the area in terms of form, scale and materials, respects the local character, and is appropriate to the identity and context of the townscape. 7.3 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Pa rt Two - Development Management Policies (2020) advises that all development will be required to be designed to the highest standards and incorporate principles of good design. 7.4 Policy DMHD 1 requires that alterations and extension of dwellings would not have an adverse cumulative impact on the character and appearance of the street scene, and should appear subordinate to the main dwelling. 7.5 With regard to roof extensions, Policy DMHD1 requires that: - Roof extensions should be located on the rear elevation only, be subservient to the scale of the existing roof and should not exceed more than two thirds the average width of the original roof. They should be located below the ridge tiles of the existing roof and retain a substantial element of the original roof slope above the eaves line. 7.6 With regard to rear extensions, Policy DMHD1 requires that: - Single storey rear extensions to detached houses with a plot width of 5 metres or more should not exceed 4 metres in depth. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press - Flat roofed single storey extensions should not exceed 3 metres in height. Site Context 7.7 The site lies within a residential area, characterised by a mixture of single and two storey dwellings. Many properties in the vicinity have been extended in some form, including roof conversions and the installation of dormers, and rear extensions. 7.8 As existing, there are numerous examples of large and bulky roof extensions to properties in the street scene, including box dormers to both side roof slopes of nearby dwellings. Many of these such additions have been achieved via the provisions of Permitted Development, i.e. not required planning permission. Examples include nos. 41, 67, 69, 73 St. George’s Drive, and no. 91 opposite the application site. Images of nos. 91, and 67 and 69, can be seen within Figures 6 7 and 11 of this report respectively. Figure 10: Application site (pre-develop ment) with neighbours properties along Copthall Road West to the left Roof Extension Proposed 7.9 As mentioned previously, the site has already had a Certificate of Lawfulness and prior approval application granted for a rear hip -to-gable extension and side dormers, and single storey rear extension respectively. This is a significant material considera tion as it demonstrates a viable fall-back position of what could be built at the site, and indeed what could be built without even requiring planning permission. What has been built on site currently is comparable (though not identical) to these two previous applications. 7.10 In effect, Members are advised it is only therefore the deviations from the previous schemes that can be assessed, and whether these deviations in and of themselves result in any significant harm to the character and appearance of the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press property and surrounding area, beyond what has already been granted. This is considered below. Figure 11: Examples of existing roof extensions along St. Georges Drive which contribute to the variation in the roof form 7.11 In terms of streetscene analysis, it was cl ear from the site inspection carried out and the above images, that there are various extensions to the sides and rear of the roof that are prevalent along the street. The neighbouring properties along Cophall Road West have several rear dormer roof extensions built largely through permitted development that can be visible from several view points on St Georges Drive. The housing tenure along St. Georges Drive is a mixture of both bungalow Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press and two storey dwellings. There are se veral notable properties that have implemented side roof dormers including No 72 St George Drive (neighbour property). From the images (figures 6-8 and figures 10-12), it demonstrates that there is no singular or uniform roof form along St George’s Drive, with a noticeable variation in the scale, form and design of roof alterations and side dormer additions throughout the wider street. Figure 12: Further examples of the variation in side dormers along St.Georges Drive 7.12 The streetscene analysis demonstrates that there is no singular or uniform roof along St George’s Drive, with a noticeable variation in the scale, form and design of roof alterations and side dormer addi tions throughout the wider street. The examples illustrated show a range of differing roof profiles, side extensions and dormer configurations which collectively contribute to a more varied and evolving Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press character rather than a rigidly consistent appearance. In this context, the proposed side dormers would not appear isolated or incongruous within the streetscene and are considered to reflect the established pattern of domestic alterations visible along the road. 7.13 Furthermore, it is also noted that the side dormers proposed under the current application are not materially dissimilar in scale, form or appearance along the front elevation to those previously approved under the lawful development certificate. The comparison of both the previously granted front elevation through lawful certification and the current application is shown in figure 13. Figure 13: Comparison of roof extensions: lawful certificate granted 79535/APP/2025/1632 (Top image) and the current side dormers proposed (Bottom image) 7.14 Whilst minor design amendments are proposed, these would not result in a significantly different visual outcome when compared to the fallback scheme already established as acceptable. The current proposal would therefore maintain a comparable relationship with the host dwelling and surrounding streetscene 7.15 Similarly, along the eastern elevation facing on Copthall Road West, the amended plans received during the assessment reduced the overall size of the dormer in Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press line with what was approved under the lawful certificate previously granted. This is also demonstrated in figure 14 below. Figure 14: Comparison of Previously Granted East-Facing Dormer lawful certificate 79535/APP/2025/1632 (Top Image) and Proposed East- Facing Dormer (Bottom Image) 7.16 In terms of the roof alterations, as shown in Figure 14, the proposed dormer to the east-facing elevation would be in effect identical to that granted under 79535/APP/2025/1632 in terms of size and siting. As such, there would be no greater impact on the character and appearance of the dwelling and surrounding area resulting from this aspect when co mpared with what has already been granted consent (and indeed what can be built without requiring planning permission). 7.17 The dormer to the west-facing elevation would be enlarged in size compared to the 79535/APP/2025/1632 application, however, would remain of a similar overall length and siting to what was previously granted. Whilst of slightly greater overall bulk (the proposal would ‘fill out’ the previously granted dormer), the dormer would match the size and scale of the east faci ng dormer, creating a level of balance. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Furthermore, like the east-facing dormer, it would continue to be appropriately set down from the roof ridge, set up from the eaves and set back from the front elevation. As such, and when compared against what has already been granted consent, again it is not considered that this addition would result in any greater level of harm to the character and appearance of the property or street scene than the previous scheme. This is especially th e case given the context of the street scene, where numerous other large side dormers , to both flank elevations of properties, are evident; accordingly these features would not look out of keeping within the street scene. 7.18 The hip-to-gable extension has also largely already been established under the previously approved application ref. 79535/APP/2025/1632. Under the current proposal, the side dormers would no longer be set in from the rear gable and, together with the enlargement to the west-facing dormer, this would result in a somewhat greater sense of bulk when viewed from the rear. Whilst this relationship is acknowledged to be less refined in design terms than the previously approved scheme, it is noted that these views would be experienced predominantly from private vantage points rather than within the public streetscene. As such, the visual impact arising from this aspect of the proposal is considered to be limited and would not result in a level of harm sufficient to warrant refusal of the application. It must also be added that the building materials and overall quality of the brickwork and roof slates would also reduce the visual impact. On balance, this element of the scheme is therefore considered acceptable. 7.19 Overall, in terms of the roof alterations, the scheme would remain materially and visually comparable to that already approved under 79535/APP/2025/1632, particularly when viewed from the public domain. The bulk of the further alterations from 79535/APP/2025/1632 would be to the rear of the property, whereby they would not be visible from the street sce ne, whilst the side dormers themselves would be of an overall size, scale and bulk which is consistent with other similar conversions along St. George’s Drive, set back from the front elevation to a similar extent, and in terms of depth and siting, remaining largely identical to those granted under 79535/APP/2025/1632. Despite the additions, the property would continue to read as a bungalow, consistent with its existing form, with no increase to the existing ridge height proposed. Additionally, the proposed materials would replicate those used in the existing dwelli ng, continuing to match with the wider street scene. Single storey rear extension and garage roof alteration 7.20 In terms of the rear extension, this remains of an identical depth (4m) and footprint as the rear extension already granted under 79535/APP/2025/1625 , however is now proposed to be 0.25m higher (2.85m, from 2.6m). Policy DMHD 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020) advises that single-storey rear extensions to detached dwellings should not normally exceed 4 metres in depth, as measured from the original rear wall with a maximum height of 3 metres for developments with a flat roof. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.21 At 4m, the depth of the rear extension would comply with the requirements of Policy DMHD 1, as would the height, despite the minor increase. Furthermore, the extension would be of a conventional design, with the flat roof matching with, and integrating into, the existing rear extension, and given the lesser scale and flat roof it would continue to appear as subservient to the main dwelling. Overall this element would appear as proportionate and of an acceptable appearance utilising matching materials to the existing property. As such, the rear extension would not be harmful to the character of the existing property or surrounding area – and certainly to no greater extent than the rear extension for which consent has already been granted. 7.22 In terms of the alteration to the exis ting garage roof, this would be for purely aesthetic reasons, involving the addition of a modest dummy pitched element to the front portion of the garage. The roof element would complement the hipped design of the front of the property and be of an appropriate size and scale that retains the subservience of the garage. As such, no concerns are raised with regards to this aspect. The patio and removal of the original chimney are also considered to be acceptable in character/appearance terms. Patio/Raised terrace 7.23 The proposed patio has been subject to amendment during the course of the application to reduce its height to approximately 0.3 metres above ground level. As a result, the patio would now present as a low-level, ground-related feature that integrates more comfortably within the rear garden setting, rather than appearing as a raised or engineered platform. The stepped arrangement and limited projection from the host dwelling ensure that the patio remains visually subservient and proportionate, with its form closely reflecting typical domestic garden layouts. 7.24 In design terms, the revised patio would not appear as a dominant or visually intrusive addition when viewed in the context of the host property, instead reading as a modest extension of the internal living space into the garden. Whilst the relationship with neighbouring plots is acknowledged given the corner siting, the reduced height and simplified form materially lessen its visual presence, particularly when viewed from surrounding areas. The raised terrace height would also be in line with what would be allowed under permitted development. A condition is proposed to ensure that the current height of the platform is reduced in line with the permitted development requirement prior to its usage. The proposal is therefore considered to achieve an acceptable design response that is consistent with the character of a residential garden environment. Design (Conclusion) 7.25 Overall, when assessing the scheme as a whole, the proposal is considered to represent an acceptable form of development that responds appropriately to the character and appearance of the host dwelling and the surrounding area. It is Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press acknowledged that certain aspects of the rear elevation design, particularly the side dormers relationship with the rear roof form depart slightly from the more typical design approach to roof altera tions. However, in th is instance, these variations are limited in their visual impact and are not considered to result in a harmful or incongruous form of develo pment especially given the fallback design that has already been approved through a lawful certificate. 7.26 When taking into account the previous schemes and surrounding context of neighbouring developmen t, in it’s entirely it is overall not considered that the proposal would result in any significant harm to the character and/or appearance of the dwelling or surrounding area beyond what has already been granted consent. As such, subject to conditions over materials, and the regularisation of existing unlawful works , the application is considered acceptable in character/appearance terms. Residential Amenity 7.27 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Pa rt Two - Development Management Policies (2020) seeks to ensure that development proposals do not adversely impact on the amenity, daylight and sunlight of adjacent properties and open space. 7.28 Policy DMHD 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) states that planning applications relating to dwelling alterations and extensions will be required to ensure that a satisfactory relationship with adjacent dwellings is achieved and there is no unacceptable loss of outlook to neighbouring occupiers. 7.29 The application site borders no. 72 St. George’s Drive, a single storey bungalow, to the west. To the east, the site borders the gardens of properties facing onto Copthall Road West, specifically nos. 81a to 89 (odds). These properties are two storey with shallow gardens (approx. 9/10m in depth). 7.30 Similarly mentioned in the previous section, Members are reminded that given the already granted Certificate and prior appr oval applications, with regard to the dormers, rear hip-to-gable extension and rear extensio n, it is effectively only the changes from these previous two pr oposals which can be considered, and whether these changes (and any other additions, such as the rear patio) in and of themselves result in any significant harm to the amenity of neighbours, beyond what has already been granted. This is considered below. 72 St. George’s Drive 7.31 In terms of no. 72 St. George’s Drive, this dwelling is staggered owing to the bend in the road, such that its front elevatio n is set behind that of the application property’s, and rear elevation beyond. Given their siting, the east -facing dormer and rear extension would have no impact on this property beyond the existing relationship. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.32 In terms of the west-facing dormer (facing 72 St. George’s Drive) and rear hip-to- gable extension, these aspects have been modified from the previous granted Certificate, with the dormer in particular being increased in bulk (but remaining of a similar length). Notwithstanding this, neither of these aspects would increase the footprint of the property, nor increase its overall height. As such and given the difference in siting of both properties, neither of these aspects would result in any discernible loss of light or outlook with regard to this neighbour’s habitable openings. 87 to 95 St. George’s Drive 7.33 The residential properties opposite the site (Nos.87-95), including those in the vicinity of No. 74 St. George’s Drive, have been considered. These properties are located on the opposite side of the public highway, with separation distances consistent with the prevailing street pattern. Given this relationship, the proposed development would not result in any material loss of privacy, outlook, or give rise to an overbearing impact. Accordingly, no unacceptable harm to the residential amenity of these occupiers is identified. 81a to 83 Copthall Road West 7.34 In terms of Nos. 81A to 83 Copthall Road West, the rear elevations of these properties face towards the application site. However, these properties are characterised by larger distance which reduces the overall impact on their amenity. As seen on the site location plan, this results in a relationship where the proposed development is positioned beyond the primary amenity areas of these neighbouring occupiers, with a clear and appreciable separation distance maintained. In addition, the orientation and layout of the respective plots are such that the rear elevations of Nos. 81A and 83 do not directly align with or project towards the flank elevation of the application property, further reducing the perception of proximity. 7.35 The impact to the garden of no. 81a would be within tolerable limits, given that the separation distance from the first floor rear windows to the flank wall of this neighbour would be no less than 21m, which is compliant with the back-to-back distances specified in the Local Plan (minimum 21m). Whilst the distance between the garden of No 83 Cophall Road West is shorter, the level of overlooking would be no greater than can what already be achieved under the granted 79535/APP/2025/1632 application. Consequently, the proposed development would be experienced within a broader garden context rather than as an immediate or enclosing presence. On this basis, it is not considered that the proposal would result in any material loss of light, outlook or undue sense of overbearing impact to these neighbouring properties.” Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 85 to 89 Copthall Road West 7.36 The proposed rear extension would be sited largely between the rear gardens of Nos. 85 and 87, positioned behind the existing shared garage/outbuilding which runs along the mutual boundary. It is noted that prior approval has already been granted for a 4m deep rear extension at this location with a height of 2.6m. The current proposal seeks an extension of comparable depth and siting, with a modest increase in height to 2.85m. This increase of approximately 0.25m is limited in scale and remains within the parameters generally supported by local policy, which allows flat roof extensions up to 3m in height. This fallback position is an important material consideration in assessing the acceptability of the proposal. 7.37 Officers have undertaken a site visit to Nos. 85 and 87 and the relationship is illustrated within Figure 15. The image on the left, taken from No. 85, demonstrates that whilst the extension would be visible above the existing single-storey outbuilding, the majority of the outlook across the garden would be retained, with the proposed roof form appearing as a modest addition above the established boundary treatment. The image on the right, taken from No. 87, similarly shows that the extension would be read in the context of existing built form along the boundary, with limited additional visual intrusion over and above what had previously been approved through a lawful certificate which has been highlighted within figure 14. Figure 15: Photos taken from neighbouring properties at Nos 85 & 87 Copthall Road West 7.38 Having regard to the separation distances, the depth of the adjoining rear gardens, and the presence of intervening structures, it is not considered that the proposed rear extension would give rise to a material loss of outlook, undue Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press sense of enclosure, or overbearing impact to the occupiers of Nos. 85 and 87. The limited increase in height over the fallback position would not materially alter this relationship. 7.39 As illustrated within Figure 14, which prov ides a direct comparison between the previously granted lawful development ce rtificate and the current proposal, the east-facing dormer would be comparable in terms of overall scale, siting and projection. The visual comparison demonstrates that there is no material increase in built form along this flank elevation when viewed from Nos. 85 and 87. As such, the extent of development facing these neighbouring properties would not be materially greater than that which could already be implemented under permitted development 7.40 In terms of bulk and form, the proposed east-facing dormer and hip-to-gable extension would be read in the context of the existing and fallback roof form, as demonstrated in Figure 14, and the established pattern of development along the terrace. Whilst the development would introduce additional built form at roof level, it would not project to a degree that would appear unduly dominant or visually intrusive when viewed across the separation distances involved. Furthermore, the hip-to-gable element extends the roof form vertically rather than towards neighbouring properties, thereby limiting any additional sense of enclosure at garden level. 7.41 In terms of privacy, the application proposes new side and rear windows at first floor level following the addition of the dormers and hip-to-gable extension. At ground floor level, there would be no material difference compared to the existing arrangement in terms of openings. With regard to overlooking, the fenestration proposed within the dormer is consistent with that previously approved under the lawful development certificate, including the use of obscured glazing where necessary to prevent direct views. 7.42 In terms of the first floor side openings, given the context of surrounding plots, there is significant potential for these windows to result in direct overlooking for the adjacent neighbours. To the east, the window would look directly into the garden of no. 87 Copthall Road West, and to the west these windows, given their height and siting, would face onto the existing roof openings of no. 72 St. George’s Drive, resulting in a loss of privacy for these neighbours. This would be unacceptable, and as such i t is recommended that all proposed side windows above ground floor level are conditioned to be obscurely glazed and non-opening below 1.7m floor level. This would be an acceptable compromise in this instance, preventing any overlooking/loss of privacy from these windows, whilst the amenity of the occupiers would not be unduly impacted given that these side windows only serve non -habitable rooms and spaces. As such, provided the recommended condition is complied with, the side openings would not result in any undue overlooking or loss of privacy. Nevertheless, to ensure the privacy of the adjacent neighbours to each side long -term, it is also recommended to remove permitted development rights for any further side openings above ground level and restrict access to the roof of the rear extension for maintenance purposes only. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.43 To the rear, the hip-to-gable extension, combined with the dormers, would additionally introduce two windows to the property at first floor level. Though the primary outlook would be to the applicant's own garden area, it is acknowledged that given the additional height, a level of oblique overlooking would be introduced to surrounding neighbouring gardens. 7.44 It is acknowledged that these would afford views over the application site’s rear garden and towards neighbouring properties. Notwithstanding this, it is noted in the previous 79535/APP/2025/1632 granted scheme, that a window was proposed to be installed to the rear elevation at first floor level, for which, as the certificate was granted, it was confirmed that planning permission would not be required. This window would have afforded a materially similar level of overlooking across neighbours as that now proposed, when considering its size and siting. 7.45 The lawful development certificate also established a fallback position whereby a rear-facing window serving a habitable room could be installed at a comparable level. Whilst the current proposal includes two such window openings, officers consider that the degree of overlooking wo uld not be materially greater than that which could already occur under the fallback position. Furthermore, the separation distances between properties and the depth of the rear gardens are such that any views would be oblique views of the back end of the garden. Overall the amenity areas closest the dwellings would be largely protected. On this basis, whilst some perception of overlooking may arise, it would not be of a magnitude that would result in unacceptable harm to neighbourin g amenity or justify refusal of the application. 7.46 In terms of daylight, sunlight and overshadowing, whilst no detailed BRE assessment has been undertaken, officers have considered the relationship having regard to the scale, siting and orientation of the proposal. The development would be positioned to the rear of the host dwelling and separated from neighbouring properties by intervening garden depths of approximately 10 metres or more. The single -storey nature of the rear extension, together with the limited increase in height beyond the established fallback position, would not give rise to any material loss of daylight or sunlight to neighbouring habitable room windows. 7.47 Furthermore, given the separation dist ances involved and the position of the development relative to adjoining gardens, it is not considered that the proposal would result in any undue overshadowing or loss of sunlight to neighbouring outdoor amenity spaces. Any impacts wou ld be limited and consistent with what would reasonably be expected within a suburban residential context 7.48 In any case, in terms of overshadowing these aspects would again not increase the footprint of the property, nor increase its overall height. As such, and given their siting, approximately 9 to 10m away from the rear -facing habitable room windows of these neighbours, whilst the concerns of residents are acknowledged Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press it is not considered that these additions would result in any discernible loss of light for either neighbour given the separati on distances involved and the lack of increase in overall height. As such, the proposal is not considered to give rise to unacceptable impacts in terms of daylight, sunlight or overshadowing. 7.49 In terms of the garage roof, only the very front would be altered given the size and siting of the proposed dummy pitch roof. Overall this would be a modest addition and given the siting and context, largely behind an existing outbuilding belonging to no. 89 Copthall Road West, no discernible impact on neighbour amenity is envisaged with respect to this aspect. Rear Raised Patio 7.50 In terms of the rear patio, prior to works commencing on site this was already raised (see Figure 16), but is proposed to be expanded as part of the proposal. At the request of the Case Officer, the proposed height of the rear patio has however been reduced to 0.3m, which is the maximum height for which planning permission is not required. That is to say, ther e would be no reasonable grounds to refuse a raised patio of this height, given that such a structure could be built without requiring planning permission, under Permitted Development. Figure 16: Raised Rear Patio Prior to Works Commencing Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.51 Given the limited height proposed, it is not considered that the patio would result in any significant overlooking, and in any case at 0.3m the patio could now be constructed without requiring planning permission, as above. It is noted that works to this aspect have already been undertaken at the site, in which a raised patio with a height greater than 0.3m has been constructed. Members are reminded however that their assessment is purely on what is shown on the plans only, and not what has necessarily been built ‘on site’. In the interests of neighbour amenity, in the event of an approval, as mentioned in Para. 4.5, so as to regularise this aspect it would be necessary and therefore recommended to impose a condition to ensure the height of the patio is reduced and altered in accordance with the plans, within a specified time frame, or otherwise required to be demolished. With this in mind, no privacy concerns are raised with regard to the patio. A further condition has been recommended whereby details of screening measures be submitted within 2 months of a decisi on. The screening measures would need to be a minimum of 1.7m in height to mitigate overlooking. With these additional conditions, Officers are satisfied that the patio area would not cause any privacy concerns once the screening is installed. Neighbour amenity (Conclusion) 7.52 Overall, whilst it is acknowledged that the proposal would result in some change to the existing levels of neighbour amenity, these impacts must be considered in the context of the fallback position established under permissions ref. 79535/APP/2025/1632 and 79535/APP/2025/1625. Having regard to what could reasonably be implemented, the degree of impact arising from the current proposal is not considered to give rise to material harm that would justify a refusal when assessed against the development plan as a whole. 7.53 When the previous schemes are considered in their entirety, it is not considered that the proposal would result in any mate rially greater harm to the amenities of surrounding neighbours than that which has already been accepted through extant consents. As such, taking into account the fallback position, there would be no reasonable or defensible grounds to refuse the application on neighbour amenity grounds. Residential Amenity – Application Property 7.54 It is considered that all of the proposed rooms, and those altered by the proposed development, would maintain an adequate outlook and source of natural light, therefore complying with the requirements of Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021). 7.55 In terms of external amenity, Policy DMHD 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) states that planning applications relating to alterations and extensions of dwellings will be required to ensure that, inter alia, adequate garden space is retain ed, while Policy DMHB 18 states that developers should provide amenity space in accordance with Table 5.3 of the Local Plan. For a f our-bedroomed dwelling as proposed, a minimum 100 sqm of private amenity space would be required to be retained. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.56 Following the proposed extensions, the property would retain rear amenity/garden space in excess of 100 sqm and as such would comp ly with Policies DMHB 18 and DMHD 1. Highways and Parking 7.57 Policy DMT 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) states that new development will only be permitted where it accords with the Council's adopted parking standards, unless it can be demonstrated that a deviation from the standard would not result in a deleterious impact on the surrounding road network. 7.58 London Plan (2021): Policy T6.1 (Residential Parking) requires that new residential development should not exce ed the maximum parking standards as set out in Table 10.3 of the document. As proposed, for a house with four bedrooms in this location (PTAL 1a) , this would equate to a maximum of 1.5 spaces. 7.59 In this instance, whilst the existing garage is not of the sufficient dimensions to count towards the property’s off-street parking provision, the existing hardstanding to the front of the property is already sufficient to accommodate two vehicles. 7.60 The proposed development would make no alterations to the existing front hardstanding or accesses. Whilst the off-street parking availability would therefore marginally exceed the limits specified in the overriding London plan, this would be acceptable in this instance given that the proposal represents no change from the existing arrangement, and no enlargement would be required as per the limits of this Policy. 7.61 To this extent, the proposal would not raise any measurable parking or highway safety concerns. Biodiversity and Ecology 7.62 Whilst as a householder application the proposal would be exempt from national biodiversity net gain requirements, this would not override Local Policy requirements with respect to mitigation for any losses of site biodiversity or impact on existing

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

169. Land adjacent to 7 Wepham Close - 79199/APP/2025/3131 PDF 10 MB
Erection of 5 new-build residential dwellings, with private amenity space, parking, refuge storage and cycle parking (amended drawings) Recommendations: Approval
📄 Land adjacent to 7 Wepham Close - 79199/APP/2025/3131 PDF 10 MB
Read the text of this document (53 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Rhian Thomas 79199/APP/2025/3131 Date Application Valid: 12/01/26 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 02/07/26 Application Type: Full Ward: Yeading Applicant: Wepham Homes LTD Site Address: Land Adj to 7 Wepham Close, Hayes, UB4 9YG Proposal: Erection of 5 new-build residential dwellings, with private amenity space, parking, refuge storage and cycle parking (amended drawings) Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to section 106 legal agreement and conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 3 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Petition received) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. A) That the Council enter into a legal agreement with the applicant under Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended) or any other legislation to secure the following: -The purchase of sufficient off -site biodiversity units/credits to achieve the statutory 10% Biodiversity Net Gain requirement. B) That in respect of the application for planning permission, the applicant meets the Council's reasonable costs in preparation of the Section 106 Agreement and any abortive work as a result of the agreement not being completed. C) That officers be authorised to negotiate and agree the detailed terms of the proposed agreement and conditions of approval. D) That, if the Legal Agreement has not been finalised within 6 months (or such other time frame as may be agreed by the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth), delegated authority be given to the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth to refuse planning permission for the following reason: 'The applicant has failed to provide contributions towards the improvement of services and facilities as a consequence of demands created by the proposed development (in respect of biodiversity net gain). The scheme therefore conflicts with Schedule 7A of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as inserted by Schedule 14 of the Environment Act 2021) , Policy EM 7 of the Local Plan Part One (2012),Policy DMEI 7, of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020), the adopted Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Document (2014), Policy G6 of the London Plan (2021) and Chapter 15 of the NPPF (2024)' 1 Executive Summary 1.1 This application seeks planning permission for the erection of five new-build residential dwellings on land adjacent to 7 Wepham Close, Hayes. The proposal comprises a mix of two -storey detached and semi-detached three-bedroom family homes, with associated private amenity space, parking, cycle storage, and refuse provision. 1.2 The site represents an underutilised parcel of land within an established residential area. The principle of residential deve lopment in this location is considered acceptable and is supported by national, regional and local planning policy, Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press particularly in the context of the council’s current shortfall in housing land supply and the proposal for the optimisation of an underutilised brownfield site to provide new family sized housing. 1.3 The key planning considerations in the assessment of the application include the acceptability of backland development, the impact on the character and appearance of the area, neighbouring residential amenity, quality of accommodation for future occupiers, as well as environmental matters including landscaping, ecology, flooding and draina ge. Consideration has also been given to representations received, including a petition in objection, which raise concerns regarding design, amenity, highways, and environmental impacts. 1.4 The proposal is considered to represent an acceptable form of backland development that would integrate satisfactorily within its context. It would not result in unacceptable harm to the character of the area or to the amenities of neighbouring occupiers and would provide an appropriate standard of accommodation. 1.5 The quantum of parking is considered acceptable in this location, and the development is not considered to result in unacceptable impacts on the safety of the surrounding highway network. 1.6 Overall, the proposal is considered to comply with the Development Plan. Having regard to all material considerations, incl uding the representations received, it is not considered that any adverse impacts would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits of the scheme. 1.7 The application is therefore recommended for approval, subject to a Section 106 Agreement and the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 The application site comprises a vacant rectangular plot located east of Wepham Close, Hayes measuring approx. 1,246 sqm. At present, a fence separates the plot from Wepham Close. 2.2 To the south of the site lies Green Belt land and a Nature Conservation Site of Metropolitan or Borough Grade I Importance. The site has a PTAL ranking of 1a (Poor). The site is also located on potentially contaminated land. 2.3 The surrounding area is largely resid ential in character comprising mainly two storey semi-detached and terraced properties. As mentioned above, land to the south of the site is Green Belt with Brookside Park and Garden in close proximity Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red) Figure 2: Street View Image of the Application Site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal 3.1 The application seeks planning permission for the erection of five residential units on the site. All units are proposed as three -bedroom dwellings, arranged in a combination of semi -detached and detached properties, providing family- sized accommodation. The development includes associated works comprising private amenity space, cycle storage, and car pa rking, with one parking space provided per dwelling and two additional spaces allocated for visitors and deliveries. 3.2 During the course of the application, amended plans were submitted to address officer comments. These revisions include an increase in the level of soft landscaping across the site, amendments to the location of the cycle storage to improve accessibility and layout, and a reduction in the number of parking spaces to ensure compliance with maximum parking standards. Figure 3: Proposed Site Plan (please note – larger version of plan can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 4: Proposed Ground Floor Plan Figure 5: Proposed First Floor Plan Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 6: Proposed Front Elevation Figure 7: Proposed Rear Elevations Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 8: Proposed Side Elevations 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 There is no formal planning history for the site. 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 A site notice was displayed 26-01-26 and expired 17-02-26. 6.2 26 neighbouring properties were consulted on the application by letter dated 15- 01-26. 6.3 During the process of the application revised drawings were received and neighbours were re -consulted on 05-05- 26 for a period of 14 days. The consultation period expired 19-05-26. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 6.4 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses received are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response A petition in objection with 91 signatures has been received. 1. Design and Character – The proposal is incongruous in design, and the materials would not reflect the character of the surrounding area. The scale and massing is excessive resulting in overdevelopment of the site and loss of openness. Discussed at paragraphs 7.9-7.17 of this report 2. Landscaping public realm – low quality of life and neighbourly integration. Matters relating to the quality of landscaping and the integration of the development within the surrounding area are assessed within sections 7. 9-7.17 as well as 7.71- 7.78. The quality of internal living conditions is discussed at paragraphs 7.39-7.42 and impacts on neighbouring amenity are discussed at paragraphs 7.22-7.38. 3. Highways, parking, access and construction impacts. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.49-7.65. 4. Residential amenity – Potential for overlooking loss of daylight/sunlight and This is discussed at paragraphs 7.22-7.38. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press noise and disturbance to neighbouring properties. 5. Ecology and Biodiversity - Concerns that the development would harm nearby natural habitats and biodiversity, including land perceived to be of Green Belt character. These has been discussed at paragraphs 7.79-7.90. 6. Drainage and infrastructure - Concerns that the development would place additional pressure on existing infrastructure, including water supply and drainage systems, with reports of existing low water pressure. Drainage matters have been discussed at section 7. 91-7.96. 18 individual letters of objection have been received during the consultation period. I. Impact on amenities of neighbouring properties in terms of overlooking, loss of privacy, loss of sunlight/daylight, loss of outlook and overbearing impact. Discussed at paragraphs 7.22-7.38. II. Concerns regarding character and appearance, overdevelopment , scale and layout. Discussed at paragraphs 7.9-7.17 III. Concerns regarding highway impact, traffic, access and parking provision. Discussed at paragraphs 7.49-7.65. IV. Concerns regarding construction impacts in terms of noise, Construction matters are governed under separate legislation and is not a Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press disturbance, vehicles and damage. material planning consideration. V. Concerns regarding drainage, flood risk and water pressure. Flooding and drainage matters have been discussed at paragraphs 7.91-7.96. VI. Concerns regarding impact on wildlife and existing habitats. Discussed at paragraphs 7.79-7.90. VII. Concerns regarding increase noise and disturbance from future occupiers. Discussed at paragraph 7.66-7.67. VIII. Concerns regarding light pollution from external lighting. The proposal is not considered to give rise to unacceptable light pollution impacts. However, details of any external lighting are proposed to be conditioned shoul d the application be determined for approval. IX. Concerns regarding decrease in neighbouring property values. Impact on property values are not a material planning consideration. X. Concerns regarding additional pressure on infrastructure. The addition of 5 new residential properties is not considered to give rise to unacceptable impacts on local infrastructure. XI. Concerns regarding bin storage, maintenance and potential vermin. Discussed at paragraphs 7.97-7.99. XII. Concerns regarding adequacy of consultation and site notices. In relation to the consultation period. The Local Planning Authority has followed the statutory requirements set out in Article 15 of the Town and Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (England) Order. These regulations require Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press publicity for this type of application to be carried out either: (a) by site display in at least one place on or near the land to which the application relates for not less than 21 days; or (b) by serving the notice on any adjoining owner or occupier. In this case, a site notice was displayed on the closest streetlight to the site on 26-01-26. 26 neighbouring properties were also consulted on the application by letter dated 15 -01-26. A 14-day re-consultation letter was issued to the 26 neighbouring properties on 05-05-26 following amendments to the scheme. XIII. Concerns regarding maintained of land, management charged and boundary matters. These are private or civil matters and are not material planning considerations. IV. Concerns that approval will set a precedent for future development. Each application is determined on its own merits. Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response Access Officer This proposal for the erection of 5 new -build residential dwellings, has been reviewed with reference to London Plan Policy D7. No accessibility Th e comments are noted and the recommended Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press concerns are raised subject to conditions being attached to the decision notice in respect of the submission of step free access details and internal design accordance with the relevant Part M standards conditions are proposed to be attached should the application be determined for approval. Waste Strategy No comments/ objections . This is noted. Urban Design Officer (revised comments) The proposed design is broadly acceptable. The most recent improvements have addressed the concerns we have previously raised. We recommend conditioning materials and details. There is an opportunity - via condition discharge - to introduce a bit more visual richness and variety via selection of tone of materials (perhaps a less monotonous brick, or a slight variation in tone for the stack bonded brick 'accent' feature - e.g. lighter tone?). We recommend conditioning surfacing materials, boundary treatment and landscaping strategy details discharge also. This is noted and an assessment of the design has been made in paragraphs 7. 9-7.17. An assessment of the landscaping has been made at section 7. 71-7.78. The recommended conditions are proposed to be attached should the application be determined for approval. Highway Authority The London Plan requires up to 7.5 spaces, the 7no. proposed are therefore in accordance with this standard and can be accepted. However, the Highway Authority is concerned that, if not properly managed, residents may begin to treat the 2no. visitor and delivery parking spaces as their own, leading to competition for these spaces and potential conflict. As such it is recommended that an additional space be allocated to 2 of the proposed dwellings. It is anticipated that the creation of a new access would require works upon Highway land, as such the Highway Authority requires a planning condition that obliges the applicant to enter a s.106 legal agreement that commits them to enter a 1980 Highways Act s.278 agreement thereby allowing their contractor to work on the Council highway. No objection subject to conditions. This is noted and an assessment of the Highway and Parking Matters has been made in section 7.49- 7. 65. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Contaminated Land Officer: No objection subject to condition. This is noted and the recommended condition is proposed to be attached should the application be determined for approval. Environmental Specialist Team: No comment received. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development 7.1 The application site comprises a rectangular undeveloped backland plot located to the east of Wepham Close, Hayes. The site lies within an established residential area where the principle of resident ial use is well established. The key consideration in this case is whether the development of this backland parcel and the intensification of the site through the provision of five dwellings is acceptable in land-use terms. 7.2 Paragraph 72 of the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF 2024) places significant weight on the contribution of small and medium -sized sites in meeting housing needs and supports the efficient use of land within existing settlements. The proposal represents th e development of an underut ilised parcel of land and would therefore make a contribution towards the effective use of land in accordance with national policy objectives. 7.3 The proposal would deliver five family-sized dwellings (three-bedroom units), contributing to the Borough’s housing stock and responding to an identified need for larger family accommodation. The provision of family housing is supported by both regional and local planning poli cy and is considered to represent an appropriate form of development for the site. 7.4 At a regional level, the London Plan (2021) seeks to optimise housing delivery, particularly on small sites, through Policy H2. At a local level, Policy DMH 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) sets out criteria for assessing garden and backland development. Whilst such develop ment is not precluded in principle, it must ensure that it respects the character of the area, provides a high -quality residential environment, and does not result in harm to neighbouring amenity. These matters are considered in detail within the relevant sections of this report. 7.5 The site falls within the definition of a small site and represents an opportunity to deliver additional housing within an esta blished residential area. The principle of residential development on this site is therefore considered acceptable, subject to Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press compliance with the relevan t criteria set out in Policy DMH 6 and other material planning considerations, including des ign, impact on the character of the area, neighbouring amenity, highways, and environmental matters. 7.6 Moreover, it is acknowledged that the Council cannot currently demonstrate a five- year supply of deliverable housing sites (the most recent position statement published on 01/04/26 confirmed a 2.5 year supply). In accordance with Footnote 8 of the NPPF, the policies w hich are most important for determining the application are therefore considered out -of-date. Consequently, Paragraph 11(d) of the Framework is engaged, and the 'tilted balance' applies. This requires that planning permission be granted unless any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the Framework taken as a whole. 7.7 The application is considered to comply with the Development Plan in this case. In addition, when considered against the policies of the Framework (read as a whole), any adverse impacts of granting consent (as identified within this report) would not significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits. In reaching this decision, positive weight is afforded to the modest contribution that the proposal makes towards the Borough’s housing supply. Density 7.8 Numerical density calculations are typically of greater relevance to larger-scale developments. In this instance, it is considered that greater weight should be afforded to the site -specific and contextual characteristics of the surrounding area. The key consideration is therefore wh ether the proposed development would integrate appropriately with the prevailing pattern of development, character, and appearance of the area, and whether it would safeguard the residential amenity of existing and future occupi ers. These have been assessed within the relevant sections of this report. Design / Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.9 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan : Part 2 (2020) seeks to ensure that new development is of a high-quality design that responds to the local context and preserves or enhances the character and a ppearance of the wider area. This is supported by Policies D3 and D4 of the London Plan (2021), which require a design -led approach to development and the delivery of high- quality, well- integrated schemes. Paragraphs within the NPPF (2024) also seek to ensure that developments are visually attractive, sympathetic to local character, and establish a strong sense of place. 7.10 The application site comprises a vacant parcel of land located to the rear and side of existing residential properties, currently enclosed by fencing along its boundary with Wepham Close . The site is presently undeveloped and characterised by overgrown grass, brambles and shrub vegetation (See Figure 10). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.11 The site is located at the end of a cul-de-sac within an established residential area and is not prominently visible within the wider street scene. The proposed development has therefore been designed to respond to this backland context, adopting a mews -style arrangement which is cons idered appropriate given its relationship with surrounding development. Figure 9: Site Entrance from Wepham Close Figure 10: Current Site Context (taken 23/04/26) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.12 The surrounding area is predominantly residential in character, comprising a mix of two -storey terraced, semi- detached and detached dwellings. There are also examples of larger, three-storey properties within the locality, typically located on more prominent corner plots. To the rear of the application site lies an area of Green Belt land, which forms a softer, more open backdrop to the site and contributes to the overall character of the area. Figure 11: Surrounding neighbouring context 7.13 The proposed dwellings comprise a mix of two-storey semi-detached and detached units, which reflect the prevailing pattern of development within the area. The layout has been carefully considered , with the dwellings set back from the established front building line along Weph am Close, whilst still aligning with the overall pattern of development. This approach ensures that the development remains visually connected to the street, whilst reducing its prominence within the street scene. The proposed access is taken from Wepham Close, and the scheme reads as a logical continuation of the ex isting street, prov iding a c oherent and legible extension to the built form. 7.14 In terms of scale and massing, the dwellings are limited to two storeys in height and incorporate gable end roof forms which have been revised during the course of the application to better reflect the character of the surrounding area. These revisions ensure that the roofscape is more consistent with the established pattern of development and assists in integrating the development within its context. 7.15 The architectural approach is considered to be of a high quality, incorporating a contemporary design whilst remaining sympathetic to the surrounding area. The proposed material palette, comprising buff brickwork, feature brick detailing and Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press grey roof tiles, would provide a cohesive and visually attractive appearance. Whilst the materials do not directly replicate those found on neighbouring properties, this is not considered harmful given the site’s backland location and the mews -style character of the development. The palette is considered to remain complementary to the surrounding built form and would not appear incongruous within the wider area. A condition has been added to secure full details of the proposed materials, to ensure they are appropriate and result in a high-quality finish that is in keeping with the character of the area. 7.16 The layout has been designed to ensure that parking and hardstanding do not dominate the site, with significant soft landscaping integrated throughout the development. This includes planting buffers, private gardens and a landscaped site entrance, all of which contribute positively to the visual quality of the scheme and assist in softening the built form. The landscaping strategy is considered to enhance the overall appearance of the development and will be discussed in further detail within the landscaping section of this report. 7.17 Overall, it is considered that the propos al represents a well-designed form of development that responds positively to the site context. It would integrate appropriately with the surrounding area, respect the established pattern of development, and deliver a high-quality residential environment. The development is therefore considered to comply with Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan (2020), Policies D3 and D4 of the London Plan (2021), and the design objectives of the NPPF (2024). Heritage 7.18 The site is not located within a designated area and there are no listed buildings or other heritage assets within close proximity to the site. As such there are no concerns raised with regards to heritage matters. Impact on the Green Belt 7.19 The application site lies adjacent to designated Green Belt land. As the site is not within the Green Belt, the development is not subject to Green Belt policy restrictions. Nevertheless, the relationship of the development to the Green Belt boundary has been carefully considered. 7.20 A number of existing trees and shrubbery are located along the boundary between the site and the adjoining Green Belt land. These trees provide an important landscaped buffer and contribute positively to the visual separation between the built environment and the open Green Be lt beyond. The proposed development has been designed to retain these trees, and their protection and long -term maintenance can be secured through appropriate planning conditions. 7.21 Given the retention of these trees, together with the modest scale, layout and design of the proposed dwellings, the development would remain visually contained within the site boundary and would not result in encroachment into the Green Belt, nor would it cause harm to its openness or wider setting. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Residential Amenity 7.22 The application site is bounded by a number of neighbouring residential properties located along the northern, eastern and wes tern site boundaries, including those on Wepham Close and Binstead Close. As such, an assessment has been undertaken to consider the potential impact of the proposed development on the residential amenities of these neighbouring occupiers. Sunlight/Daylight 7.23 The proposed site plan illustrates that the new dwellings would be set back beyond the rear building line of No7 Wepham Close, by approx. 5.25 metres . Although both the existing and proposed properties would be set away from the shared boundary and the separation distance between the two first floor side elevations would be 4.45 metres, due to the location of the proposed dwelling o fficers considered it necessary for the applicant to submit a sunlight, daylight report. The impact of the proposed development on neighbouring occupiers in terms of daylight, sunlight and overshadowing has been assessed within the submitted Daylight and Sunlight Assessment. The assessment has been undertaken in accordance with the BRE guidance “Site Layout Planning for Daylight and Sunlight: A Guide to Good Practice” (2022). 7.24 A total of 24 neighbouring windows were as sessed for daylight impact using the Vertical Sky Component (VSC) methodology , which is essentially the amount of sky visible from a window expressed as a percentage . The results demonstrate that all assessed windows would retain mo re than 80% of their existing VSC values, which accords with the BRE guidance. As such, the proposed development would not result in an unacceptable loss of daylight to neighbouring habitable room windows. 7.25 In respect of sunlight, only those windows facing within 90 degrees of due south require assessment in line with the BRE guidance. Six windows met this criterion and were assessed for Annual Probable Sunlight Hours (APSH) and Winter Probable Sunlight Hours (WPSH). The assessment shows that all of these windows would retain at least 80% of their existing sunlight hours, both annually and during the winter period. 7.26 The assessment also considered the effect of the development on neighbouring gardens, using the BRE test for sunlight availability on 21 March. The results indicate that all neighbouring gardens would retain in excess of 80% of their existing areas receiving a minimum of tw o hours of direct sunlight, and in most cases the level of change would be negligible. The proposal therefore complies with BRE guidance in relation to overshadowing of external amenity spaces. 7.27 Overall, having regard to the BRE guidance and the conclusions of the submitted assessment, it is considered that the proposed development would not result in a significant or unacceptable impact on the daylight and sunlight amenity of neighbouring occupiers. The proposal is therefore acceptable in this regard. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press No.8-12 Binstead Close 7.28 The relationship between the proposed development and Nos. 8–12 Binstead Close has been carefully assessed. The proposed dwellings would be positioned approximately 14.6 metres from the first -floor rear windows of these properties and approximately 11.7 metres from exis ting ground floor rear extensions and conservatories. It is acknowledged that these prop erties currently benefit from a relatively open outlook to the rear and the proposed development would inevitably reduce this openness to some degree. 7.29 However, this relationship is not consider ed to be uncharacteristic of the wider area. The existing relationship between No. 18 Binstead Close and Nos. 16 and 17 Binstead Close is of a comparable nature, where built form exists at a similar distance and relationship (see Figure 13). The proposed dwellings are limited to two storeys in height and are not considered to result in an undue sense of enclosure or overbearing impact when viewed from neighbouring properties. 7.30 Furthermore, the submitted Daylight and S unlight Assessment confirms that the development would not result in unacceptable impacts in terms of daylight or sunlight to these neighbouring properties. No side -facing habitable windows are proposed facing towards Nos. 8–12 Binstead Close, thereby ensuring there would be no unacceptable overlooking or loss of privacy. 7.31 On balance, whilst there would be some change to the existing outlook, it is not considered that the proposal would result in a level of harm that would warrant refusal, and the impact on the amenities of these neighbouring occupiers is considered acceptable. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 12: Views of 8-12 Binstead Close from site Figure 13: GIS Imagery showing distance between No. 16 and 18 Binstead Close Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Properties to the north of the site 7.32 The relationship between the proposed development and the residential properties to the north of the site has been assessed. A separation distance in excess of 21 metres is maintained between habitable room windows, which accords with the standards set out within Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan (2020) in respect of privacy and overlooking. 7.33 Given this level of separation, it is not considered that the proposed development would give rise to any unacceptable ov erlooking or loss of privacy to these neighbouring occupiers. Furthermore, the proposed layout incorporates soft landscaping along the northern boundary, which would assist in softening the visual impact of the development and provide an additional buffer between the new dwellings and existing properties. 7.34 On this basis, the proposal is not consid ered to result in any unacceptable harm to the residential amenities of the neighbouring properties to the north of the site. Figure 14: Views of properties north of the site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press No. 7 Wepham Close 7.35 The relationship between the proposed development and No. 7 Wepham Close, located to the east of the application site, has also been carefully assessed. As detailed in the above paragraphs, the submitted Daylight and Sunlight Assessment confirms that the proposed development would not result in any unacceptable impacts to this neighbouring property in terms of light levels. 7.36 Whilst No. 7 Wepham Close includes single-storey side extensions, these do not contain habitable room windows facing towar ds the application site. At first floor level, there is one side-facing window; however, this is understood to serve a non- habitable r oom and is obscurely glazed. The proposed development does not include any side-facing habitable room windows toward No. 7 Wepham Close. As such, the proposal would not give rise to any unacceptable overlooking or loss of privacy. 7.37 On this basis, it is considered that the development would not result in a harmful impact on the residential amenities of the occupiers of No. 7 Wepham Close, and the relationship is therefore acceptable. Figure 15: View of No.7 Wepham Close from site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 16: View of No.7 Wepham Close from site 7.38 Overall, the proposed development, by reason of its layout, scale, separation distances and design, would not result in unacceptable impacts in terms of overlooking, loss of privacy, overbearing impact or loss of daylight and sunlight to neighbouring occupiers. Accordingly, the proposal is considered to comply with Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Quality of Residential Accommodation (Internal and External) Internal 7.39 Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMHB 16 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) require all new residential development to provide a high standard of internal accommodation, including compliance with the space standards, adequate room sizes, sufficient floor to ceiling heights and good levels of outlook and natural light. 7.40 The proposed development comprises fi ve, three-bedroom (5 person) dwellings, each providing a Gross Internal Area (GIA) of 109.4sqm. The minimum space standard for a three -bedroom, five-person dwelling is 93sqm, and as such, all units significantly exceed the minimum requirements. The schedule of accommodation demonstrates that all rooms, includ ing bedrooms and living areas, are Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press appropriately sized and provide a good standard of accommodation for future occupiers. 7.41 All dwellings feature dual aspect layouts, ensuring good levels of natural light and outlook to habitable rooms. In addition, all units achieve a minimum floor-to-ceiling height of 2.5 metres, complying with Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021). 7.42 Overall, the proposed dwellings would provide a high standard of internal accommodation, with well -proportioned rooms, adequate space standards, and good levels of light and outlook. The dev elopment is therefore considered to comply with Policy D6 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMHB 16 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). External 7.43 Policy DMHB 18 of the Local Plan (2020) states that new residential developments should provide an adequate level of privat e amenity space for occupiers that is good quality and usable. Three-bedroom properties are required to provide 60sqm of amenity space. 7.44 The proposed development provides private rear garden spaces for each dwelling. Based on the submitted plans, and taki ng into account the deduction of areas occupied by cycle stores, planting and other non-useable elements, the quantum of usable private amenity space provided for each unit is as follows: 7.45 Unit 1: 56sqm Unit 2: 60sqm Unit 3: 56sqm Unit 4: 56sqm Unit 5: 57sqm 7.46 Whilst it is acknowledged that four of the five units fall modestly below the 60sqm policy requirement, the shortfall is limited , and the overall quality of the amenity spaces is considered to be acceptable. The gardens are well -proportioned, provide direct access from principal li ving areas, and are considered to be functional and useable for future occupiers. 7.47 In addition, all dwellings benefit from high quality internal accommodation which significantly exceeds the minimum spac e standards. This is a material consideration in the overall assessment of residential quality. When taken together with the design and usability of the gard en spaces, it is considered that the proposal would provide an acceptable standard of external amenity. 7.48 On balance, the minor shortfall in quantitative provision is not considered to result in unacceptable harm, and the proposal is therefore considered to comply with the objectives of Policy DMHB 18 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Highways and Parking 7.49 The proposal seeks planning permission for the erection of five residential units with associated parking provision. The scheme was originally submitted with nine parking spaces; however, this was considered to represent an overprovision when assessed against the scale of development, site constraints, and the need to maximise soft landscaping. As such, the number of spaces has been reduced to seven in order to achieve a more appropriate balance between parking provision and the quality of the external environment. 7.50 The TFL webcat provides a measurement of site sustainability which is referred to as Public Transport Accessibility Level or PTAL. While a PTAL rating can be a useful tool for measuring the site’s levels of accessibility outside of the reliance on the car, it should not be used as the determining factor in the assessment. It is often that a wider assessment of a sites access to key services and transport infrastructure provides a more realistic understanding of whether a development should come forward with higher or lower levels of car parking. The site is located within an area with a Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) of 1a, indicating low access to public transport. However, when reviewing the surrounding context the site is located within a few hundred metres of a retail park off of Glencoe Road which accommodates a variety of different retail and food outlets. The site is surrounded by a significant amount and variety of open space, there are high schools and primary school s within walking distance (Nanaksar & Yeading Infant and Junior School as two examples) a nd although bus services are limited, the E6 bus route runs a long Glencoe Road which is approximately 150 metres from the site. As such it is considered that the site has access to more reasonable levels of infrastructure than the PTAL rating suggests. 7.51 Notwithstanding this point, taking the PTAL rating into consideration only, the London Plan (2021) Policy T6.1 allows fo r a maximum provision of up to 1.5 spaces per dwelling in such locations. Fo r a development of five units, this equates to a maximum of 7.5 spaces. The provision of seven spaces is therefore compliant with the London Plan standards 7.52 The council’s Highways Officer has confirmed that they raise no objection to the overall quantum of parking provision, noting that the level proposed accords with the maximum standards set out in the development plan. However, concern has been raised regarding the original designation of two spaces for visitor and delivery use, as without appropriate management these could be informally appropriated by residents, resulting in potential conflict and inefficiencies in parking use. 7.53 In response to these concerns, the applicant has agreed that all parking spaces, including the two originally intended for visitor and delivery use, will be allocated to specific residential units. Under th is arrangement, two dwellings will benefit from two parking spaces, whilst the remaining three dwellings will each have one space. To ensure that this is appropriately secured and managed, a planning condition is recommended requiring the submission and approval of a Parking Design and Management Plan. This plan will demonstrate the allocation of Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press spaces to specific units and, where spaces are not within the curtilage of a dwelling, will set out how access and use will be controlled. 7.54 As stated above, the site is located appr oximately an eight-minute walk from a bus stop served by the E6 route, which provides connections to Hayes Town Centre, Hayes & Harlington Station (Elizabeth Line), and Greenford (Central Line). While the PTAL is low, the site does have access to public transport links connecting to higher-order centres. 7.55 An on-street parking survey submitted as part of the Transport Statement demonstrates that parking stress within a 300m radius of the site does not exceed 77% during peak overnight periods, with between 21 and 24 spaces available. This indicates that there is capacity within the surrounding highway network to accommodate additional demand. 7.56 The level of parking provision is also reflective of the surrounding area, where residential properties typically benefi t from one parking space, with some properties having two. The proposal is therefore considered consistent with the prevailing character of the area and is unlikely to result in unacceptable parking stress on surrounding streets. 7.57 A planning condition has been secured requiring the provision of electric vehicle infrastructure, including one active Electric Vehicle Charging Point per dwelling. This exceeds the requirements of Lo ndon Plan (2021) Policy T6.1, which requires a minimum of 20% active prov ision with passive provision for all remaining spaces, and is therefore considered acceptable. 7.58 Access to the site will be taken from the adopted Wepham Close via an internal unadopted access road. The development will require works within the public highway to facilitate access, which will be secured through Section 278 Agreement under the Highways Act 1980. This will ensure that all highway works are undertaken to an appropriate standard. 7.59 During the course of the application, the cycle parking provision was revised from a single, large communal store at the front of the site to individual cycle storage facilities within the rear gardens of ea ch dwelling. This amendment was sought to reduce the visual bulk of built form to the frontage and to allow for an improved landscaping scheme, resulting in a more appropriate and less visually prominent arrangement. 7.60 The proposal includes the provision of two short-stay cycle parking spaces to the front of the site, which are considered acceptable in terms of accessibility and convenience for visitors. 7.61 Each dwelling would benefit from a secure and dedicated cycle store located within its rear garden. Dwellings 2–5 are served by side access paths, enabling convenient and direct access to the cycle storage areas without the need to pass through the dwelling. Whilst Dwelling 1 does not benef it from side access and would require cycles to be taken through the property, this is, on balance, Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press considered an acceptable arrangement given the overall design improvements achieved through the revised layout and the benefits to the visual quality of the development. 7.62 Overall, the cycle parking provision is cons idered to be secure, sufficient, and policy compliant, and represents an appropriate design response to the constraints of the site. 7.63 As previously identified, a Constructio n Management Plan will be secured by condition to mitigate the impacts of the construction phase. 7.64 Overall, the proposed parking provision and cycle storage arrangements are considered acceptable and appropriately reflect the scale and nature of the development. The level of car parking accords with the maximum standards set out in London Plan (2021) Policy T6.1, and the supporting evidence demonstrates that sufficient on -street capacity exists such that the development would not result in unacceptable parking stress or harm to the surrounding highway network. 7.65 The cycle parking provision is secure, accessible and compliant with London Plan (2021) Policy T5, promoting sustainable modes of transport. Subject to the recommended conditions, including the Parking Design and Management Plan and Construction Management Plan, the development is considered to comply with the objectives of London Plan policies T5 and T6.1, as well as Policy DMT 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan, and is therefore acceptable in highways and transportation terms. Noise 7.66 Policy D14 of the London Plan (2021) requires that proposals minimise noise pollution and Policy EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 - Strategic Policies (2012) promotes the maximum possible reduction in noise levels and seeks to ensure that noise impacts can be adequately controlled and mitigated. 7.67 The site would be used in an exclusivel y residential capacity. As such, in terms of the operational use of the proposed development, no significant issues are considered to be raised by the proposal, in respect to noise. A condition has been added requiring the submission of a Construction Management Plan to minimise noise and other emissions caused during the construction phase as far as practicable. Air Quality 7.68 The application site is located within an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA). The proposed development would comprise five new residential dwellings, with provision for seven car parking spaces. While the development would give rise to a limited increase in vehicle movements, the scale of trip generation is considered to be de minimis. As such, the proposal is not expected to result in a material worsening of local air quality, and it would not be reasonable or Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press proportionate to require air quality mi tigation measures during the operational phase of the development by way of condition. 7.69 Notwithstanding the above, it is recognised that construction activities have the potential to generate temporary emissions . Given the site constraints and its location within a cul -de-sac, as noted above a condition is recommended requiring the submission and implementation of a Construction Management Plan, to minimise dust, vehicle emi ssions and other im pacts during the construction phase. Accessibility 7.70 The council’s Access Officer has been consulted on the application and has no concerns regarding accessibility, subject to conditions regarding step free access and compliance with the technical sp ecifications for an M4(2) dwelling. These conditions are recommended to be attached should the application be determined for approval. Trees and Landscaping 7.71 Policy DMHB 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) seeks to protect and enhance existing trees, vegetation and landscape features, whilst ensuring that new development incorporates high quality landscaping which contributes positively to the character of the area. 7.72 A Tree Survey has been submitted in support of the application. The survey identifies a number of existing trees within and adjacent to the site, the majority of which are categorised as Category C (low quality) specimens, with limited individual and collective landscape value. The site is currently characterised by relatively small, young and low -value trees, several of which are located off-site or are constrained in terms of long-term growth potential. 7.73 The proposed development seeks to retain a limited number of existing trees where feasible, whilst facilitating redeve lopment of the site. The loss of lower quality trees is considered acceptable in this instance, given their limited arboricultural value and the opportunity to secure enhanced landscaping as part of the redevelopment. 7.74 A detailed Landscape Strategy and Planting Plan has been submitted which incorporates both hard and soft landscaping. The proposals include the provision of 9 new trees, including native species such as Hawthorn and Field Maple, alongside a 47 metre native hedgerow comprising species such as Blackthorn, Hawthorn, Dog Rose and Crab Apple. These planting proposals are supported by layered shrub and perennial planting designed to provide year -round structure, seasonal variation and biodiversity benefits 7.75 The landscaping strategy also incorporates sustainable drainage features, including permeable paving and SuDS -compliant surfacing, which assist in managing surface water runoff and contribute to the overall environmental Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press performance of the scheme. This has been discussed further within paragraphs 7.96-7.104 of this report. In addition, defensible planting and green buffers are proposed throughout the site, which help s to soften the built form and improve the visual integration of the development within its surroundings. 7.76 A compliance condition has been attached to ensure that the development is carried out in accordance with the approved landscaping scheme. In addition, a condition has been imposed requiring the submission and approval of a detailed landscape maintenance plan, together with further details of the hard landscaping elements, including bounda ry treatments, cycle storage, electric vehicle charging points and lighting, to ensure a high -quality and coordinated external environment. 7.77 The submitted details indicate that the development would achieve an Urban Greening Factor (UGF) of approximately 0.386. Whilst this falls marginally below the London Plan target of 0.4 for predominantly residential developments, it is noted that the UGF policy requirement formally applies to major developments. Nevertheless, the proposal incorporates a significant level of urban greening for a development of this scale, representing a clear improvement over the existing site conditions. 7.78 Overall, the proposed development would result in enhancements to the quality of landscaping on the site, delivering new tree planting, improved biodiversity and a high -quality landscape setting for future occupiers. The proposal is therefore considered to comply with th e objectives of Policy DMHB 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Ecology 7.79 The application is supported by a Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA). The assessment is based on a desk study and site survey undertaken in July 2024 and considers the presence of habitats, protected species and nearby designated sites. 7.80 The site comprises unmanaged grassland, scrubs, scattered trees and is bordered by residential development and areas of open green space and woodland. While the site itself is not des ignated, it lies in proximity to a number of Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINCs) and Local Nature Reserves. No statutory designated site s would be directly affected by the proposal. 7.81 The PEA identifies that the on-site habita ts are of low to moderate ecological value, with no notable plant species recorded. The report confirms that there is potential for protected and notable species to be present within or adjacent to the site, including bats, nesting bird s, reptiles, amphibians and hedgehogs. However, the likelihood of significant impacts is considered low and further survey work is not deemed necessary given the scale and nature of the development. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.82 The proposed development would result in the loss of existing habitats; however, the PEA concludes that this would not lead to unacceptable harm to biodiversity provided that appropriate precautionary measures, pollution prevention and sensitive working practices are adopted during construction. Measures are also recommended to avoid disturbance from lighting and to safeguard adjoining habitats. 7.83 The report confirms that the proposal will be required to deliver biodiversity net gain, which has been addressed within section 7.85-7.90 of this report. 7.84 Subject to conditions securing the recommended mitigation, precautionary working methods and biodiversity enhancement, the proposed development is considered acceptable in ecological terms and compliant with London Plan Policy G6 and Policy DMEI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan. Biodiversity Net Gain 7.85 Biodiversity Net Gain is a way of creating and improving biodiversity by requiring development to have a positive impact ('net gain') on biodiversity. In England, biodiversity net gain is required under a statutory framework introduced by Schedule 7A of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (inserted by the Environment Act 2021). This statutory fram ework is referred to as 'biodiversity net gain' in Planning Practice Guidance to distinguish it from other or more general biodiversity gains. 7.86 Under the statutory framework for biod iversity net gain, subject to some exceptions, every grant of planning permission is deemed to have been granted subject to the condition that the biod iversity gain objective is met ("the biodiversity gain condition"). This objective is for development to deliver at least a 10% increase in biodiversity value relative to the pre-development biodiversity value of the onsite habitat. 7.87 A Biodiversity Net Gain Assessment has been submitted with the application. This identifies that the site currently supports 0.63 habitat units, comprising primarily medium distinctiveness grassland and individual trees. Following development, the proposed on -site habitat provision would result in 0.28 habitat units, equating to a net loss of approximately 0.34 units (-54.65%). As such, the proposed development does not achieve the mandatory 10% net gain on -site, and the relevant BNG trading rules are not satisfied. 7.88 The submitted assessment confirms that there is limited scope to deliver the required net gain within the site boundary, and that further on -site habitat creation or enhancement capable of meeting the statutory requirements is not realistically achievable. In these circumstances, nati onal policy allows for the residual shortfall to be addressed through off -site biodiversity compensation, secured in accordance with the mitigation hierarchy. 7.89 To meet the statutory BNG requirement, a deficit of 0.42 habitat units of medium distinctiveness grassland (other lowland acid grassland) must be provided Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press off-site, either through a recognised ha bitat bank or an alternative approved delivery mechanism. Given the requirement for off -site provision and long-term management (minimum 30 years), this ca nnot be secured by condition alone and will instead require a planning obligation under Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. 7.90 Subject to the completion of a Section 106 agreement securing the delivery, management, and monitoring of the required off -site biodiversity units, and the approval of a Biodiversity Gain Plan prior to commencement, the proposal would be compliant with the statutory BNG framework and national pl anning policy requirements. Flooding and Drainage 7.91 The application site is located within Flood Zone 1 and is therefore at low risk of flooding. Environment Agency mapping also confirms the site to be at low risk from surface water flooding. 7.92 A revised Surface Water Drainage Design (April 2026) has been submitted in support of the application. The detail s confirm that surface water would be managed through a sustainable drainage strategy incorporating permeable paving, a detention basin, filter drains, bioretention features and water butts. The drainage hierarchy has been followed, with infiltration constrained by the clay ground conditions. As such, discharge to the existing surface water sewer within Wepham Close is proposed as the most appropriate solution. 7.93 The scheme demonstrates that the first 5mm of rainfall would be retained on site, thereby reducing runoff volumes and improving water quality. Appropriate SuDS treatment measures are incorporated within the design, including permeable paving and filter drains, which would prov ide adequate mitigation of pollutants arising from the proposed residential use. 7.94 The submitted information confirms that the development would not increase flood risk elsewhere. Exceedance flows have been identified and would be directed away from buildings and neighbouring land. Finished floor levels would be set a minimum of 150mm above surrounding ground levels, and flood resilient construction measures are referenced. 7.95 A management and maintenance regime has been outlined to ensure the long- term operation of the drainage system. A compliance condition is recommended to be attached should the application be determined for approval to ensure that the drainage strategy is implemented in full. 7.96 Overall, the proposed development is considered acceptable in flood risk and drainage terms and complies with Policies SI 12 and SI 13 of the London Plan and Policies DMEI 8 and DMEI 9 of the Hillingdon Local Plan, subject to conditions. Waste Management

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

170. Technology House - 76417/APP/2025/1879 PDF 3 MB
Change of use from mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) uses to mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and Class F.1 (Learning and Non-Residential Institutions). Recommendation: Refusal
📄 Technology House - 76417/APP/2025/1879 PDF 3 MB
Read the text of this document (30 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Christos Chrysanthou 76417/APP/2025/1879 Date Application Valid: 10-07-25 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 09-06-26 Application Type: Full Ward: Yiewsley Applicant: The Kingsborough Centre Site Address: Technology House, 215 High Street, Yiewsley, UB7 7QP Proposal: Change of use from mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) uses to mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and Class F.1 (Learning and Non-Residential Institutions). Summary of Recommendation: REFUSE planning permission Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 3 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Petition received) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: REFUSE planning permission for the reasons specified in Appendix 1. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 The application proposes the change of use from mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) to mixed Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and Class F.1 (Learning and Non-Residential Institutions). 1.2 It is recognised that the development plan provides support for community use and F1 floor space in appropriate locations and that the proposal would bring forward some public benefits to the local community. However, i n this case the proposed building to be repurposed is in an inappropriate location and therefore the public benefits are not considered to outweigh the harm identified. 1.3 The development would not be served by adequate pedestrian and vehicular access or car parking provision and would therefore prejudice highway and pedestrian safety. It has also not been demonstrated that flood risk has been satisfactorily addressed. There is also a planning obligation in respect of air quality mitigation that has not been secured by the completion of a s106 legal agreement. 1.4 For the above reasons, the application is recommended for refusal. A detailed assessment of the scheme is provided in this report. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 Technology House is a two-storey building housing 1202sq.m floorspace located on a rectangular parcel of land . It is understood that the building was previously occupied by an IT company which used the building for a mix of Class E (office) and Class B8 (storage and distribution) uses. 2.2 The site is accessed via The High Street through the forecourt of the adjoining Shell petrol station to the east. The site is located between two large retail units. Tesco occupy the unit to the south, whilst the unit to the north is presently under renovation. The Grand Union Canal is located to the west of the site, the public towpath runs immediately to the west of t he site and rear of the building. There are 22 parking spaces within the site allocated for use by occupiers of the building. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red) Figure 2: Street View Image of the Application Property Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal 3.1 Planning permission is sought for the change of use from mixed use Class B8 (Storage and Distribution) and Class E (Commercial Business and Services) to mixed use Class B8 (Storage and Distribution), Class E (Commercial Business and Services) and Class F.1 (Learning and Non Residential Institutions). 3.2 The proposal would retain approximately 488 sqm of Class E floorspace for office and nursery uses, together with 266 sqm of Class B8 floorspace for storage and distribution associated with the Hillingdon Foodbank. The Class E uses and the relocation of the Foodbank’s existing st orage and distribution operations under Class B8 would fall within the existing extant uses of the site. 3.3 The proposal would also involve the c onversion of approximately 238 sqm of existing Class E floorspace and 250 sqm of Class B8 storage and distribution space to provide a total of 488 sqm of Class F.1 floorspace for public worship and religious instruction. This would accommodate a place of worship with a capacity of approximately 150 people. The Church previously operated from leased premises at Legion House, Uxbridge Road, Hayes, which were subsequently redeveloped for residential use, and is currently temporarily accommodated on part of the first floor of the Coat of Many Colours Nursery. Additional community use floor space is proposed to be created in the void area of the first floor at the rear of the building. The proposed community use would additionally provide recreational facilities for wr aparound care, including before and afterschool provision. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 3: Proposed Plans (please note – larger version of plans can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) Figure 4: Proposed Elevations Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 There is no relevant planning history. 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to t he consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 88 neighbours were consulted on 28-07-25. No comments have been received, however a petition in support with 28 signatures was received. 6.2 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses received are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response Petition in Support The Kingsborough Centre is a Registered Charity which is involved with a range of local community projects and events including the food bank, support for the unemployed and disadvantaged families, vocational training and spiritual support. It makes a valu able contribution to the local community. We support their proposals for new and improved accommodation and urge the Council to approve the planning application. The community use is supported by the LPA , however for the reasons detailed in this report, the application site is not considered to be suitable for the range of proposed uses. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response Access Officer No objection. Noted. Air Quality Officer The proposal is air quality neutral but not air quality positive. An air quality mitigation contribution would be required in the event of an approval. Air quality is discussed at Paragraphs 7.22 – 7.25 of this report. Highways Objection on the grounds of parking provision and highway and pedestrian safety. Highway safety and Parking are discussed at Paragraphs 7.42 – 7.55 of this report. Noise Specialist No objection. Noted. Canal & River Trust No objection subject to conditions. Noted. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development Loss of Employment Space 7.1 The site falls under an employment use but is not classed as a designated employment site. Policy DME2 of the Local Plan is therefore applicable as this relates to development on sites outside designated employment areas. 7.2 Policy DME2 states that proposals which involve the loss of employment floorspace or land outside of designated employment areas will normally be permitted if: i) the existing use negatively impacts on local amenity, through disturbance to neighbours, visual intrusion or has an adverse impact on the character of the area; or ii) the site is unsuitable for employme nt reuse or development because of its size, shape, location, or unsuitability of access; or iii) Sufficient evidence has been provided to demonstrate there is no realistic prospect of land being reused for employment purposes; or Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press iv) The new use will not adversely af fect the functioning of any adjoining employment land; or v) The proposed use relates to a specific land use allocation or designation identified elsewhere in the plan 7.3 In reference to points i, ii and iii of th e policy the existing Class B8 and Class E use is not considered to have an adverse impact on the surrounding area and could be suitable for employment reuse. The proposed development would retain 60% of the existing floor area within the building for employment uses. As the primary use of the site is retained for employment uses, it is considered that evidence of marketing would not be required in this instance. 7.4 Point iv of the policy is of relevance, although the surrounding uses are retail uses as opposed to office/industrial employment uses. The building is already in use for employment purposes and could be repurposed for alternative uses. In any event the proposed uses are unlikely to impact adversely on the function of any of the adjoining retail uses. With regards to point v of the policy, the site is not allocated for any other purpose in the Local Plan. On this basis the partial loss of employment space on the site wou ld not appear to conflict with Policy DME2 of the Local Plan. 7.5 There appears to be an element of previously existing Class B8 and Class E uses on the site and as such part of the building could be repurposed for use as a food bank or other training/office/children's club uses without the requirement to apply for planning permission for a change of use, although this would not apply to the use of the building as a place of worship, the in-principle acceptability of using the building for this purpose is outlined below. Community Use 7.6 Policy S1 of the London Plan relates to social infrastructure and states that development proposals that provide high qu ality, inclusive social infrastructure that addresses a local or strategic delivery strategies should be supported. The policy states that new facilities should be easily accessible by public transport, cycling and walking and should be encouraged in high streets and town centres. 7.7 The subtext to the policy states that it is important to consider the way that social infrastructure integrates with other facilities and the way people who live or work in the area want to access it. Shared use and co -location of facilities should be encouraged, to align service provision, use land more efficiently and facilitate opportunities for different groups of people to come together, encouraging further inclusion and community participation. 7.8 Policy DMCI 2 of the Local Plan states that: A) Proposals for the refurbishment and re -use of existing premises for community facilities will be supported. B) Proposals for the provision of new community facilities will be supported where they: i) are located within the community or catchment that they are intended to serve; ii) provide buildings that are inc lusive, accessible, flexible and which Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press provide design and space standards that meet the needs of intended occupants; iii) are sited to maximise shared use of the facility, particularly for recreational and community uses; and iv) make provision for community access to the facilities provided. C) New cultural facilities that are expected to attract significant numbers of visitors should be located in Town centres. 7.9 In relation to Local Plan Policy DMCI 2 (Part B (i)) it is set out in the planning statement that the community catchment for the church is mainly within Yiewsley and West Drayton and was currently based in Uxbridge on a temporary basis. 7.10 As explained in further detail in the Hi ghway Safety and Parking section of the report, there are concerns in terms of parking provision , and accessing the site safely and highway and pedestrian safety. Due to the size of the congregation, the proposal is expected to generate a significant number of visitors including younger more vulnerable visitors. Policy DMCI 2 states that such facilities should be located within a town centre. The LPA note that the site is not suitably located within a designated town centre. 7.11 The key consideration for the proposal will be whether the site is suitable for the intended use, in particular the F1 use. Based on the location and the site constraints, visitors are far more likely to opt to travel by private car. This is explored in more detail within the transpor t section of the report but in essence the site is not in a highly accessible and sustainable location and as such it would increase the reliance on the motor vehicle to travel to and from the site , thus increase the need for parking which in itself is a conflict with the Development Plan's drive to reduce motor vehicle use and increase walking and cycling. The application site does not appear easily accessible which is a key aim of Policy SI 1 of the London Plan. Childcare Uses 7.12 Use of the building for hosting children's clubs would be consistent with Use Class E, which is the same use class as the office space. The provision of childcare facilities is supported under Policy S3 of the London Plan, though the policy makes clear that development proposals should: 1) locate facilities in areas of identified need 2) locate facilities in accessible locations, with good public transport accessibility and access by walking and cycling 3) locate entrances and playgrounds away from busy roads, with traffic calming at entrances 4) link to existing footpath and cycle networks to create healthy routes to schools, and other education and childcare facilities, to enable all children to travel actively to school (walk, cycle or travel by public transport) 5) maximise the extended or multiple use of educational facilities for community or recreational use, through appropriate design measures 6) encourage the shared use of services between schools, colleges, universities, sports providers, and community facili ties, and between early years and health and social care providers Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7) ensure that new developments are accessible and inclusive for a range of users, including disabled people, by adopting an inclusive design approach 8) ensure that facilities incorporate suitable, accessible outdoor space 9) locate facilities next to parks or green spaces, where possible 7.13 It is noted that that the proposal inc ludes the hosting of after school clubs for children. A number of the above criteria, namely points 5), 6), 8) and 9) are potentially more relevant to school or nursery uses, however points 1) to 4) and 7) are of relevance where considering the location based suitability of the site and accessibility by active travel and public transport, which is discussed in further detail in the ‘Highway Safety and Parking' section of this report. It is clear from the assessment of the proposal including the mitigation put forward to address the highway safety concerns, that the location of the building is not fit for purpose for F1 use and the activities proposed as part of this use. Accessibility 7.14 Policy D5 of the London Plan (2021) sets out that proposals should achieve the highest standards of accessible and inclusive design. 7.15 The council’s Access Officer has consider ed the detail of this Change of Use application and no accessibility issues are raised with regards to the building. It should be noted th at general access routes to the site for pedestrians and vehicles is covered separately within the relevant section of this report. Amenity 7.16 Policy D3 of the London Plan (2021) states Part D7) that development proposals should deliver appropriate outlook, privacy and amenity. 7.17 Policy D13 of the London Plan (2021) places the responsibility for mitigating impacts from existing noise and other nuisance-generating activities or uses on the proposed new noise -sensitive development. Development should be designed to ensure that establ ished noise and other nuisance- generating uses remain viable and can continue or grow without unreasonable restrictions being placed on them. 7.18 Policy D14 of the London Plan (2021) states that in order to reduce, manage and mitigate noise to improve health and q uality of life, residential and other non- aviation development proposals should manage noise by: 1) avoiding significant adverse noise impac ts on health and quality of life 2) reflecting the Agent of Change principle as set out in Policy D13 Agent of Change 3) mitigating and minimising the existing and potential adverse impacts of noise on, from, within, as a result of, or in the vicinity of new development without placing unreasonable restrictions on existing noise-generating uses Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4) improving and enhancing the acoustic environment and promoting appropriate soundscapes (including Quiet Areas and spaces of relative tranquillity) 5) separating new noise- sensitive development from major noise sources (such as road, rail, air transport and some types of industrial use) through the use of distance, screening, layout, orientation, uses and materials - in preference to sole reliance on sound insulation 6) where it is not possible to achieve separation of noise-sensitive development and noise sources without undue impact on other sustainable development objectives, then any potential adverse effects should be controlled and mitigated through applying good acoustic design principles 7) promoting new technologies and improved practices to reduce noise at source, and on the transmission path from source to receiver. 7.19 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Loc al Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) seeks to ensure that development proposals do not adversely impact on the amenity, daylight and sunlight of adjacent properties and open space. 7.20 The proposed operating hours for the various proposed uses are as follows: - - Place of worship on Wednesday evening (7pm- 8pm) and Sunday 10am- 11:30am - Foodbank open 10am-1pm Monday – Friday - Office 8am-6pm Monday - Friday 7.21 The surrounding uses are primarily co mmercial and whilst there are residential uses on the opposite side of the canal, it is unlikely that these properties would be significantly affected by the development. Furthermore, as the building is currently partly within a Class E use, it could be used for a variety of uses, some of which would have a greater impact on the amenity of surrounding uses than the proposed use. The development is not considered to have a greater impact on amenity than the previous Class B8/E use. Air Quality 7.22 Policy SI1 of the London Plan (2021) states - B) To tackle poor air quality, protect health and meet legal obligations the following criteria should be addressed: 2) In order to meet the requirements in Part 1, as a minimum: a) development proposals must be at least Air Quality Neutral. 7.23 Policy DMEI 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020) states: A) Development proposals should demo nstrate appropriate reductions in emissions to sustain compliance with and contribute towards meeting EU limit values and national air quality objectives for pollutants. B) Development proposals should, as a minimum: Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press i) be at least "air quality neutral”. ii) include sufficient mitigation to ensure there is no unacceptable risk from air pollution to sensitive receptors, both existing and new; and iii) actively contribute towards the im provement of air quality, especially within the Air Quality Management Area. 7.24 The site lies within an Air Quality Management Area and partly within an Air Quality Focus Area. Development proposals should ensure that where emissions need to be reduced to meet the requirements of Air Quality Neutral or to make the impact of development on local air quality acceptable, this is done on-site. Where it can be demonstrated that emissions cannot be further reduced by on -site measures, off- site measures to improve local air quality may be acceptable, provided that equivalent air quality benef its can be demonstrated within the area affected by the development. 7.25 The council’s Air Quality Officer has been consulted and whilst the development is air quality neutral, as a result of the vehicle trip generation and associated emissions, the development is not air quality positive which is a policy requirement for development in Air Quality Focus Areas. An air quality mitigation contribution of £8,259 (which includes a 10% discount for the travel plan) is required to offset the air quality damage. As the application has not been recommended for approval, the applicant's agreement to the s106 contribution was not sought. Biodiversity Net Gain 7.26 Biodiversity Net Gain is a way of creating and improving biodiversity by requiring development to have a positive impact ('net gain') on biodiversity. In England, Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) is mandatory under Schedule 7A of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as inserted by Schedule 14 of the Environment Act 2021). It became mandatory for major developments on 12 February 2024 and small sites on 2 April 2024. Developers must deliver a BNG of at least 10%. This means a development will result in more or better -quality natural habitat than there was before development. The landowner is legally responsible for creating or enhancing the habitat and managing that habitat for at least 30 years to achieve the target condition. 7.27 It is considered that the proposed change of use would be a development subject to the de-minimis exemption and therefore a BNG plan is not required. Character and Appearance 7.28 Policy D3 of the London Plan (2021) states that: Development proposals should: D1) enhance local context by delivering buildings and spaces that positively respond to local distinctiveness through their layout, orientation, scale, appearance and shape, with due regard to existing and emerging street hierarchy, building types, forms and proportions. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.29 Policy BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part One Strategic Policies (2012) seeks a quality of design in all new development that enhances and contributes to the area in terms of form, scale and materials; is appropriate to the identity and context of the townscape; and would improve the quality of the public realm and respect local character. 7.30 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Loc al Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) states that new development will be required to be designed to the highest standards and incorporate principles of good design. 7.31 Policy DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Loc al Plan: Part Two - Development Management Policies (2020) states that development should be well integrated with the surrounding area. 7.32 There are proposed fenestration changes to building proposed including new windows with roller shutters and doors to the side and rear elevations. The front elevation is unchanged. The alterations would be read in the context of the existing commercial site. The property is of limited visibility from High Street. The development would not harm the character and appearance of the area. Drainage 7.33 Policy SI 13 Part B of the London Plan (2021) states - Development proposals should aim to achieve greenfield run-off rates and ensure that surface water run- off is managed as close to its source as possible. There should also be a preference for green over grey features, in line with the following drainage hierarchy: 1) rainwater use as a resource (for example rainwater harvesting, blue roofs for irrigation) 2) rain water infiltration to ground at or close to source 3) rainwater attenuation in green infrastructure features for gradual release (for example green roofs, rain gardens) 7.34 Policy DMEI 10 Part F) of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020) states - Developments should be drained by a SuDs system and must include appropriate methods to avoid pollution of the water environment. Preference should be given to utilising the draina ge options in the SuDS hierarchy which remove the key pollutants that hinder improving water quality in Hillingdon. Major development should adopt a 'treatment train' approach where water flows through different SuDS to ensure resilience in the system. 7.35 As external works are limited to changes to fenestration, drainage on and around the site would not be affected and as such a Sustainable Water Management scheme is not considered to be required. Flood Risk 7.36 Paragraph 181 of the NPPF states: When determining any planning applications, local planning authorities should ensure that flood risk is not increas ed elsewhere. Where appropriate, applications should be supported by a site-specific flood-risk assessment63. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Development should only be allowed in area s at risk of flooding where, in the light of this assessment (and the sequen tial and exception tests, as applicable) it can be demonstrated that: a) within the site, the most vulnerable development is located in areas of lowest flood risk, unless there are overriding reasons to prefer a different location; b) t he development is appropriately flood resistant and resilient such that, in the event of a flood, it could be quickly brought back into use without significant refurbishment; c) it incorporates sustainable drainage systems, unless there is clear evidence that this would be inappropriate; d) any residual risk can be safely managed; and e) safe access and escape routes are included where appropriate, as part of an agreed emergency plan. 7.37 Policy SI 12 Part C of the London Plan (2 021) states - Development proposals should ensure that flood risk is minimised and mitigated, and that residual risk is addressed. 7.38 Policy DMEI 9 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (January 2020) states that proposals that fail to make appropriate provision for flood risk mitigation, or which would increase the risk or consequences of flooding, will be refused. 7.39 The site is located within Flood Zone 2 and there is a moderate risk of flooding. The use of the building would be changing and a Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) would therefore be required in support of any planning application to assess the potential impact on the new uses introduced to the site. 7.40 The submitted FRA suggests the new place of worship use would be a 'less vulnerable' use (assembly and leisure). Th ere is no mention within the FRA of the proposed community learning and nursery uses that would be located on the ground floor, which under the NPPG would be categorised as 'more vulnerable' under 'Non-residential uses for health services, nurseries and educational establishments'. A more vulnerable use is therefore proposed to replace a less vulnerable use within a Flood Zone 2. 7.41 The submitted FRA is insufficiently detailed in assessment and does not demonstrate that flood risk and drainage risks associated with the development can be managed and that occupiers would be safe. The FRA does not follow the Environment Agency’s standing advice nor provide sufficient detail in accordance with Paragraph 181 of th e NPPF. The FRA lacks detail regarding estimated flood levels (including an allowance for climate change) and whether the floor levels and flood resilience of the building are sufficient to address flood risk. The FRA fails to provide details of emergency access and escape plans which would be required if any part of the development is below the estimated flood level. The FRA fails to demonstrate how flood risk will be managed now Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press and over the development's lifetime, taking climate change into account, and with regard to the vulnerability of its users. 7.42 The proposals are therefore contrary to Paragraph 181 of the NPPF, Policy SI 12 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMEI 9 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (January 2020) and this forms the first reason why the application is recommended for refusal. Highway Safety and Parking 7.43 Paragraph 116 of the NPPF states - Dev elopment should only be prevented or refused on highways grounds if there would be an unacceptable impact on highway safety, or the residual cumulative impacts on the road network, following mitigation, would be severe, taking into account all reasonable future scenarios. 7.44 Paragraph 117 of the NPPF states - Within this context, applications for development should: a) give priority first to pedestrian and cycle movements, both within the scheme and with neighbouring areas; and second - so far as possible - to facilitating access to high quality public transport, with layouts that maximise the catchment area for bus or other public transport services, and appropriate facilities that encourage public transport use; b) address the needs of people with disa bilities and reduced mobility in relation to all modes of transport; c) create places that are safe, secure and attractive - which minimise the scope for conflicts between pedestrians, cyclis ts and vehicles, avoid unnecessary street clutter, and respond to local character and design standards; d) allow for the efficient delivery of goods, and access by service and emergency vehicles; and e) be designed to enable charging of plug -in and other ultra- low emission vehicles in safe, accessible and convenient locations. 7.45 Based on peak attendance of 150 visitors during Sunday service, peak parking demand is indicated in the Transport Statement to be 42no cars or 35no cars and 1no shuttle bus (post travel plan measures including a reduction of car sharing and car driver trips through the offering of a shuttle bus which can transport up to 17 visitors). The submitted Planning Statement states the church catchment area is local, mainly Yiewsley and West Drayton. However, the catchment map in Figure 5-1 of the submitted Transport Statement (see Figure 4 below) , which has been deriv ed using postcode data of the congregation supplied by the applicant , indicates a significant proportion of travel to the site from beyond Yiewsley and West Drayton, which points to higher dependency on car travel. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 5: Place of Worship Catchment 7.46 The proposal would result in a reduction of on-site car parking provision from 22no. existing spaces to 20no. spaces. Table 5-2 in the submitted Transport Statement details assumptions made using TRICS data and estimates that the previous office use generated 11 car trips per day (5 in the morning and 6 in the afternoon). In Table 5-4 the data suggests the warehouse use generated 9 car trips per day (4 trips in the morning and 5 trips in the afternoon). This suggests an average of 9 cars entering the site in the morning and 11 cars leaving the site in the afternoon. On this basis, the previous use would have been operating with the car park at 50% capacity. The submitted Transport Statement at Paragraph 5.2.2 however states that with the previous office use, 21 cars used the car park on a daily basis, which indicates that the car park was at near full capacity when operating as a B8/office use. The contradictory figures within the Transport Statement regarding the trip generation of the previous use leads to ambiguity and uncertainty regarding the baseline trip generation. 7.47 Table 5-7 in the submitted Transport Statement states that the proposed office use would generate 8 trips per day (4 in the morning and 4 in the afternoon). The trip rate used to estimate the previous B8 use is applied to the proposed foodbank and it is st ated in Table 5-2 in the submitted Transport Statement that 5 car trips per day would be generated (2 in the morning and 3 in the afternoon). If the data used in the Transport Statement is accepted, trips associated with the employment uses (Class B8 and E uses) would be lower than that of the pre- Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press existing Class B8 and E use, which would be due to the change of use of part of the building to community uses and the resulting loss of employment floorspace. Assumptions of transport modes used by the church congregation during peak demand times (Sunday service) are listed in Table 4-4 of the submitted Transport Statement (see Figure 5 below) which indicates a high proportion of trips being made by car share. Figure 6: Place of Worship Peak Demand Modes of Transport 7.48 The Transport Statement states that the operation of the foodbank use would be primarily storage and distribution purposes , however there is mention of client collection days on Monday and Wednesday. It is unclear whether members of the public would be able to visit the foodbank, which does not appear to be accounted for in the submission. The Transport Statement also does not provide any details regarding the trips associated with the community activities mentioned in the Planning Statement, which include bible study, community meetings, group instruction and use of the community floor space by local groups. 7.49 The proposal includes 5no. long stay cycle store to the side of the building and a Sheffield stand providing parking for 7no. short stay cycles in front of the building. The quantum of cycle parking is considered to be acceptable. 7.50 The proposal would retain 20 spaces (including 3no. disabled bays). 1no. electric vehicle charging point is proposed to serve the 20 on -site car parking spaces. The quantum of on-site parking provision would appear insufficient to serve the development, especially during times of peak parking demand. There is a low number of on -site parking provision relative to the size of the church congregation that would attend as envisaged by the applicant (up to 150 visitors during Sunday service). 7.51 Off-site parking provision of 30 spaces leased from Tesco is also proposed. The off-site parking provision would be located adjacent to the site, however no details have been provided regarding any agreement. Further, this arrangement is considered to be unacceptable as parking provision on third party land can't be relied upon in perpetuity as agreements might not be renewed, land may be Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press redeveloped etc. In the event that the agreement is rescinded, the development would not be served by an acceptable quantum of car parking provision. Furthermore, the Applicant has not submitted a parking survey for the car park in question therefore no evidence has been submitted to officers to demonstrate that there is sufficient capacity within the car park which serves not only one of the largest retail stores in this location but also the residential properties which front the Canal to the rear of the car park. 7.52 The submitted details illustrating the proposed access routes to the development site are minimal and form part of the Tr avel Plan only. There is no individual drawing illustrating the access routes drawing to scale or swept path details. The drawing below is taken from th e Travel Plan and illustr ates in broad form the pedestrian and cyclist main route across the petrol garage forecourt. Figure 7: Proposed shared Pedestrian Footpath 7.53 Pedestrians would need to use the existing vehicle access off the High Street in Cowley which is a busy road. As shown in the above image (Figure 6) and below image (Figure 7) there is no dedicated pedestrian footpath m eaning that pedestrians accessing the site would need to walk across the petrol forecourt in between the petrol pumps and the car wash and jet washing areas. This area is subject to a number of conflicting vehicle movements. Firstly you have vehicles potentially entering the site directly behind pedestrians, to the left there could be vehicles existing the car wash and jet was h areas as well as vehicles travelling towards them from the access road leading to Technology House and looking to exit onto the High Street as well as fa cing vehicles parke d within the petrol pumps themselves. 7.54 As demonstrated the immediate access into the site for pedestrians is poor and presents a clear risk to pedestrians and cyclists which appears to be difficult to Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press mitigate and manage owing to the constrained site access being accessed over third-party land. As it crosses over third party land, the proposed shared pedestrian footpath is suggested to be secured by a legal agreement, however this mechanism would not guarantee the retention of the pedestrian facility in perpetuity as the other party may decide to withdraw their agreement at any time in the future. 7.55 The proposed shared pedestrian footpath would also conflict with the use of the parallel parking spaces within the site along the southern boundary and would further reduce the available space within the site for manoeuvring and turning. Figure 8: Proposed shared Pedestrian Footpath 7.56 The proposed shared pedestrian footpath (marked with the blue arrow in Figure 7 above ) is not considered to represent a safe or satisfactory solution to encourage non-car modes to the site. Rather, it contributes to increased road danger, as it places pedestrians, cyclists and vehicle traffic associated with the site and that of the petrol station into a constrained area. There is no signage proposed to assist with directing vehicle and pedestrian movements. Traffic marshalling is proposed as a way to manage pedestrian movements through the petrol station forecourt and into the site, however no details are provided to outline how this might work. Moreover, the marshalling of both people and traffic is unlawful and therefore it cannot be considered as adequate mitigation. This may also likely disrupt the business co ntinuity of the petrol station, which represents a risk to any future agreement by the third-party landowners to retain the proposed shared pedestrian footpath. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.57 Similar to the main access route discussed above there is a distinct lack of detail submitted relating to the proposed secondary pedestrian access which is proposed from the rear of the site via Canal Walk (marked with the green arrow in Figure 8 above and see Figure 9 below). The use of Canal Walk, which is not well-lit, is not considered to represent a safe means for children and vulnerable people to be able to access the site, especially during the autumn and winter months. It is also noted that the two closest bus stops in proximity to the site are located approximately 200m on High Street. Further, the rear access is inconveniently located and visitors to the site would be more likely to choose to access the site from High Street, which would increase footfall in a location that is unable to safely accommodate numbers of pedestrian and cyclist movements. The proposal fails to provide a safe environment for pedestrians and cyclists and increases the probability of collisions and accidents. Figure 9: Proposed Secondary Access Point from the Towpath Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.58 Due to the road layout of the petrol station and the proximity of the car wash to the site access, there is limited space within the application site and the petrol station site to accommodate vehicle turning and manoeuvring. As there would be limited availability of on -site car parking spaces and constrained manoeuvrability and restricted visibility, visitors to the site that are not fortunate enough to secure one of the few on -site parking spaces would thereafter experience difficulties turning and manoeu vring within the site and are likely to resort to reversing back into the petrol station forecourt. This raises highway safety concerns, due to the number of vehicle movements that could be occurring within the site and the resultant congestion that would be generated by the proposal and in conflict with cars and tankers associated with the petrol station and visitors to both sites that are travelling by foot or bicycle. 7.59 The vehicular access serving the site is narrow in width and is accessed to the rear of the adjacent petrol station. Visitors and staff would therefore need to make the ir way through the petrol station to enter the site. The petrol station operates with a one-way system via High Street. When exiting the site, vehicles would need to drive through the petrol station forecourt (past the pumps) and turn out onto High Street. There will likely be occurrences of vehicle queuing and congestion on High Street as a result of compounding vehicle movements generated by the proposal and vehicle movements associated with the petrol station. 7.60 Overall, the proposal would not be served by adequate car parking provision or by safe vehicle and pedestrian access. There is ambiguity and uncertainty around the pre -existing trip generation detailed in the submitted Transport Statement. The car trips associated with the previous use would likely have followed office hours. Whilst the car trips for the proposed foo dbank and office use may be comparable, the use of the site as a place of worship and community facility results in additional considerat ions that do not appear to be readily resolvable. During times of peak demand, when the site is operating as a place of worship, the development would generate a significant influx of pedestrians and a very high number of vehicle movements within a concentrated timeframe. Whilst the place of worship would be in use outside of peak traffic hours, the submission fails to demonstrate that the site can safely accommodate the significant number of pedestrian and car trips. The proposal would increase road danger and fails to create a healthy environment in which people choose to cycle and walk. The application site is not cons idered to be suitable for the various proposed uses. The proposal is therefore contrary to Policies DMT 1, DMT 2, DMT 4, DMT 5 and DMT 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020), Policies T2, T4, T5 and T6 of the London Plan (2021) and Paragraphs 116 and 117 of the National Planning Policy Framework (2024). This forms the second reason why the application has been recommended for refusal. Planning Obligations 7.61 Policy DMCI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020) states: Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press A) To ensure development is sustainable, planning permission will only be granted for development that clearly de monstrates there will be sufficient infrastructure of all types to support i t. Infrastructure requirements will be predominantly addressed thro ugh the c ouncil's Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL). B) Planning obligations will be sought on a scheme-by-scheme basis: i) to secure the provision of affordable housing in relation to residential development schemes; ii) where a development has infrastructure needs that are not addressed through CIL; and iii) to ensure that development proposals provide or fund improvements to mitigate site specific impacts made necessary by the proposal. C) Applications that fail to secure an appropriate Planning Obligation to make the proposal acceptable will be refused. 7.62 The Community Infrastructure Levy Regulation 2010 (Regulations issued Pursuant to the 2008 Act) and the NPPF have put three tests on the use of planning obligations into law. It is un lawful (since 6th Apri l 2010) to request planning obligations that do not meet the following tests: i. necessary to make the development acceptable in planning terms ii. directly related to the development, and iii. fairly and reasonable related in scale and kind to the development 7.63 The effect of the Regulations is that the council must apply the tests much more strictly and is only to ask for planning obligations that are genuinely necessary and directly related to a development. Should planning obligations be requested that do not meet the policy tests the council would have acted unlawfully and could be subject to a High Court challenge. 7.64 On the basis of the NPPF and the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulation 2010, it is only considered reasonable to request contributions towards the following in the event of a recommendation to approve: i) Air Quality Contribution: A financial contribution shall be paid to the Council for the implementation of measures to mitigate the production of unacceptable pollutant emissions in the Hillingdon Air Quality Management Area and in the West Drayton/Yiewsley Focus Areas. ii) Project Management & Monitoring F ee: A financial contribution equal to 5% of the total cash contributions for the administration and monitoring of planning obligations processes. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.65 In the absence of a signed s106 agreement, the development fails to accord with the aims of Policy DMCI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020), the NPPF (2024) and the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations (2010). This forms the third reason for recommending refusal of the application. Secured by Design 7.66 Policy DMHB 15 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020) states that the Council will require all new development to ensure safe and attractive public and private spaces by referring to the Council's latest guidance on Secured by Design principles. Where relevant, these should be included in the Design and Access Statement. Development will be required to comprise good design and create inclusive environments whilst improving safety and security by incorporating the following specific measures: i) providing entrances in visible, safe and accessible locations; ii) maximising natural surveillance; iii) ensuring adequate defensible space is provided; iv) providing clear delineations between public and private spaces; and v) providing appropriate lighting and CCTV. 7.67 Any grant of planning permission would be subject to a Secured by Design condition to achieve appropriate accreditation. Subject to this condition the proposals would be de emed in accordance with the requirements of Policy DMHB 15 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part Two (2020). 8 Other Matters Human Rights 8.1 The development has been assessed against the provisions of the Human Rights Act, and in particular Article 1 of the First Protocol and Article 8 of the Act itself. This Act gives further effect to the rights included in the European Convention on Human Rights. In arriving at this recommendation, due regard has been given to the applicant's reasonable development rights and expectations which have been balanced and weighed against the wider community interests, as expressed through third party interests / the Development Plan and Central Government Guidance. Equality 8.2 Due consideration has been given to Section 149 of the Equality Act with regard to the Public Sector Equality Duty in the assessment of this planning application. No adverse equality impacts are considered to arise from the proposal. Local Finance Considerations and CIL Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4 June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 8.3 The proposed change of use would not be liable to pay CIL. 9 Conclusion / Planning Balance 9.1 The proposed development would not be served by adequate pedestrian or vehicular access, nor by sufficient on-site car parking, and would therefore result in unacceptable impacts on highway and pedestrian safety. Furthermore, it has not been satisfactorily demonstrated that flood risk issues have been appropriately addressed. In addition, the planning obligation relating to air quality mitigation has not been secured through the completion of a Section 106 legal agreement. For these reasons, the application is recommended for refusal. 10 Background Papers 10.1 Relevant published policies and documents taken into account in respect of this application are set out in the report. Documents associated with the application (except exempt or confidential informa tion) are available on the Council's website here, by entering the planning application number at the top of this report and using the search facility. Planning applications are also available to inspect electronically at the Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW upon appointment, by contacting Planning Services at planning@hillingdon.gov.uk.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

171. Hayes Bridge Retail Park - 78343/APP/2025/2925 PDF 2 MB
Proposed enabling works (site clearance and ground preparation). Recommendations: Approval
📄 Hayes Bridge Retail Park - 78343/APP/2025/2925 PDF 2 MB
Read the text of this document (34 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report – Application Report Case Officer: Michael Briginshaw 78343/APP/2025/2925 Date Application Valid: 19.11.2025 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 30.06.2026 Application Type: Full Ward: Wood End Applicant: Colt Data Centre Services Site Address: Hayes Bridge Retail Park and Heathrow Interchange, Uxbridge Road Proposal (Summarised): Proposed enabling works (site clearance and ground preparation). Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 1 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Major application recommended for approval) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 This planning application seeks permission for enabling works, including site clearance and ground preparation, to support the delivery of a data centre campus on the Hayes Bridge Retail Park site. This development would connect to an established data centre facility at Tudor Works, located to the south on Beaconsfield Road. The enabling works relate specifically to Phases 1, 2 and 3 of planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05 .2026, which provides for two data centre build ings (LON6 and LON7), an Innovation Hub, and associated infrastructure. Phase 4 (LON8) was also consented but is located on a separate parcel of land at Heathrow Interchange to the south. 1.2 The application has been submitted to allow these enabling works to be undertaken in advance of the main redevelopment, which has recently been granted planning permission, in order to accelerate the overall construction programme and support the timely delivery of the wider data centre campus. Data centres are recognised as Critical National Infrastructure, delivering significant economic benefits through th eir role in supporting digital and communications networks, align ing with national, regional and loc al planning policy objectives. 1.3 The proposed works are limited to site clearance and ground preparation and include the removal and crushing of existing slabs and foundations for reuse, removal of hardstanding and landscaping, excavation of the site to a depth of approximately 2 metres followed by reinstatement, diversion and removal of underground utilities, installation of temporary hoarding, and the installation of a temporary substation to support construction activities. 1.4 The application is supported by a comprehensive suite of technical documentation, including an ecological appraisal, ground investigation and contamination assessments, utilities surveys, arboricultural reports, and a construction management and logistics plan. Subject to the recommended planning conditions, the proposed development is considered acceptable in respect of design, heritage, residentia l amenity, environmental considerations, transport and sustainability. 1.5 Having regard to the consultation responses received and the assessment set out in this report, the proposal is considered to comply with the Development Plan. In accordance with Section 38 (6) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the application should therefore be determined in line with the Development Plan, and is recommended for approval subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 2 The Site and Locality Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red) 2.1 The site comprises the Hayes Bridge Retail Park site and is neighboured by the Heathrow Interchange site to the South . The sites are located on the eastern boundary of Hillingdon Borough in Hayes, bordering Southall in Ealing Borough. Uxbridge Road is the main thoroughfare into and out of the Borough and any proposal will impact on the initial perception of Hillingdon as a place. Please refer to Figure 1 for the site location plan. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 2: View of the Hayes Bridge Retail Park Site from Uxbridge Road 2.2 The Hayes Bridge Retail Park site measures circa 3 hectares in area and comprises a large L-shaped building made up of seven retail units (most of which are vacant), a large car park to the fr ont (northside) accessed from Uxbridge Road and service yard to the rear (souths ide) accessed from Bullsbrook Road. The Metro Bank site belongs to the same owner and sits in the north -eastern corner. The site is bound to the north by Uxbridge Road, to the east by the Yeading Brook river, to the south by Bullsbrook Road, and to the west by an undeveloped parcel of land which benefits fr om planning permission for a hotel (ref. 69827/APP/2021/1565) and the Hyatt Hotel beyond. Low rise residential properties form the character to the north of Uxbridge Road and are the closest sensitive receptors to the site. There is also a live planning application for the redevelopment of the site to deliver a flexible industrial warehouse development (Use Classes E(g)(iii), B2 or B8) (ref. 1911/APP/2022/1853). The Hillingdon Planning Committee has resolved to approve the application subject to completion of a satisfactory S106 legal agreement. Please refer to Figure 2 for a view of the site as seen from Uxbridge Road. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 3: View of the Heathrow Interchange Site from Bullsbrook Road 2.3 The Heathrow Interchange site sits to the South, outside the red line boundary but within the blue line boundary, and is within the ownership of the Applicant. The site measures approximatel y 1.2 hectares in area, is accessed off Bullsbrook Road and comprises two linear industrial units, which share an open yard. Unit 2, which is the southern half of the eastern industrial unit, is outside of Colt's ownership and is not subject to any d evelopment. The site is bound by Bullsbrook Road to the north, Brook In dustrial Estate to the east, the Tudor Works site that Colt is redeveloping to deliver the two large data centre buildings (LON4 and LON5) to the south (as approved under permission ref. 38421/APP/2021/4045), and a business park to the west. Please refer to Figure 3 for a view of the Heathrow Interchange site as seen from Bullsbrook Road. 2.4 The site is designated as part of the Springfield Road Strategic Industrial Location as part of the Local Plan. The sites form part of Flood Zone 2, the Ossie Garvin Air Quality Focus Area and the Hillingdon Air Quality Management Area. The Yeading Brook runs to the east of the site, beyond which is the Paddington Arm of the Grand Union Canal, both of which form part of London's Blue Ribbon Network. The adjoining Grand Union Canal is designated as a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation and forms part of the Canalside Conservation Area designated within Ealing Borough. Transport for London's webCAT planning tool confirms that the Public Transport Accessibility Level (PTAL) is very low and sits between 0 and 2, with the Hayes Bridge Retail Park site being more accessible than the Heathrow Interchange site. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal Figure 4: Proposed Site Massing Sketch for the approved wider data centre campus 3.1 The application seeks full planning permission for enabling works, including site clearance and ground preparation , in connection with the planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05.2026, for a four- phased redevelopment to deliver a data centre campus . For context , please see a visualisation of the data centre campus in Figure 4 above. The proposed works are limited to site clearance and ground preparation, including: x Removal and crushing of existing slabs and foundations for reuse; x Removal of hardstanding and landscaping; x Excavation of the site to approximately 2 metres depth followed by reinstatement; x Diversion and removal of underground utilities; x Installation of temporary hoarding; and x Installation of a temporary substation to support construction activities. 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the site can be found in Appendix 2. Planning history of the data centre campus is set out in sequential order below. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 5: Photo of the LON4 data centre approved under planning permission ref. 38421/APP/2021/4045 4.2 The land at Tudor Works, Beaconsfield Road, application reference 38421/APP/2021/4045 (dated 25.11.2022) granted permission for: Redevelopment of the site to deliver data centre campus including: two data centre buildings (Use Class B8); associated energy and electricity infrastructure, buildings, and plant; security gatehouse, systems and enclosures; works to the highway, car parking and cycle parking; hard and soft landscaping; as well as associated infrastructure, ancillary office use, and associated external works. This is in effect the first part of the data centre campus, comprising LON4 and LON5. The development is currently being built out in phases, starting with LON4. Please see Figure 5 for a photo of LON4. 4.3 Application references 71554/APP/2024/2490 (dated 16.10.2024), 1911/APP/2025/398 (dated 20 .03.2025) and 71554/APP/2025/466 (dated 18.03.2025) has granted consent under Schedule 2, Part 11, Class B of the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order (2015) (as amended) for the demolition of Units 1, 3 and 4 Heathrow Interchange and Hayes Bridge Retail Park. On the basis that demolition is carried out within 5 years of each respective permission, th ese applications have established the loss of these buildings as acceptable. Unit 1 Heathrow Interchange has already been demolished. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4.4 Application reference 71554/APP/2025/47 granted consent for the redevelopment of the Unit 1 Heathrow Interchange site to deliver a substation in connection with the permitted and emerging data centre campus. 4.5 Planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719 (dated 20.05.2026) granted permission for: Hybrid planning application for a four -phased redevelopment to deliver a data centre campus comprising of: Phase 1 - Full planning permission for (a) a data centre building; (b) energy, power, and water infrastructure; (c) site access and internal roads including a vehicular and pedestrian link between Uxbridge Road and Bullsbrook Road; (d) site security arrangements and security fencing; (e) hard and soft, green and blue, infrastructure; and (f) other ancillary and auxiliary forms of development; Phase 2 - Outline planning permission for (a) an Innovation Hub; (b) hard and soft, green and blue, infrastructure; and (c) other ancillary and auxiliary forms of development (all matters reserved); Phase 3 - Outline planning permission for (a) a data centre building; (b) energy, power, and water infrastructure; (c) internal roads; (d) site security arrangements and security fencing; (e) hard and soft, green and blue, infrastructure; and (f) other ancillary and auxiliary forms of development (all matters reserved); and Phase 4 - Outline planning permission for (a) a data centre building; (b) energy, power, and water infrastructure; (c) internal roads; (d) site security arrangements and security fencing; (e) hard and soft, green and blue, infrastructure; and (f) other anc illary and auxiliary forms of development (all matters reserved). The proposed enabling works are direct ly required to facilitate this planning permission. 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 A total of 336 no. letters were sent to neighbouring properties on 5 th December 2025, a site notice was displayed to the front of the site and an advert was posted in the local paper. All forms of consultation expired on 3rd January 2026 . No objection was received from a neighbouring property. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 6.2 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses re ceived are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response No comments have been received from residents. N/A N/A Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response External Consultation Canal and River Trust: The retention of the band of trees along the brook to the east of the site would contribute to mitigating the visual impact of the previously approved plans for the site from the canal. It is therefore important that this existing landscaping is protected during any enabling works. The submission includes details of Tree protection measures, and it should be ensured that the measures are sufficient and any works proceed in accordance with the approved details. This matter could be addressed by condition. The Canal and River Trust Comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 8 (Trees to be retained). Environment Agency: No objection confirmed. Advice to the applicant was also provided regarding Environmental Permitting and flooding. The Environment Agency comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 5 (Contaminated Land). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service (GLAAS): No objection subject to a condition which secures compliance with the submitted written scheme of investigation . The GLAAS comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 6 (Written Scheme of Investigation). Internal Consultation Air Quality Officer: No objection subject to a condition which ensures that the construction to meets the GLA/IAQM requirements. The Air Quality Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment . Please refer to Condition 7 (Air Quality Mitigation). Contaminated Land Officer: No objection subject to a planning condition securing further details. The Contaminated Land Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment . Please refer to Condition 5 (Contaminated Land). Highways Authority: With regards to transport matters, the Highway Authority raises no objection to the proposed enabling works (site clearance and ground preparation) . The Highways Authority comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment . Noise Specialist: No objection raised. The Applicant is reminded that the Council would if necessary use its powers under Section 60 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974, with reference to BS5228 parts 1 and 2, to avoid significant noise and vibration effects on occupiers of those premises. The Noise Specialist comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7 Planning Assessment Land Use Principles 7.1 This planning application seeks permission for enabling works, including site clearance and ground preparation, conn ected to the delivery a data centre campus on the Hayes Bridge Retail Park site. Specifically, the development is proposed to facilitate Phases 1, 2, and 3 of planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05.2026, for two data centre buildings (LON6 and LON7), an Innovation Hub and associated infrastructure/works. Phase 4 was also consented for a data centre bui lding (LON8) but is situated on the neighbouring parcel of land to the south at Heathrow Interchange. 7.2 The land use principles for the consente d data centre campus are established under planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05 .2026. The proposed enabling works would facilitate progress on the delivery of a hyperscale data centre campus, to connect to an established data centre development on land at Tudor Works located to the south on Beaconsfield Road. Data centres are now classed as Critical National Infrastructure and the significant uplift in floorspace will ensure the intensification of industrial capacity, which is supported by strategic policies. The economic benefit of information and communications technology infrastructure is acknowledged and supported by national, regional and local planning policies. The employment benefit of the specific enabling works proposed is also acknowledged and supported. Design 7.3 The proposed works are limited to site clearance and ground preparation, including: x Removal and crushing of existing slabs and foundations for reuse; x Removal of hardstanding and landscaping; x Excavation of the site to approximately 2 metres depth followed by reinstatement; x Diversion and removal of underground utilities; x Installation of temporary hoarding; and x Installation of a temporary substation to support construction activities. Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.4 Policies D3 of the London Plan (2021), BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) are all directly relevant to the proposal. These policies can be read in full in the Committee Report Part 3 - Policy Appendix. In summary, these policies seek to secure a high quality of design that enhances and contributes to the area in terms of form, scale and materials, is appropriate to the identity and context of the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press townscape and would improve the quality of the public realm and respect local character. These aims are also supported by the NPPF (2024) at chapter 12. 7.5 Uxbridge Road, together with Bath Road, form the two most important historic movement corridors in Hillingdon Borough. The published 2013 Hillingdon Townscape Characterisation study analysed Uxbridge Road and states: 'It continues to be a focus for thousands of residents living to the north and south of it - primarily as a transport connection, but also as a location for shops and services’. Given it's significance for both residents and visitors travelling through Uxbridge Road, Officers expect development to make a positive design contribution in order to strengthen the corridor. 7.6 The proposal relates only to enabling and preparatory works, rather than permanent built development, and therefore has very limited long-term visual or townscape implications. The works primarily comprise site clearance, removal of existing structures and ha rdstanding, excavation and re-levelling of the land, and the installation of temporary features such as hoarding and a temporary substation that will be removed once no longer required. 7.7 As such, the development does not introduce new permanent buildings or lasting design features, but instead facilitates the implementation of the wider consented data centre scheme. The only above -ground elements during this phase (e.g. hoarding and tempor ary infrastructure) are explicitly short- term and reversible. Consequently, the proposals are considered to have no enduring impact on the street scene, visual character, or surrounding townscape, with any effects being temporary in nature and limited to the construction period. Following completion of the enabling works, the site will either be restored to a safe and stable condition or superseded by subsequent phases of development approved under planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719 , dated 20.05.2026. This is secured by Condition 2. 7.8 Subject to planning conditions, the development is considered to accord with the requirements of Policy BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020), Policy D3 of the London Plan (2021), and paragraph 131 of the NPPF (2024). Heritage 7.9 The application site does not contain any designated heritage assets and it does not form part of a Conservation Area. In Hillingdon, the nearest listed building is Bulls Bridge and the nearest locally listed building is the Toll House near Bulls Bridge. Both are located in the Bulls Bridge Conservation Area which is sited circa 1600m to the South -West. In Ealing the closest listed buildings to the site are Church of St George (Grade II) approximately 600m East of the site at Tudor Road and the Grade II listed water tower at the Southall Gas Works site approximately 1000m to the South-East. The closest Locally listed buildings are Nos. 49-53 Northcote Avenue (the Northcote Arms) which is 900m to the East. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.10 The setting of the heritage assets identified above would not be affected by the development due to the distance and the intervening buildings and vegetation between the buildings and Bulls Bridge Conservation Area. Archaeology 7.11 Policy DMHB 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that the Council, as advised by the Greater London Archaeological Advisory Service (GLAAS), will ensure that sites of archaeologic al interest within or, where appropriate, outside, designated areas are not disturbed. If that cannot be avoided, satisfactory measures must be taken to mitigate the impacts. 7.12 This Written Scheme of Investigation (WSI) (dated March 2026) sets out a methodology for an archaeological watching brief to be undertaken during ground remediation works at the Hayes Digital Park site, where redevelopment for data centres and associated infrastructure is proposed . The brief is required due to known asbestos remediation works and the identified potential for Palaeolithic remains within underlying Langley Silt and river terrace gravels, particularly where deposits remain undistur bed. It explains that archaeologists wi ll monitor groundworks (typically down to around 2m) to identify, record and, where necessary, protect any archaeological deposits without delaying construction, using standard recording, sampling and reporting procedures, and with provisions for escalation to contro lled excavation if significant finds are encountered. The document also sets out responsibilities , reporting, data management, archiving and health and safety arrangements, ensuring compliance with national archaeological standards and planning requirements, with final outputs including a report and archive submission to the Museum of London. 7.13 GLAAS were consulted as part of the planning application process and confirm no objection subject to Condition 6 which ensure compliance with the submitted WSI. Subject to this condition, th e development would accord with the requirements of Policy DMHB 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Residential Amenity Impact on Neighbours 7.14 Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that development proposals should not adversely impact on the amenity, daylight and sunlight of adjacent properties and open space. 7.15 For context, it is noted that neighbouring properties are located on the opposite side of Uxbridge Road, circa 40m from the northern site boundary. 7.16 The proposals are limited to short- term enabling and preparatory works, meaning any impacts on surrounding occupiers will be temporary and not permanent. The works consist mainly of site clearance, demolition (already approved), ground remediation and preparation, and the installation of temporary Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press infrastructure such as hoarding and a temporary substation that will be removed once construction progresses. 7.17 Given this scope, the development does not introduce any lasting built form, operational uses, or permanent changes that would affect neighbouring properties in terms of outlook, privacy or long -term disturbance. Instead, any amenity effects, such as noise, activity or visual disturbance, will be confined to the construction and enabling phase only. 7.18 Based on the nature and siting of the works proposed, it is not considered likely that such a proposal would have a significant detrimental impact on the amenity, daylight and sunlight of adjacent properties. As such, the development is not considered contrary to Policy DMHB 11, Part B, of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Environmental Issues Noise 7.19 Policy D14 of the London Plan (2021) states that development should reduce, manage and mitigate noise to improve health and quality of life. This can be done by separating noise generating uses from noise sensitive uses. Mitigation can also be secured through screening, layout, orientation, uses and materials. This is supported by Policy EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012). 7.20 The Management & Logistics Plan submit ted proposes a range of measures to mitigate noise impacts during demolition and enabling works, focused on controlling noise at source, limiting working hours, and monitoring levels. Construction activities are restricted to standard daytime hours (08:00 –18:00 weekdays and limited Saturdays), with no audible works permitted outside these times to protect nearby residents and sensitive receptors . Compliance with agreed noise limits under a Section 61 Agreement is required, and efforts will be made to minimise noise at source, including using appropriate construction methods, well-maintained plant, and quieter equipment where possible. Where noise cannot be sufficiently reduced, physical mitigation such as acoustic barriers, baffles and noise screens will be installed. 7.21 In addition, noise monitoring will be undertaken using calibrated sound level meters (e.g. LAeq and Lmax measurements) at locations around sensitive receptors such as nearby schools and residential areas, with continuous logging and review. If monitoring shows rising or unacceptable noise levels, works will be stopped and alternative methods implemented. Equipment and monitoring practices will comply with BS5228 standards for noise control on construction sites. Finally, communication measures , including no tifying neighbours, adhering to the Considerate Contractors Scheme, and scheduling disruptive works to avoid sensitive times, provide additional mitigation to reduce perceived noise impacts on the local community Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.22 The Council's Noise Specialist has been consulted and raises no objection. Accordingly, the proposal is considered to accord with Policy EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) and Policy D14 of the London Plan (2021). Air Quality 7.23 Policies SI 1 of the London Plan (2021), EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012) and DMEI 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) are all directly relevant to the proposal. These policies can be read in full in the Committee Report Part 3 - Policy Appendix, and in summary, seek to safeguard and improve air quality in order to protect existing and new sensitive receptors. These aims are also supported by the NPPF (2024) at chapter 15. 7.24 The application site is located within the Hillingdon Air Quality Management Area and the Ossie Garvin Air Quality Focus Area, one of Hillingdon's most sensitive Focus Areas which is known for poor air quality and high human exposure. Although the area surrounding the site is predominantly industrial, residential development is sited a short distance to the north of the site. 7.25 The Management & Logistics Plan subm itted outlines several measures to protect air quality, primarily focused on controlling dust emissions, reducing vehicle and plant emissions, and monitoring conditions on and around the site. Dust generation will be minimised through the use of on -board dust suppression systems on demolition plant, water sp raying (e.g. “Dust Boss” and hoses), damping down of roads and footpaths before cleaning, and the use of enclosed skips or containers for storing fine materials. Regular road sweeping and wheel washing will also be used to prevent dust and debris spreading onto the highway. 7.26 Air quality will be actively monitored using dust and air quality monitoring points located near sensitive receptors such as nearby schools, the brook and surrounding businesses, with results logged and reviewed; if levels increase beyond acceptable thresholds, works will stop and alternative methods will be used. All activities and monitoring will comply with BS5228 standards for dust control. 7.27 In relation to emissions, vehicle and plant impacts will be reduced by limiting engine idling, planning and controlling deliveries to reduce congestion, and ensuring plant and equipment meet current standards. Additionally, good site management practices , such as waste containment, controlled material handling, and general housekeeping , will further minimise airborne pollutants, while liaison with the community and ad herence to best practicable means support ongoing mitigation of air quality impacts throughout the works. 7.28 The Council’s Air Quality Officer has be en consulted and raises no objection subject to the imposition of a planning condition requiring compliance with the GLA’s ‘Control of Dust and Emissions during Construction and Demolition’ Supplementary Planning Guidance (SPG) (July 2014) (or any successor document), together with the implementati on of appropriate dust risk mitigation Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press and monitoring measures. Subject to Condition 7, which requires compliance with best practice guidance, the proposed enabling works would comply with Policy DMEI 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020), Policy EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012) and Policy SI 1 of the London Plan (2021). Trees and Landscaping 7.29 Policies G1 and G5 of the London Plan (2021), DMEI 1, DMHB 11 and DMHB 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (20 20) are all directly relevant to the proposed development. These policies can be read in full in the Committee Report Part 3 - Policy Appendix. In summary, these policies seek to safeguard existing trees and deliver high quality landscaping in order to enhance amenity, biodiversity and green infrastructure. These aims are also supported by the NPPF (2024) at chapter 12. 7.30 The Arboricultural Technical Note identifie s that the enabling works will require the removal of 19 individual trees, together with several areas of shrub and tree groups (notably G1, G2, G4 and G5, including some partial clearance). These trees are predom inantly low- quality Category C and U specimens, with no Category A or B trees affected, indicating that the losses are limited to vegetation of relatively low arboricultural value. 7.31 Significantly, these losses will be mitigated through replacement planting as part of the wider landscape masterplan and tree planting strategy, although the exact number and specification of new trees will be secured through the subsequent landscaping scheme (secured under planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719). As such, it is concluded that there will be no permanent harm to the visual amenity or landscape character of the site or surrounding area in the long term. 7.32 In terms of retained vegetation, all trees not directly affected by the works will be safeguarded in accordance with BS5837:2012 standards, including the installation of protective fencing prior to construction and the retention of existing ground levels and surfaces within their root protection areas. These measures ensure that retained trees are protected from damage during demolition and groundworks. 7.33 Overall, the proposal is considered acceptable in arboricultural terms because it involves the removal of predominantly low-value trees, the protection of retained vegetation, and replanting to offset losses, resulting in a neutral long-term impact on trees and landscaping. Subject to Condition 8, the proposal would accord with Policies DMHB 11 and DMHB 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Biodiversity 7.34 The Environment Act 2021 has established that all planning permissions granted in England have to deliver at least 10% BNG from January 2024. Paragraph 187 of the NPPF (2024) also states that planning decisions should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment by: d) minimising impacts on and Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press providing net gains for biodiversity, including by establishing coherent ecological networks that are more resilient to curr ent and future pressures. This is supported by Policy G6 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMEI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). 7.35 The Ecological Appraisal submitted identifies that the site is predominantly of low ecological value, comprising buildings, hardstanding and ornamental planting, with only limited habitats of ecological importance present. These include a single hedgerow (a priority habitat of site -level importance) and the woodland and Yeading Brook corridor along the eastern boundary, which form part of a locally designated Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC). The proposals will result in the loss of the he dgerow and other low- value habitats; however, the woodland and watercourse will be fully retained and safeguarded, ensuring that the most important ecological features remain unaffected. Overall, habitat loss is considered to be of minor or negligible significance. 7.36 In terms of species, the site is not c onsidered to support significant populations of protected or notable fauna, with surveys confirmi ng negligible bat roosting potential and no evidence of badgers, re ptiles, amphibians or other protected species. The main ecological constraint relates to potential nesting birds, which will be addressed through mitigation such as timing of works and ecological supervision. The scheme also incorporates a range of ecological enhancements, including new native tree and hedgerow planting, creation of wildflower grassland, installation of bat and bird boxes, and improvements to the Yeading Brook corridor such as removal of invasive species and litter clearance. The final measures are proposed to be secured under the main data centre campus planning permission (reference 78343/APP/2025/719). Subject to these measures, the development is considered unlikely to result in significant harm to biodiversity and provides opportunities to deliver biodiversity net gains. 7.37 For context, the Biodiversity Net Ga in Assessment submitted under the main data centre campus planning permission (reference 78343/APP/2025/719) states that the development would deliver a net gain of 0.44 habitat units (equivalent to a net gain of 10.65%), 0.57 hedgerow units (equivalent to a net gain of 98.57%), and 0.09 watercourse units (equivalent to a net gain of 11.66%). 7.38 Given the above considerations, the proposal is considered to accord with the NPPF (2024), Policy G6 of the London Plan (2021) and Policy DMEI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Flood Risk and Drainage 7.39 Matters relating to flood risk and drainage are established under the main data centre campus planning permission (reference 78343/APP/2025/719). Accordingly, the proposed enabling works are not considered to be contrary to and would be in compliance with Policies SI 12 and SI 13 of the London Plan (2021), Policy EM6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012) and Policies DMEI 9 and DMEI 10 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Land Contamination 7.40 Policy DMEI 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that development on potentially contaminated sites shall assess conditions and demonstrate that the site can be safely remediated. Planning conditions and S106 legal agreements can be used to secure the appropriate level of detail required. Policy DMEI 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) also requires protection of groundwater resources. 7.41 A detailed Ground Investigation Report (September 2025) and an updated Ground Contamination Risk Assessment and Remediation Strategy (March 2026) have been submitted in support of the proposed enabling works . The ground investigation comprised an extensive programme of boreholes, trial pits, groundwater and gas monitoring undertaken between April and July 2025, with further groundwater monitoring in early 20 26. The findings confirm that the site is underlain by Made Ground (typically around 1.1m thick) over natural strata, reflecting its historic industrial use. Th e investigation identified the presence of asbestos containing materials (ACM) within the Made Ground at shallow depths, along with some localised hydrocarbon staining and odours. However, chemical analysis indicates that overall concentrations of contaminants in soils are generally low and below relevant commerci al assessment cri teria, with only isolated exceedances. Groundwater testing identified some localised exceedances of water quality standards and more widespread detection of PFAS, although these are considered to reflect background conditions typical of an urban/industrial setting rather than a distinct on-site source. 7.42 The risk assessment concludes that, subject to appropriate mitigation, the site is suitable for the proposed development and no standalone pre -construction remediation works are required. Instead, the proposed development itself (including excavation, building coverage and hardstanding) will effectively break contaminant pathways and form part of the remediation strategy. Key measures include the adoption of robust health and safety procedures during construction (particularly in relation to ACM), im plementation of a watching brief for unexpected contamination, appropriate segregation and handling of excavated materials, and verification of imported soils. Ground gas risks are assessed as very low, and no specific gas protection measures are required. A verification report will be submitted following constr uction to confirm that all remediation measures have been implemented. Ov erall, the submitted information demonstrates that risks to human heal th, controlled waters and the wider environment can be adequately managed through a proportionate, compliance- based approach. 7.43 It is noted that per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) have been identified in groundwater beneath the site; however, the proposed enabling works are limited to shallow excavation (typically to a depth of approximately 2 metres) and do not involve deep ground penetration or foundation works such as piling that could create preferential pathways for contaminant migration. As such, the current phase of development is unlikely to result in significant risks to controlled waters, subject to the implementation of the proposed remediation and Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press construction management measures. Further assessment and, where necessary, mitigation of groundwater risks associated with deeper construction activities will be appropriately secured and assessed as part of the main redevelopment permitted under planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719. 7.44 The Council’s Contaminated Land Officer has been consulted and confirmed no objection to the proposals subject to a suitably worded planning condition. Condition 5 is proposed to cover the contaminated land requirements of the proposed enabling works specifically, with separate details to be submitted and approved in relation to the wider redevelo pment of the site. Subject to this condition, which secures appropriate mitigation during the enabling works phase, the proposal complies with Policies DMEI 11 and DMEI 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Transport 7.45 Policies T4, T6 and T6.2 of the London Plan (2021), and policies DMT 1 and DMT 2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) are all directly relevant to the proposed development. These policies can be read in full in the Committee Report Part 3 - Policy Appendix, and in summary, seek to deliver development which is sustainable in transport terms and safeguards highway and pedestrian safety. These aims are also supported by the NPPF (2024) at chapter 9, including paragraph 116 which states that development should only be prevented or refused on highways grounds if there would be an unacceptable impact on highway safety, or the resid ual cumulative impacts on the road network would be severe. 7.46 The submitted Management and Logistics Plan sets out that demolition and enabling works will be accessed via the existing site entrance on Uxbridge Road, with all construction vehicles entering and exiting under the control of trained traffic marshals and being turned within the site to avoid reversing onto the public highway. Vehicle movements associated with demolition and remediation are anticipated to be modest, peaking at approximately up to three 8 Ǧwheel tipper lorries per hour, and will be managed t hrough a pre Ǧbooking system for deliveries, with any unplanned vehicles refused access to prevent congestion. On-site parking will be provided for oper atives and visitors, while the workforce is expected to predominantly utilise publ ic transport, cycling or car sharing, thereby limiting additional traffic demand on the surrounding highway network. 7.47 A comprehensive suite of mitigation measures is proposed to minimise transport and highway impacts. These include timing controls to avoid peak school hours, wheel washing and road sweeping to prevent debris on the highway, and strict management of traffic routing and idling to reduce emissions. The plan also prioritises high standards of safety, inc luding segregation of pedestrians and vehicles, use of banksmen, clear signage, and adherence to CLOCS principles to protect vulnerable road users such as cyclists. Additional measures such as delivery time slots, driver training, an d liaison with neighbouring sites and the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press highway authority further ensure that congestion and conflict are minimised. Subject to the implementation of these controls, the development is expected to result in limited and well -managed transport impacts during the demolition and construction phase. 7.48 The Council’s Highways Authority have been consulted and raised no objection to the details submitted. Accordingly, the proposal is not considered to prejudice conditions on the local highways network, in accordance with Policies DMT 1, DMT 2, DMT 5 and DMT 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) and Policies T4 and T7 of the London Plan (2021). Sustainable Development 7.49 Matters relating to sustainable development are established under the main data centre campus planning permission (reference 78343/APP/2025/719). 8 Other Matters Airport Safeguarding 8.1 Policy DMAV 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that the Council will support the continued safe operation of Heathrow Airport and RAF Northolt and will consult with the airport operator on proposals in the safeguarded areas. Proposals that may be a hazard to aircraft safety will not be permitted. 8.2 The site is located outside of the 3km perimeters for Heathrow Airport and RAF Northolt. All related mitigation measures are proposed to be secured under the main data centre planning permission (reference 78343/APP/2025/719). Accordingly, the proposed enabling works are not considered to be contrary to and would be in compliance with Policy DMAV 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). Environmental Impact Assessment 8.3 Legislation pertaining to Environment Impact Assessments are set out under the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations 2017 (or the EIA Regulations). 8.4 The proposed enabling works do not qualify as EIA development. Human Rights 8.5 The development has been assessed against the provisions of the Human Rights Act, and in particular Article 1 of the First Protocol and Article 8 of the Act itself. This Act gives further effect to the rights included in the European Convention on Human Rights. In arriving at this recommendation, due regard has been given to the applicant's reasonable development rights and Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press expectations which have been balanced and weighed against the wider community interests, as expressed through third party interests / the Development Plan and Central Government Guidance. Equality 8.6 Due consideration has been given to Section 149 of the Equality Act with regard to the Public Sector Equality Duty in the assessment of this planning application. No adverse equality impacts are considered to arise from the proposal. Local Finance Considerations and CIL Planning Obligations 8.7 Policy DMCI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that whilst infrastructure requirements will be predominantly addressed through the Council's Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) , p lanning obligations will be sought on a scheme -by-scheme basis. A pplications that fail to secure an appropriate Planning Obligation to make the proposal acceptable will be refused. 8.8 The Community Infrastructure Levy Regulation 2010 (Regulations issued Pursuant to the 2008 Act) and the NPPF have put three tests on the use of planning obligations into law. It is unlawful (since 6th Apri l 2010) to request planning obligations that do no t meet the following tests: i. necessary to make the development acceptable in planning terms; ii. directly related to the development; and iii. fairly and reasonable related in scale and kind to the development. 8.9 The effect of the Regulations is that the Council must apply the tests much more strictly and is only to ask for planning obligations that are genuinely necessary and directly related to a development. Should planning obligations be requested that do not meet the policy tests the Council would have acted unlawfully and could be subject to a High Court challenge. 8.10 On the basis of the NPPF and the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulation 2010, no obligations are required to make the development acceptable in planning terms. Community Infrastructure Levy 8.11 Please be advised that as from 1 April 2012, all planning approvals for schemes with a net additional internal floor area of 100m2 or more will be liable for the Mayoral Community Infrastructure Levy (Mayoral CIL), as legislated by the Community Infrastructure Levy Regulations 2010 and The Community Infrastructure Levy (Amendment) Regulations 2011. The liability payable will be equal to £60 per square metre (from April 2019). The London Borough of Hillingdon is a collecting authority for the Mayor of London and this liability shall be paid to LBH in the first instance. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 8.12 The proposed enabling works are not liable to CIL. 9 Conclusion / Planning Balance 9.1 This planning application seeks permission for enabling works, including site clearance and ground preparation, conn ected to the delivery a data centre campus on the Hayes Bridge Retail Park site. Specifically, the development is proposed to facilitate Phases 1, 2, and 3 of planning permission reference 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05.2026, for two data centre buildings (LON6 and LON7), an Innovation Hub and associated infrastructure/works. 9.2 The development is proposed as enabling works to facilitate progress on the delivery of a hyperscale data centre cam pus, to connect to an established data centre development on land at Tudor Works located to the south on Beaconsfield Road. Data centres are now classed as Critical National Infrastructure and the significant uplift in floorspace will ensure the intensification of industrial capacity, which is supported by strategic policies. The economic benefit of information and communications technology infrastructure is acknowledged and supported by national, regional and local planning policies. 9.3 The application for proposed enabling works is supported by a comprehensive suite of technical documents, including ecological appraisal, ground investigation and contamination assessme nts, utilities surveys, arboricultural reports, and a construction management and logistics plan. Subject to the planning conditions recommended, the proposed development is considered acceptable. 9.4 Due regard has been given to the comments received as part of the consultation process and it is concluded that the proposal complies with the Development Plan. Section 38(6) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 states that planning applications should be determined in accordance with the development plan unless material consi derations indicate otherwise. For the reasons outlined above and within the main body of the report, this application is considered to comply with the Deve lopment Plan and is recommended for approval, subject to securing the planning conditions set out in Appendix 1. 10 Background Papers Relevant published policies and documents considered in respect of this application are set out in the report. Documents associated with the application (except exempt or confidential information) are available on the Council's website here, by entering the planning application number at the top of this report and using the search facility. Planning applications are also available to inspect electronically at the Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW upon appointment, by contacting Planning Services at planning@hillingdon.gov.uk. AAPPENDICES Planning Application 78343/APP/2025/2925 Hillingdon Planning Committee - 4th June 2026 PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 1 of 12 AAppendix 1: Recommended Conditions and Informatives Conditions 1. COM3 T Time Limit The development hereby permitted shall be begun before the expiration of three years from the date of this permission. REASON To comply with Section 91 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. 2. NONSC T Temporary Consent - Removal and Reinstatement The temporary structures hereby approved, comprising the installation of temporary hoarding and a temporary substation to support the enabling works, shall be removed and the affected land reinstated as soon as reasonably practicable following completion of the enabling works, unless otherwise incorporated into development carried out pursuant to planning permission ref. 78343/APP/2025/719, dated 20.05.2026, for the redevelopment of the site. In the event that development pursuant to planning permission ref. 78343/APP/2025/719 has not commenced within 12 months of the completion of the enabling works, a scheme and timetable for the removal of the temporary structures and reinstatement of the land shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority, and the development shall thereafter be carried out in accordance with the approved details. REASON The development, by reason of its temporary design, is not considered suitable for permanent retention in compliance with Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020). 3. COM4 A Accordance with Approved Plans The development hereby permitted shall not be carried out except in complete accordance with the details shown on the submitted plans, numbers: Location Plan: LONUX-NWA-PL-ZZ-DR-A-SK075 Site Plan - Phase Existing Utilities Plans: LON6-CDL-EW-XX-DR-C-90301 Rev. P02 Existing Utilities Removal and Diversion Plan LON6-CDL-EW-XX-DR-C-90203 Rev. P02 Existing Utilities Disconnection Plan Enabling Plans: LONUX-ARUP-PL-ZZ-DR-S-10806 Rev. P02 Enabling Works Plan Hillingdon Planning Committee - 4th June 2026 PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 2 of 12 LONUX-CDL-EW-XX-SD-E-60001 Rev. P03 Enabling Works Schematic Substation, Switch Room and Transformer Plans: LONUX-ARUP-PL-ZZ-DR-S-10805 Rev. P01 Substation and LV Switchroom Foundations TR18 SSE Transformer Elevations REASON To ensure the development complies with the provisions of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012), Part 2 (2020) and the London Plan (2021). 4 4. COM5 G General compliance with supporting documentation The development hereby permitted shall not be carried out except in complete accordance with the specified supporting documents: Cover Letter (Dated 3rd October 2025); Management and Logistics Plan (Dated September 2025); 42047_T_UG Utility Survey; Written scheme of investigation for an archaeological watching brief on ground remediation Issue 3 (Dated 2nd April 2026); 25/4060GIR-F01 Ground Investigation Report - Factual Issue 02 (Dated 11th September 2025); LONUX-ARUP-PL-XX-RP-Z-00008 P03 Ground contamination risk assessment and remediation strategy (Dated 23rd March 2026); 12157 TN.06: Arboricultural Note (Dated August 2025); Ecological Appraisal (Dated February 2026); 12157 TCP 01 (Overview), (1/4), (2/4), (3/4) and (4/4) Tree Constraints Plan; and 12157 TS 01 BS 5837:2012 Tree Schedule. REASON To ensure the development complies with the provisions of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012), Part 2 (2020) and the London Plan (2021). 5. NONSC C Contaminated Land The development shall be carried out in accordance with the approved report references "25/4060GIR-F01 Ground Investigation Report - Factual Issue 02 (Dated 11th September 2025)" and "LONUX-ARUP-PL-XX-RP-Z-00008 P03 Ground contamination risk assessment and remediation strategy (Dated 23rd March 2026)". All remediation and mitigation measures shall be implemented in full. a) Unexpected contamination: If contamination not previously identified is encountered during development or remedial works, works shall cease in the affected area and an addendum to the remediation strategy shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority prior to implementation. Hillingdon Planning Committee - 4th June 2026 PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 3 of 12 b) Capping layer / cover system: Any temporary capping layer or cover system installed as part of the enabling works shall be implemented in accordance with the approved remediation strategy and shall provide a suitable barrier to any underlying contamination for the duration of the enabling works. Details shall be retained for submission as part of the verification report. c) Imported soils and materials: No contaminated soils or other materials shall be imported to the site. All imported soils and materials for landscaping and/or engineering purposes shall be clean and free from contamination. All imported soils and materials shall be independently tested for chemical contamination, and the factual results and any interpretive reports shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority prior to their use on the site. d) Verification: Within 3 months of the completion of the enabling works, a verification report shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority demonstrating that the works have been carried out in accordance with the approved remediation strategy. REASON To ensure that risks from land contamination to the future users of the land and neighbouring land are minimised, together with those to controlled waters, property and ecological systems and the development can be carried out safely without unacceptable risks to workers, neighbours and other offsite receptors in accordance with Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (January 2020) Policies - DMEI 11: Protection of Ground Water Resources and DMEI 12: Development of Land Affected by Contamination. 6 6. NONSC WWritten Scheme of Investigation (GLAAS) The groundworks hereby permitted shall be undertaken and completed in accordance with the approved document reference "Written scheme of investigation for an archaeological watching brief on ground remediation Issue 3 (Dated 2nd April 2026)", unless agreed otherwise in writing by the Local Planning Authority. REASON To secure the provision of archaeological investigation and the subsequent recording of the remains prior to development, in accordance with Policy DMHB 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020), Policy HC1 of the London Plan (2021) and Chapter 16 of the National Planning Policy Framework (2024) 7. NONSC A Air Quality Mitigation a) The development hereby approved shall be carried out in accordance with the IAQM "Guidance on the assessment of dust from demolition and construction (January 2024) (Version 2.2) and the Greater London Authority's "Control of Dust and Emissions during Construction and Demolition" Supplementary Planning Guidance (July 2014) (or any successor document), including the implementation of appropriate dust suppression, mitigation, monitoring and management measures commensurate with the level of dust risk Hillingdon Planning Committee - 4th June 2026 PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 4 of 12 associated with the development. b) All Non-Road Mobile Machinery (NRMM) of net power of 37kW and up to and including 560kW used during the course of the demolition, site preparation and construction phases shall comply with the emission standards set out in chapter 7 of the GLA's supplementary planning guidance "Control of Dust and Emissions During Construction and Demolition" dated July 2014 (SPG), or subsequent guidance. Unless it complies with the standards set out in the SPG, no NRMM shall be on site, at any time, whether in use or not, without the prior written consent of the local planning authority. The developer shall keep an up to date list of all NRMM used during the demolition, site preparation and construction phases of the development on the online register at https://nrmm.london/." REASON To comply with the London's Low Emission Zone for non-road mobile machinery as per requirements of the London Environment Strategy, in accordance with Policy EM8 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policy DMEI 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020), Policy SI 1 of the London Plan (2021) and the National Planning Policy Framework (2024). 8 8. COM10 T Trees to be retained Trees, hedges and shrubs shown to be retained on the approved plans and documents shall not be damaged, uprooted, felled, lopped or topped without the prior written consent of the Local Planning Authority. If any retained tree, hedge or shrub is removed or severely damaged during construction, or is found to be seriously diseased or dying, another tree, hedge or shrub shall be planted at the same place or, if planting in the same place would leave the new tree, hedge or shrub susceptible to disease, then the planting should be in a position to be first agreed in writing with the Local Planning Authority and shall be of a size and

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

172. Hayes Park West - 12853/APP/2025/2844 PDF 4 MB
Partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi-storey car park to provide new homes (Use Class C3), landscaping, car and cycle parking, and other associated work. Recommendations: Approve + Sec 106
📄 Hayes Park West - 12853/APP/2025/2844 PDF 4 MB
Read the text of this document (87 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report – Application Report Case Officer: Michael Briginshaw 12853/APP/2025/2844 Date Application Valid: 24.11.2025 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 30.06.2026 Application Type: Full Ward: Charville Applicant: Shall Do Hayes Development Ltd Site Address: Hayes Park West, Hayes Park Proposal: Partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi -storey car park to provide new homes (Use Class C3), landscaping, car and cycle parking, and other associated work. Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to section 106 legal agreement and conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 1 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Major application recommended for approval) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the completion of a satisfactory section 106 legal agreement to secure the heads of terms set out below, and subject to the conditions as set out in Appendix 1. Mayor of London Stage 2 Referral & S106 Legal Agreement Heads of Terms It is recommended that delegated powers be given to the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth to grant planning permission subject to the following: A) That the application be referred to the Mayor under Article 5 of the Town and Country Planning (Mayor of London) Order 2008. B) That the Council enter into a legal agreement with the applicant under Section 106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 (as amended) or any other legislation to secure the following: i. Affordable Housing: To secure on -site affordable housing, to include a provision of 7 no. Social Rent tenure units and 3 no. Intermediate tenure units (19% of total habitable rooms). The obligation shall include an Early and Late-Stage Viability Review mechanism. ii. Health Contribution: Financial cont ribution equal to £75,661 to fund enhanced or new health facilities within the London Borough of Hillingdon. iii. Delivery of Hayes Park Central and South Development: An obligation securing delivery of the Hayes Park Central and South development (application references 12853/APP/2023/1492 and 12853/APP/2023/1493) as part of the permission for the Hayes Park West development. This is to ensure timely redevelopment of the listed buildings and to safeguard against their neglect. iv. Managed Access Strategy / Community Use Agreement: Submission for approval and compliance with a Community Use Agreement allowing for public access to the site on a controlled basis. v. Healthy Streets, Active Travel Zone and Air Quality Mitigation Contribution: Financial contribution equal to £243,101. vi. Carbon Offset Contribution: A financial contribution equal to £61,708. vii. Public Open Space: A financial contribution equal to £69,500. viii. Employment and Construction Training Scheme: An Employment/ Construction Training Scheme secured in accordance with the Council's Planning Obligations SPD. ix. Residential Parking Permit Restrictions: Residential and Visitor Parking Permits restriction (excluding Blue Badge holders). x. Project Management and Monitoring Fee: A Project Management and Monitoring Fee, equalling 5% of the total financial contributions to be paid under this agreement. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press C) That in respect of the application for planning permission, the applicant meets the Council's reasonable costs in prepar ing the Section 106 Agreement and any abortive work as a result of the agreement not being completed. D) That officers be authorised to negotiate and agree the detailed terms of the proposed agreement and conditions of approval and agree any changes requested by the Greater London Authority. E) That, if the Legal Agreement has not been finalised within 6 months (or such other time frame as may be agreed by the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth ), delegated authority be given to the Director of Planning and Sustainable Growth to refuse planning permission for the following reason: 'The applicant has failed to mitigate the impacts posed by the proposed development (in respect of Affordable Housing, Health, Delivery of the listed buildings conversions, Managed Public Access Strategy, Air Quality, Highway Safety, Carbon Emissions, Public Open Space, Employment and Planning Obligations Monitoring ). The scheme therefore conflicts with Policies DMCI 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020); the adopted Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Document (2014); Policy DF1 of the London Plan (2021); and paragraphs 5 6-58 of the National Planning Policy Framework (2024).' F) That if the application is approved, that the permission is subject to the Conditions as set out in Appendix 1. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 This application seeks permission for the partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi -storey car park to prov ide 52 new homes. This would comprise 16 no. 1 bed flats (31%) and 36 no. 3 bed flats (69%), including 1 9% of units (10 units) as affordable housing. A total of 52 no. car parking spaces including 5 disabled spaces and 7 electric vehicle charging spaces are proposed, alongside landscaping works to create communal and private amenity space and play space. 1.2 The application site forms part of designated Metropolitan Green Belt land and is situated within the wider former Hayes Park business park, which is currently undergoing residential conversion. The wider Hayes Park site is structured around a pastoral landscape and contains two Grade II* listed buildings to the south, including the Hayes Park Central and Hayes Park South buildings. 1.3 The site would fall under the NPPF de finition of previously developed land. Whilst there would be an increase in built form on the site, the proposal is not considered to cause substantial harm to the openness of the Green Belt, given Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press that it would be sited within the extent of previously developed land where there are existing adjoining devel opment and retained trees. T he proposal would therefore meet the exception of paragraph 154 (g) of the NPPF (202 4) and is appropriate development within the Green Belt. In addition, the residential use of the former business Hayes Park has been established via the recent approvals to convert the three buildings within the estate. 1.4 The proposal for 69% family housing (equ al to 36 no. 3 bed units) significantly contributes to meeting related housing needs within the borough and is a benefit of the scheme. The scheme has been subject to viability testing by the Council's third -party consultants and the Greater London Authority. Following such assessment, it has been concluded that the scheme could only provide 19% affordable housing, namely 10 units comprising a mix of 70% Social Rent and 30% Shared Ownership. It is therefore concluded that this offer would represent the maximum viable affordable housing provision deliverable. In the event of an approval, it is recommended that the 19% affordable housing offer is secured by legal agreement and includes Early and Late -Stage Viability Review mechanisms as defined by Policy H5 of the London Plan (2021). 1.5 The proposal would meet the communal and private amenity space requirements, but there would be a minor shortfall in the provision of on-site play space. The vacant two storey car park site is not a heritage asset and is considered to detract from the setting of the nearby listed buildings. The increase in height and massing of the proposed residential block is considered to cause a very low level of less than substantial harm to the listed buildings, through changes to their setting, since it would provide a change to the pastoral setting. In accordance with paragraph 215 of the NPPF, where less than substantial harm to the significance of a designated heritage asset is identified, that harm must be weighed against the public benefits of the proposal. 1.6 Planning obligations are proposed to secure the affordable housing provisions alongside the delivery of the approved Hayes Park Central and South residential scheme (to safeguard the heritage assets), as well as managed public access to the site to the benefit of local communities. Contributions are secured towards health infrastructure, air quality mitiga tion and active travel improvements, carbon offsetting and public open space enhancement. An employment strategy and construction training scheme are to be secured alongside restricting parking permit allocations. A project management and monitoring fee would also be secured to manage and monitor the planning obligations. 1.7 It is acknowledged that the Council cannot currently demonstrate a five-year supply of deliverable housing sites (the most recent position statement published on 1st April 2026 confirmed a 2.5 year supply). In accordance with Footnote 8 of the NPPF, the policies which are most important for determining the application are therefore considered out -of-date. Consequently, Paragraph 11(d) of the Framework is engaged, and the 'tilted balance' applies. This requires that planning permission be granted unless any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the Framework taken as a whole. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 1.8 Subject to the planning conditions and obligations recommended, the proposed development is considered acceptable with respect to design, heritage, residential amenity, environmental i ssues, transport, and sustainability. When weighed against the very low level of less than substantial harm identified to the setting of the listed buildings, the public benefits of the proposal are considered to outweigh that harm. In reaching this decision, significant weight is afforded to the contribution that the proposal makes towards the Borough’s housing supply (a net contribution of 52 residential units). 1.9 Section 38(6) of the Planning and Compu lsory Purchase Act 2004 states that planning applications should be determined in accordance with the development plan unless material considerations indicate otherwise. For the reasons outlined above and within the main body of the report, the application is considered to broadly comply with the Development Plan. Where there are minor conflicts with the Development Plan, there considered to be sufficient mitigating factors and benefits which outweigh such conflicts. Accordingly, the application is recommended for approval, subject to Stage 2 referral to the Mayor of London, securing the planning conditions set out in Appendix 1 and a Section 106 legal agreement. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 2 The Site and Locality Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red – the wider former Hayes Park business park edged in blue) 2.1 The application site is situated within the wider former Hayes Park business park (outlined in blue in Figure 1 below), which is currently undergoing residential conversion and is a private landscaped parkland setting accessed from Hayes End Road to the west and Park Lane to the east via gates. Overall, the park measures approximately 5.22 hectares in area and comprises three former office buildings (Hayes Park North, Hayes Park Central and Hayes Park South) and a redundant two storey car park and hardstanding. The site is outlined in red in Figure 1 below and comprise s the redundant two storey car park, including sunken elements to the south, meas uring 1.1 hectares in area and is now obsolete following the residential conversion of the former business park. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 2.2 The site lies within designated Metropolitan Green Belt and the Hillingdon Air Quality Management Area. It has a Public Transport Access Level (PTAL) of 0, on a scale of 0 to 6b where 6b is the highest. As shown in Figures 2 and 3 below, immediately to the north and west are mature trees and open parkland. To the east is the Hayes Park North (HPN) building and to the south are the Grade II* listed buildings of Hayes Park Central (HPC) and Hayes Park South (HPS). Figure 2: Agent’s Aerial View of the Application Site Figure 3: Agent’s Photographs of the Application Site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal 3.1 This application seeks full planning permission for the partial demolition and redevelopment of the existing multi-storey car park to provide new homes (Use Class C3), landscaping, car and cycle par king, and other associated work. Please see Figures 4 and 5 below for the proposed site plans of the proposal. Figure 4. Proposed lower ground site plan (sourced from drawing ref. 0489- SEW-HPW-ZZ-DR-A-501002 RevP2) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 5. Proposed site plan (sourced from drawing ref. 0489-SEW-ZZ-ZZ-DR- A-501001 RevP2) 3.2 In particular, the proposal would involve the construction of a new 4 storey residential development of maximum height of 12.5 metres, in a U -shaped courtyard arrangement within the same footprint of the existing car park, following partial demolition of the upper levels of the car park and retention of its lower ground floor element. Due to this lower ground level sunken to the south, the proposed building would appear as three-storey when viewed from the south. 3.3 The proposal would result in 52 new homes (Class C3), comprising a mix of 16x1-bedroom 2-person and 36x3-bedroom 6- person homes. The proposal would provide 19% affordable housing by units, namely 10 units, at 30% Shared Ownership and 70% at Social Rent mix. 3.4 Regarding the vehicular access, the proposal would be accessed via the existing estate loop road, either entered from Park Lane to the east, or Hayes End Road Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press to the west, connecting to Uxbridge Road, which runs to the south. Each vehicular entry point would be gated, with residents only access controlled by fobs. There would be 52 (49 standard and 3 accessible) vehicle parking spaces allocated to the new homes, either as surface spaces within the landscaped public realm or as under -croft parking beneath the partially retained, re- landscaped car park podium. The reside nts’ cycle storage would be located beneath the podium, providing 97 cycle parking spaces. There would be 14 cycle parking spaces allocated to visito rs to the site, within the ground floor landscape to the west and to the south (front). 3.5 The proposal would involve a communal courtyard on the lower ground level and a podium on ground level, resulting in approximately 1700sqm of communal external amenity area, along with ap proximately 2000sqm private external amenity area and 161sqm play space for children aged 0-4 years. 3.6 The proposed appearance and material s are shown in Figures 6 and 7 below and involve green terracota tile to base, darker textured GRC panels on the upper floors, green powder coated alum inium window and door frames, and mesh balustrade and wire trellis system for planting/privacy. Figure 6. Illustrative elevation highlighti ng the proposed material palette (sourced from Design and Access Statement) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 7. i) Illustrative courtyard elevat ion to the east (top) ii) Illustrative western elevation (bottom) (sourced from Design and Access Statement) Figure 8. i) Illustrative podium elevation to the north (top) ii) Illustrative courtyard elevation to the south (bottom) (sourced from Design and Access Statement) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3.7 During the course of the application, amendments were agreed and submitted as part of a revised proposal as follows: x An external platform lift was added to the front to allow level access from the front podium to the internal courtyard garden via the car park and vice versa to address comments from the Council's Urban Design Officer and Access Officer. x A 1.1m high solid planter is proposed to the east and west elevations, along with shared trellis at the back of the planter, that can be shared with a neighbour and would tie in with the balustrade datum, to address comments from the Council's Urban Design Officer. x To the south elevation, the 1.1m high planter would be lengthened and would include a bench. Metal trellis with vertical wires would be located at the back of the planter. x Revised short stay cycle parking provision from 10 to 14 spaces within the ground floor landscape to the west and to the south (front) to address comments from the Greater London Authority (GLA). x An updated Drainage Strategy Report to address comments from the Lead Local Flood Authority and GLA addressing greenfield rates, attenuation volumes and climate change modelling. x An Active Travel Zone assessment was submitted, along with clarification over trip generation, servicing and delivery arrangements, Travel Plan commitments and as to why no additional Elective Vehicle charging points can be provided (due to podium making delivery unviable and impractical) to address London Borough of Hillingdon- Highways and Transport for London’s comments. x A revised Air Quality Neutral Transport Emissions assessment was submitted as informed by the daily transport trip data to address comments from the Air Quality Officer and GLA. x Revised Energy Statement, Whole Life- Cycle Carbon report and Circular Economy Strategy were submitted to demonstrate compliance with London Plan policy as requested by GLA. x Following viability testing, it was also agreed that the development would provide 19% (increasing from 15%) of the units as affordable housing, equating to 10 units. 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 The relevant planning history is discussed in detail within the report, particularly as follows: Hayes Park North Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4.3 Class O Prior Approval application reference 12853/APP/2021/2202 was allowed at appeal (Dated June 2022). Prior Approval was granted for: x Change of use of offices (Use Class E(g)) to residential use (Use Class C3) to include 64 residential units comprising 6 x studio units, 33 x one- bedroom units, 19 x two-bedroom units and 6 x three- bedroom units (Application for Prior Approval under Schedu le 2, Part 3, Class O of the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (England) Order 2015). 4.4 A Section 73 application to vary the Conditions of the Class O Prior Approval (app ref. 12853/APP/2024/1374) was approved on 31st July 2024 and required completion by 23rd June 2025. It is understood that the development was not completed by this date and as such, this permission has not been implemented. 4.5 Class MA Prior Approval application reference 12853/APP/2024/1798 was approved on 11th September 2024 for a change of use of the offices to 70 flats and requires completion by 11th September 2027. It is understood that this permission is being implemented. Hayes Park Central and South 4.6 Application reference 12853/APP/2023/1492, dated 15-08-24, granted planning permission for: x Change of use of the existing buildings to provide new homes (Use Class C3), together with internal and external works to the buildings, landscaping, car and cycle parking, and other associated works. This permission has not yet been implemented, but applications have been submitted for the approval and dischar ge of conditions attached to this permission. 4.7 Application reference 12853/APP/2023/1493, dated 15-08-24, granted Listed Building Consent for: x Internal and external works to the buildings associated with a change of use (Application for Listed Building Consent). This permission has not yet been implemented, but applications have been submitted for the approval and dischar ge of conditions attached to this permission. 4.8 The above permissions have granted consent for the residential use of Hayes Park. This is a significant material c onsideration, noting that Hayes Park North will form part of an emerging residential community. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 5 Planning Policy Development Plan 5.1 Planning law requires that applications for planning permission be determined in accordance with the development plan, unless material considerations indicate otherwise. The statutory development plan for the London Borough of Hillingdon comprises the following documents: x The Local Plan: Part 1 – Strategic Policies (adopted 2012) x The Local Plan: Part 2 – Development Management Policies (adopted x 2020) x The Local Plan: Part 2 – Site Allocations and Designations (adopted 2020) x The West London Waste Plan (adopted 2015) x The London Plan (adopted 2021) 5.2 In accordance with national policy, due weight is to be given to development plan policies according to their degree of consistency with the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), with redu ced weight being afforded where inconsistency is identified, within the statutory framework established by Section 38(6) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004. Material Considerations 5.3 The NPPF (2024) is a significant materi al consideration in the determination of planning applications and must be taken into account alongside the development plan. This is particularly relevant wher e elements of the development plan are out -of-date or inconsistent with national policy, although national policy remains relevant in all cases. In such circum stances, proposals are assessed having regard to the most up to date national policy position, alongside all other relevant material considerations, including supplementary planning documents and guidance. 5.4 The NPPF (2024) provides updated national policy on Green Belt land, including the identification of Grey Belt land and circumstances in which development may be considered appropriate. These prov isions do not alter the fundamental purposes of the Green Belt or the substantial weight that must continue to be afforded to Green Belt harm. The development plan remains the statutory starting point for decision making, however, where relevant local policies pre- date or do not reflect the Grey Belt fr amework, the NPPF constitutes a material consideration that informs the assessment of proposals. 5.5 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 A total of 422 no. letters were sent to neighbouring properties, a site notice was displayed to the front of the site and an advert was posted in the local paper. The neighbour consultation process expired on 3 rd January 2026 and no comments were received from residents. 6.2 Following receipt of amended drawings and reports, re-consultations were issued on 30 th March 2026 to the consultees who had requested further information or amendments during the application process. 6.3 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses received are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response No comments have been received from residents. N/A N/A Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response External Consultation Airport Safeguarding - Heathrow No objection subject to cranes informative. The Heathrow Airport Safeguarding comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The recommended informative has been included in Appendix 1 of the report. Ministry of Defence Safeguarding surrounding RAF Northolt The Ministry of Defence comments are noted and taken into consideration as Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press No objection subject to a condition regarding Submission of a Construction Management Strategy including details of cranes. part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 4 (Construction Logistics and Management Plan). Thames Water No objection subject to an informative regarding Groundwater Risk Management Permit The Thames Water comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The recommended informative has been included in Appendix 1 of the report. NATS (National Air Traffic Services) No objection The NATS comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Historic England No objection The Historic England comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Greater London Authority (GLA) (Stage 1) Stage II referral to the GLA is required if resolved for approval at Planning Committee. Land Use Principle The site is designated as Green Belt; however, the proposal involves the redevelopment of previously developed land, which GLA Officers consider meets the exception tests set out in paragraph 154 of the NPPF and is not inappropriate development. Nor is the proposal considered to cause substantial harm to the openness of the Green Belt. The provision of new homes is supported. The GLA comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The applicant has submitted additional information following the GLA’s Stage 1 comments in form of a separate response to GLA and a Design and Access Statement Addendum. Officers consider that the matters raised in the GLA’s Stage 1 comments have been addressed, except for Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Affordable housing Following GLA’s viability review, the applicant increased the provision from 8 to 10 affordable housing units (from 15% to 19%), by adopting all assumptions by the GLA with the exception of the valuation of the social rented units. GLA consider this to be acceptable and early and late -stage reviews will be required. Urban Design & Heritage The visual impacts of the proposed development on the setting of the listed buildings is limited due to its location, the topography, existing trees and vegetation and its relatively low height, causing a very low level of less than substantial harm to the listed buildings. GLA considered that the public benefits of the proposal have the potential to clearly and convincingly outweigh the identified harm to the assets. GLA also considered that the written advice of the Design Review Panel (DRP) that was received after the planning submission was made, should be taken into account, to ensure the proposals meet the highest possible design quality. Transport An Active Travel Zone (ATZ) assessment and a multi-modal trip generation assessment should be submitted. Walking and cycling routes should be reviewed against the Healthy Streets criteria. Concerns over the access of visitors’ cycle parking and that car pa rking could overspill into the adjoining sites and internal roads. Appropriate design and management measures should be implemented to prevent this. Electric vehicle charging provision and disabled persons parking provision should be provided in accordance with London Plan standards. A the reduction in parking numbers due to the low level of accessibility of the site (PTAL 0) and the increase in electric vehicle charging spaces due to the podium provision. Conditions have been recommended in line with the GLA’s recommendations and are included in Appendix 1 of the report. The Local Planning Authority will refer the application back to the GLA for Stage 2 (as required) if the Planning Committee resolves to grant planning permission. Please refer to following S106 Head of Terms: (i) Affordable Housing: Securement of 19% affordable housing, including 7 no. Social Rent and 3 no. Intermediate tenure units. (v) Healthy Streets, Active Travel Zone and Air Quality Mitigation Contribution: Financial contribution equal to £243,101. (vi) Carbon Offset Contribution: A financial contribution equal to £61,708. Please also refer to the following conditions: Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Swept Path Analysis for the largest vehicles servicing the site should also be provided. A detailed Delivery and Servicing Plan (DSP), Travel Plan (TP) and Construction Logistics Plan (CLP) should be secured by condition. Environment and sustainable infrastructure The applicant should further refine the energy strategy and submit further information to comply with London Plan policies. A carbon offset payment, along with the ‘be seen’ requirement, are required to be secured via the legal agreement. The Drainage Strategy provided for the proposed development generally complies with London Plan Policy SI12, subject to conditions relating to groundwater monitoring to inform exact mitigation measures and climate change allowance for the 3.3% AECP to be in line with the EA guidance “Flood risk assessments: climate change allowances” at the next design stage. Conditions requested to secure a fire statement, provision of M4(2) and M4(3) accessible homes, London Plan compliant cycle parking, Whole Life Cycle Carbon Assessment, Circular Economy Statement, Urban Greening Factor and biodiversity net gain. Condition 4 (Construction Logistics and Management Plan) Condition 6 (Sustainable Drainage Scheme Details) Condition 7 (Biodiversity Net Gain) Condition 12 (Landscape Scheme) Condition 15 (Delivery and Servicing Plan) Condition 16 (Travel Plan) Condition 1 7 (Whole Life Cycle Carbon Assessment) Condition 1 8 (Circular Economy Statement) Condition 25 (Fire Statement) Condition 28 (M4(2) and M4(3) Accessible Units) Transport for London (TfL) The site is located approximately 270m from Uxbridge Road (A4020) which forms a part of the Strategic Road Network (SRN). TfL are the Traffic Authority for the SRN, ensuring that no development has an adverse impact on the performance and/or safety of the network. Access It is questioned whether the control of pedestrian access through the site via the provision of a gate supports the creation of a socially inclusive London. The current The TfL comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The applicant has submitted additional information following the TfL’s comments as below and via the submission of the requested Active Travel Zone assessment. Whilst TfL have raised concerns with the Active Travel Zone Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press arrangement highlights a car-dominated layout, which conflicts with the Healthy Streets approach and therefore car parking provision at the site should be reduced. Healthy Streets TfL requests that the TA includes a comprehensive ATZ assessment covering both daytime and night -time conditions. TfL requests mitigation, including: - Improved lighting (especially underpasses) - Better wayfinding - Design/safety improvements to key routes and entrance points - Potential off-site contributions to deliver these works Cycle Parking Comments were made for the proposal to align with the London Cycling Design Standards (LCDS) guidance, such as specific doors’ width, and for the short stay cycle spaces. Car Parking Request to increase the Electric Vehicle charging spaces from 13% (7 spaces) to 20% as per the London Plan standards, and for a Car Parking Management plan condition to reduce the risk of overspill into adjoining sites. Transport Network Impacts Mode share assumptions should be based on TfL’s strategic assumptions or LTDS data to provide a more accurate picture of travel behaviour. Travel Plan & Delivery-Servicing & Construction The Travel Plan must be more ambitious to mitigate car dependency and align with Assessment, Officers have agreed a £243,101 contribution towards Healthy Streets, Active Travel Zone and Air Quality Mitigation. As such, this matter is resolved. Access Whilst there are gates at the access to Hayes Park, these will be monitored by a daytime concierge service and will not restrict people moving in and out of the development. It should also be noted that not all of the site is controlled by the applicant and therefore it does not have full control over how the gates should be used. The number of parking spaces is driven by the very low PTAL and is accepted by the Council’s Highway Authority. Cycle parking An updated plan was provided, showing changes to the cycle stores in order to be LCDS compliant. This demonstrates doors are 2m wide, that there is a clear width within the cycle store of 2.5m, which is the minimum allowed, 800mm between Sheffield Stands and highlights the location of short stay spaces as requested. Car Parking Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press London Plan Policy T4 and TfL’s Travel Plan Guidance. A Delivery and Servicing Plan and a detailed CLP should be secured by conditions. As the development includes a significant amount of podium parking, the Applicant has explained that the development cannot comply with the 20% active charging infrastructure due to building regulations constraints. All spaces outside the podium are identified for EV charging but to provide for more within the podium would require a sprinkler tank the same size as the podium itself . Notwithstanding, Condition 13 ( Electric Vehicle Charging Points and Infrastructure) is proposed and requires that electric vehicle charging points are maximised. Transport Network Impacts TfL have agreed to defer to the Council’s Highways Authority who have confirmed no objection with respect to transport network impacts. Travel Plan & Delivery- Servicing & Construction Please refer to Conditions 15 (Delivery and Servicing Plan) and 16 (Travel Plan) as set out in Appendix 1 of the report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Internal Consultation Contaminated Land Officer No objection subject to a condition requiring the submission of a scheme to deal with unacceptable contamination, to be submitted prior to the commencement of development. The Contaminated Land Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 5 (Contamination). Noise Officer No objection subject to conditions to secure appropriate levels of noise for residential occupiers. The Noise Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. Please refer to Condition 29 (Noise levels). Lead Local Flood Authority (LLFA) The LLFA requested further information pertaining to methodology for the drainage calculations submitted. No fundamental objections were raised and it was noted that conditions securing a detailed drainage strategy and details of management and maintenance of the drainage system would be required. The LLFA comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. It is considered reasonable to assume that a sufficient and acceptable drainage strategy could be secured at the detailed design stage of the planning process. Accordingly, a revised final drainage strategy is proposed to be secured by Conditions 6 (Sustainable Drainage Scheme Details) and 20 (Sustainable Drainage Scheme Verification). Access Officer The proposal therefore expected to meet the highest inclusive design standards under London Plan Policies D5, D7, D12, and H2. In particular, the absence of lift access means the development is not fully accessible or inclusive. This conflicts with Policy D7 requirements for accessible and adaptable The Access Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The Applicant submitted amended plans which includes an external lift to Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press housing, including the delivery of M4(2) and M4(3) standards. Furthermore, where lift access is required, Policies D5 and D12 also necessitate the provision of evacuation lifts designed to BS EN 81 Ǧ76 standards, which are not proposed. As a result, a significant number of new homes would not comply with London Plan inclusive design requirements. ensure that inclusive access is provided. The details of the lift are proposed to be secured by Condition 10. Subject to Condition 10 (Communal Lift Details), the Access Officer’s concerns are resolved. Air Quality Officer The proposed development affects an identified Air Quality Focus Area. The Air Quality Assessment relied on peak hour trip rates derived from the submitted Transport Assessment, in the absence of confirmed daily trip data which is the correct approach. No objection subject to conditions securing i) control of dust ii) control of emissions from Non -Road Mobile Machinery, and legal agreement for contribution of £298,603 to be paid for Hillingdon to deliver its air quality local action plan and or implement specific measures on/along the road network affected by the proposal. The Air Quality Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The applicant provided daily trip data (149 two -way vehicle trips) and the Air Quality Neutral Transport Emissions assessment has therefore been revised accordingly. On this basis, the offset contribution has been recalculated as: £243,101. This sum was agreed by the Air Quality Officer. Please refer to Conditions 4 (Construction Logistics and Management Plan), 24 (Low Emission Strategy) and 30 (Non-Road Mobile Machinery). Highways Authority The trip generation as a result of the proposal is judged to be insignificant and could be absorbed by the surrounding highway network without detriment to road safety or the free flow of traffic. However, an Active Travel Zone (ATZ) assessment should be p rovided. The quantum of 52 car parking spaces proposed is accepted, considering the London The Highways Authority comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The applicant submitted an Active Travel Zone assessment. Officers have agreed a £243,101 contribution towards Healthy Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Plan (2021) Policy T6.2 residential parking and the site’s poor PTAL score. Notwithstanding this, the proposal should increase the provision of active electric vehicle charging points from 7 to 10 to comply with the London Plan (2021), which requires that at least 20 per cent of spaces to have active charging facilities, with passive provision for all remaining space. Conditions for Travel Plan, Delivery and Servicing Plan and Construction Management Plan should be attached to any decision. Streets, Active Travel Zone and Air Quality Mitigation. As such, this matter is resolved. As the development includes a significant amount of podium parking, the Applicant has explained that the development cannot comply with the 20% active charging infrastructure due to building regulations constraints. All spaces outside the podium are identified for EV charging but to provide for more within the podium would require a sprinkler tank the same size as the podium itself. Notwithstanding, Condition 13 (Electric Vehicle Charging Points and Infrastructure) is proposed and requires that electric vehicle charging points are maximised. Please also refer to Conditions 4 (Construction Logistics and Management Plan ), 12 (Landscape Scheme), 14 (Parking Design and Management Plan) and 15 (Travel Plan). Planning Policy Officer Regarding the green belt assessment, clarification was requested in respect of the visual impact assessment. It was requested that trip generation was factored into the impact on openness. A comparison of built volume for the existing development and proposed development was also requested. The Planning Policy Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. It is noted that the viewpoints were agreed as part of a detailed pre- application process. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press A built volume comparison between the existing car park and the proposed development is provided within the Design and Access Statement Addendum (page 160), which identifies the existing volume of 15,652 cubic metres and proposed volume of 29,208 cubic met res. This results in a 54% increase in built volume. The detailed Green Belt assessment is set out under paragraphs 7.1 to 7.8 of the report. Urban Design Officer The proposed scheme is considered broadly acceptable in terms of its design quality, but a few outstanding concerns remain in relation to public access strategy, the delivery of the conversion of the HPS and HPC listed buildings, courtyard access, landscaping, boundary softening, design materials, soffits and column design, privacy over the ‘green screening’ proposed, communal amenity room size, managed deliveries, concierge and Drop -off, along with lighting strategy. Subject to recommended conditions and some of the recommendations implemented, the scheme has the potential to be of high quality. The Urban Design Officer comments are noted and taken into consideration as part of the planning assessment. The applicant provided amendments, clarification and request for some of the elements to be addressed by conditions and this is discussed in detail in the design/impact on the character and appearance of the area. Please refer to Conditions 8 (Materials), 9 (Infill & Banding Bespoke Facade Materiality), 10 (Communal Lift Details), 12 (Landscape Scheme), 18 (External Lighting Strategy), 21 (Control of Balconies & Windows – Privacy), 25 (Balcony Privacy and Security Strategy), 26 Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press (Column and Soffit refinement), and 33 (Roof mounted equipment). 7 Planning Assessment Land Use Principles Metropolitan Green Belt 7.1 The application site forms part of designated Metropolitan Green Belt land. Section 13 of the NPPF (2024) refers specifically to ‘Protecting Green Belt land’. It states that the Government attaches great importance to Green Belts, and that the fundamental aim of Green Belt poli cy is to prevent urban sprawl. London Plan Policy G2, Policy EM2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012) and Policy DMEI 4 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) all seek to protect the Green Belt from inappropriate development and afford the strongest possible protection to Green Belt land, in line with the NPPF. 7.2 Paragraph 153 of the NPPF (2024) states that inappropriate development is, by definition, harmful to the Green Belt and should not be approved except in 'very special circumstances'. Paragraph 154 goes further stating that Local Planning Authorities (LPA) should regard all de velopment within the Green Belt as inappropriate, but gives exceptions which include under part; ‘(g) limited infilling or the partial or complete redevelopment of previously developed land (including a material change of use to residential or mixed use including residential), whether redun dant or in continuing use (excluding temporary buildings), which would not c ause substantial harm to the openness of the Green Belt. ‘ 7.3 The exception under part g of paragraph 154 refers to previously developed land. The NPPF definition of previously developed land in Annex 2 is: 'Land which has been lawfully developed and is or was occupied by a permanent structure and any fixed surface infrastru cture associated with it, including the curtilage of the developed land (although it should not be assumed that the whole of the curtilage should be developed). It also includes land comprising large areas of fixed surface infrastructure such as large areas of hardstanding which have been lawfully developed. Previously developed land excludes: land that is or was last occupied by agricultural or forestry buildings; land that has been developed for minerals extraction or waste disposal by landfill, where provision for restoration has been made through development management procedures; land in built -up areas such as residential gardens, parks, recreation grounds and allotments; and land that was previously developed but where the remains of the permanent structure or fixed surface structure have blended into the landscape.’ Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.4 The site is a redundant two-storey car park and hardstanding, formerly associated with the Hayes Park busine ss park, which is currently undergoing residential conversion for new homes from its previous office use. The loss of the existing car park is acceptable in principle given that it is redundant and does not have any heritage significance. In Green Belt terms, the site would fall under the NPPF definition of previously developed land as the current use of the site does not fall under the exceptional uses in the Green Belt. Therefore, the assessment of the proposal is that of whether the proposal would cause substantial harm to the openness of the Green Belt to meet the relevant exception 154(g) of the NPPF. 7.5 The National Planning Practice Guidance (NPPG) states that a ssessing the impact of a proposal on the openness of the Green Belt requires a judgement based on the circumstances of the case. The NPPG advises that courts have identified that openness is capable of having both spatial and visual aspects. 7.6 Regarding the spatial aspect of openness, the proposal would use the footprint of the former car park and would not therefore encroach into the surrounding parkland. However, there would be an increase in built height and volume on the site, and this would affect the visual aspect of openness. 7.7 The applicant has submitted a Heritage, Townscape and Visual Impact assessment (HTVIA) in this regard. Whilst the site and surrounding area are designated as Metropolitan Green Belt, the site is already part of built development considering the former office buildings known as Hayes Park North, Hayes Park South and Hayes Park Central. Compared with these buildings, the proposal would be at the sa me height, or lower, to the east and south. To the west and north are open parkland, but it is clear from the HTVIA and the verified views, that the development would sit below the existing mature trees and landscaping and would not be prominent in terms of visibility. 7.8 Overall, whilst there would be an increase in built form on the site, the proposal is not considered to cause substantial harm to the openness of the Green Belt, given that it would be sited within the extent of previously developed land where there are existing adjoining development and retained trees. The proposal would therefore meet the exception of para graph 154 (g) of the NPPF (2024), is appropriate development within the Green Belt and accords with the Development Plan, without the need of the proposal to be justified by “very special circumstances”. It is of note that GLA has reached to the same conclusion. New Residential 7.9 The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF 2024) requires the Local Planning Authorities to promote an effective use of land in meeting the need for Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press homes and other uses, while safeguardin g and improving the environment and ensuring safe and healthy living conditions. Strategic policies should set out a clear strategy for accommodating objectively assessed needs, in a way that makes as much use as possible of previously developed or ‘brownfield’ land. 7.10 The London Plan 2021 encourages intensification and optimising of land subject to justification within the local context. Policies GG2 and H1 of the London Plan support the need for additional residential development within London and also encourage optimising the potential of brownfield sites for residential use, where they are compatible with the surrounding development context. 7.11 Policy H1 (Housing Growth) of the Hillingdon Local Pl an: Plan 1 - Strategic Policies (2012) requires that the borough meets and exceed its minimum strategic dwelling requirement in accordance with other Local Plan policies. The Borough's target was increased as part of the London Plan (2021). 7.12 The residential use of the former business Hayes Park has been established via the recent approvals to convert the three buildings within the estate. The application site is a redundant car park and the proposal would deliver 52 new homes, contributing to the delivery of housing within the Borough and forming part of an emerging residential community. As assessed above in the Green Belt section, the proposal is a previously developed land, meeting the exception of its c omplete redevelopment including the ma terial change of use to residential, and its re -use for residential flats accords with the above local, regional and national planning policies. The proposed residential use is therefore supported in general terms, subject to compliance with other policies in the development plan as assessed below. Density 7.13 Policy DMHB 17 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that all new residential development should take acco unt of the Residential Density Matrix contained in Table 5.2. Paragraph 5.67 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) states that Hillingdon will apply the density standards set out in the London Plan in a flexible manner, according to local circumstances. Large parts of the borough, including many areas in proximity to town centres, are suburban in character and will lean heavily toward s the applications of lower to mid-range density scales. Table 5.2 represents a starting point for discussions on the issue of residential density, which should ul timately be determined by a design led approach. 7.14 Policy D3 (Optimising Site Capacity thr ough the Design-led Approach) of the London Plan (2021) further requires all development to make the best use of land following a design -led approach that optimises the capacity of sites, including site allocations and offers no density matrix figures. The policy further states that higher density develop ments should generally be promoted in locations that are well connected to jobs, services, infrastructure and amenities by public transport, walking and cycling. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.15 The area surrounding the site is suburban and semi-rural in character and has a very low level PTAL rating of 0. If such density guidelines are applied, Table 5.2 states that the density should be between 105-300 habitable rooms per hectare and 35-100 units per hectare. Using an approximate site area of 1.1 hectares, the site should provide 116 -333 habitable rooms or 39- 110 units. The proposal would provide 204 new habitable rooms and 52 new units would therefore sit within this range of Policy DMHB 17. 7.15 It is noted that these standards are only intended as a guide and density guidance has largely been superseded by the design -led approach taken by Policy D3 in the latest London Plan (March 2021). The design -led approach requires consideration of design options to determine the most appropriate form of development that responds to a site's context and capacity for growth and existing and planned supporting infrastructure. The policy then goes on to highlight the relevant considerations which would contribute to defining an appropriate density such as site context, amenity considerations etc. These aspects of the proposal are considered in detail within the relevant sections of this report. Housing Mix 7.16 The London Plan (2021) outlines in Poli cy H10 that schemes should generally consist of a range of unit sizes and sets out a number of factors which should be considered when determining the approp riate housing mix on a particular scheme. This includes local evidence of need. Policy DMH 2 of Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) requires the provision of a mix of housing units of different sizes in schemes of residential develop ment to reflect the Council's latest information on housing need. Paragraph 4.6 outlines that there is a substantial borough -wide requirement for larger affordable and private market units, particularly three-bedroom properties. 7.17 In terms of factors specific to a site, Policy H10 also includes a need to consider the mix of uses in the scheme, the range of tenures in the scheme and the nature and location of the site, with a higher proportion of one and two bed units generally more appropriate in locations which are closer to a town centre or station or with higher public transport access and connectivity. 7.18 Family housing is defined within the glossary of the London Plan and outlines it must generally be of a size that has three or more bedrooms. It is worth noting that the Secretary of State directed chang es to Policy H10, in order to address the need for new family housing, to prev ent families from being forced to move outside of London. These changes are incorporated into the London Plan (2021). 7.19 The unit mix proposed is summarised below: - 16 no. 1 bedroom 2-person flats (31%); and - 36 no. 3 bedroom 6-person flats (69%), 7.20 Therefore, the proposed 69% family housing significantly contributes to meeting related housing needs within the borough and is a benefit of the scheme. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Affordable Housing 7.21 As per Policy DMH 7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan (2020) and Policies H5 and H6 of the London Plan (2021), the development will need to provide affordable housing. Policy DMH 7 states that development with a capacity to provide 10 or more units will be requ ired to maximise the delivery of on-site affordable housing. Subject to viability, and if appropriate in all circumstances, a minimum of 35% of all new homes on sites of 10 or more units should be delivered as affordable housing, with a tenure split of 70% social/affordable rent and 30% intermediate, as set out in Policy H2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012). 7.22 Where an application does not meet the requirements set out in Policy H5, Part C, of the London Plan (2021) it must follow the viability tested route. Policy H4, Part B, of the London Plan (2021) also states that affordable housing should be provided on si te and only provide off- site or as a cash in lieu contribution in exceptional circumstances. This is also supported by Policy DMH 7. 7.23 The scheme initially proposed 8 affordable housing units (15%), comprising a mix of 70% Social Rent and 30% Shared Ownership, and was accompanied by a Financial Viability Assessment. This has been subject to viability testing by the Council's third -party c onsultants and the Greater London Authority (GLA). Following such assessment, relevant assumptions were updated including the increased value for 3 -bedroom units, Shared Ownership units and Social Rent Units. The applicant, by adopting the assumptions of increased values for the 3- bedroom units and shared ownership units, updated their appraisal and concluded an increased level of affordable housing at 10 affordable homes (19% measured by habitable room). The GLA reviewed this, but requested for the applicant to provide a revised appraisal considering the impact of the increased valuation of the social rented homes, and by also taking into account how the availability of grant funding may increase any affordable housing offer in line with the Support for Housebuilding Draft LPG (2025). Subsequently, the GLA confirmed agreement with the revised appraisal and affordable housing offer, noting that, whilst the scheme would be eligible to apply for a grant, grant funding for such a small scheme is unlikely to secured ahead of larger schemes where the money would better served. It is th erefore concluded that this offer would represent the maximum viable affor dable housing provision possible in accordance with the relevant Policies. 7.24 In the event of an approval, it is recommended that the proposed 10 affordable homes (19% measured by habitable room) are secured by legal agreement and includes an Early and Late -Stage Viability Review mechanism as defined by Policy H5 of the London Plan (2021). This is proposed to be secured under S106 Head of Term (i). Employment Use 7.25 Based on the Planning Statement submitted, during the construction phase, the scheme would support a range of direct and indirect employment opportunities Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press for contractors, suppliers and professio nal consultants, contributing to local economic activity over an estimated two-year build period. It also states that the applicant is committed to engaging loc al labour and training initiatives where possible, creat ing opportunities for apprenticeships and on- site skills development in partnership with local colleges and training providers. 7.26 Policy E11 of the London Plan (2021) states that development proposals should support employment, skills development, apprenticeships, and other education and training opportunities in both the construction and end -use phases, including through Section 106 obligations where appropriate. In accordance with this, the Council's Planning Obligations Supplementary Planning Document (2014) requires that developments with estimated construction costs of over £2 million and a construction period of three months or more deliver an in-kind employment and training scheme or financial contributions towards training and employment in the borough. An employment strategy and construction training scheme is therefore proposed to be secured by a Section 106 legal agreement under Head of Term (viii). Economy 7.27 Paragraph 85 of the NPPF (2024) states that significant weight should be placed on the need to support economic growth and productivity. It is agreed that there would be some economic benefits arising from the proposed scheme and weight is afforded to such benefits. Design Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.28 Policies D3 of the London Plan (2021), BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) are all directly relevant to the proposal. These policies can be read in full in the Committee Report Pa rt 3 - Policy Appendix, and in summary, seek to secure a high quality of design that enhances and contributes to the area in terms of form, scale and materials, is appropriate to the identity and context of the townscape and would improve the quality of the publ ic realm and respect local character. These aims are also supported by the NPPF (2024) at chapter 12.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

173. Land at Austin Road (Hayes Town Centre) - 76550/APP/2026/460 PDF 5 MB
Submission of Reserved Matters Application (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) pursuant to Condition 1 of Application ref: 76550/APP/2025/2864 (Application submitted under Section 73 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to vary Conditions 3 (Approved Plans); 4 (Supporting Plans/Documents); 5 (Land Uses and Development Scope); 6 (Housing Mix); 7 (Phasing Plan); 9 (Residential Density); 10 (Building Heights); 19 (Landscaping); 22 (Parking Allocation and Management); and 50 (Wind Effects Assessment) of application reference 76550/APP/2023/2931 dated 01-05-2024. Section 73 application to vary Condition 3 of application reference 76550/APP/2021/4499 dated 28-09-22 (Hybrid planning application seeking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolition of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; provision of a community centre (Use Class F2(b) floorspace); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spaces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Blocks A and B comprising 80 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space and landscaping; car and cycle parking; refuse storage, servicing area, and other associated infrastructure to include temporary highways and landscaping works) to increase the parapet height by 50cm in the Detailed First Phase. Variation to increase the number of homes, to join blocks in phases 2 and 3, a reduction of parking to create green spaces, amendment to scale of street and relocation of community facility. Recommendations: Approval
📄 Land at Austin Road (Hayes Town Centre) - 76550/APP/2026/460 PDF 5 MB
Read the text of this document (63 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Mike Kemp 76550/APP/2026/460 Date Application Valid: 24-02-26 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 12-06-26 Application Type: Reserved Matters Ward: Hayes Town Applicant: London Borough of Hillingdon Council Site Address: Land at Austin Road, Hayes, UB3 3DW Proposal: Submission of Reserved Matters Application (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) pursuant to Condition 1 of Application ref: 76550/APP/2025/2864 (Application submitted under Section 73 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 to vary Conditions 3 (Approved Plans); 4 (Supporting Plans/Do cuments); 5 (Land Uses and Development Scope); 6 (Housing Mix); 7 (Phasing Plan); 9 (Residential Density); 10 (Building Heights); 19 (Landscaping); 22 (Parking Allocation and Management); and 50 (Wind Effects Assessment) of application reference 76550/APP/2023/2931 dated 01 -05-2024. Section 73 application to vary Condition 3 of application reference 76550/APP/2021/44 99 dated 28-09 -22 (Hybrid planning application se eking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolition of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; provision of a community centre (Use Class F2(b) floorspace); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated am enity space, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spaces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Blocks A and B comprising 80 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space and la ndscaping; car and cycle parking; refuse storage, servicing area, and other associated infrastructure to include temporary highways and landscaping works) to increase the parapet height by 50cm in the Detailed First Phase. Variation to increase the number of homes, to join blocks in phases 2 and 3, a reduction of parking to create green spaces, amendment to scale of street and relocation of community facility. Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 1 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (Major application recommended for approval) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. Section 106 Legal Agreement Heads of Terms: Planning permission 76550/APP/2021/4499 is subject to a detailed Section 106 legal agreement. Members resolved at the planning committee held on 11 th March 2026 to grant Section 73 planning application 76550/APP/2025/2864 which included variations to the original permission, subject to a deed of variation to secure the following amendments to the legal agreement accompanying the original permission: x Provision of affordable housing – increased to 53% by floorspace. x Healthy streets contribution to be increased to £190,833. x An uplift in the Active Travel Zone contribution to £86,335 to account for a 12.4% increase in unit numbers. x Healthcare (HUDU) supplementary contribution of £101,447. x Contribution towards canal side improvement works increased to £70,380 to account for a 12.4% increase in unit numbers. The proposals contained within the Reserved Matters application under consideration align with the obligati ons set out in the legal agreement accompanying planning application 76550/APP/2025/2864 as well as the Heads of Terms outlined above, relevant to the Section 73 application. No legal agreement is therefore required as part of the Reserved Matters application, nor is any further Deed of Variation required. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 Planning permission is sought for the approval of all remaining Reserved Matters (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) for Phases 2 and 3 of Section 73 permission 76550/APP/2025/2864 at Austin Road in Hayes . The Section 73 permission included va riations to planning permission 76550/APP/2023/2931, which in turn related to the redevelopment of the site, including the demolition of all existing buildings and the provision of 420 homes and a new community space. The Section 73 permission included the provision of 62 additional homes, including 31 additional affordable homes as well as an enlarged community facility and several changes to the layout of amenity areas, public open space, landscaping and access arrangements, as well as a reduction in on street and off-street parking. 1.2 Phase 2 of the development relates to a relatively narrow parcel of land adjacent to the eastern boundary of the wider development site covered under the hybrid Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press planning consent. A total of ten dwellings ar e proposed within this part of the site consisting of eight two-storey 3-bedroom homes; and two three-storey 4-bedroom homes. The houses would be located on Austin Road itself, with the road realigned and repositioned to the west, alongside ne w surfacing and landscaping that is proposed. Phase 3 of the development comprises a block consisting of a mix of three storey townhouses facing Austin Road and apartments varying between 6 and 9 storeys in height. A new community centre is proposed within Phase 3 of the development which would adjoin the community square and linear park, which is a new area of public open space. The community centre would provide 169sqm of community use space that would replace the existing community centre located on the site. In total 239 dwellings are proposed to be delivered as part of this phase of the development consisting of 211 soci ally rented units and 28 private rented units. 1.3 The development would align with the height parameters specified under Section 73 application 76550/APP/2025/2864. An appropriate approach is taken to the layout of the development in terms of scale and massing of the built form on the site to ensure that this would respond approp riately to the character of the surrounding area. Likewise, the approach to the architectural design and treatment of the proposed development is considered acceptable and of a high standard. The development is considered to comply with Policies D3 of the London Plan (2021), BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policies DMHB 10, DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020); Policies D3, D4, D8 and D9 of the London Plan; as well as the NPPF 2024. 1.4 The impact of the scale of the development in relation to outlook, daylight, sunlight and overlooking of surrounding properties has been assessed under the Section 73 application and was deemed to be acceptable on balance, accounting for the need to achieve an appropriate density of development, whilst balancing this requirement against the impact on future occupiers. The impact of the detailed design approach taken within this Rese rved Matters application would similarly not have a significantly adverse impact on the amenity of any adjoining properties consistent with the previous assessment of the impact of the Section 73 proposals given the developments conformity with the Section 73 parameter plans. It is considered that the proposals would prov ide suitable accommodation for future residents and would comply with Policy D6 of The London Plan (2021), The Mayor’s Housing Design Standards LPG, and Policies DMHB 16 and DMHB 18 of the Local Plan Part 2 Development Management Policies (2020). 1.5 Whilst parking provision would be higher than the maximum standards set out in Policy T6.1 of the London Plan, the level of parking provision would be lower than the levels previously consented and c onsiderably lower than existing parking provision on the site, or parking provided prior to the commencement of Phase 1 of the development. Consistent with officers’ assessment of the Section 73 proposals, the resulting highway impact as sociated with the provision of parking as proposed within the Reserved Matters application would not have a detrimental impact on highway amenity. In providing lo w parking ratios across the site, the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press proposals would serve to prioritise sustainable modes of travel over the use of private vehicles. 1.6 It is acknowledged that the Council cannot currently demonstrate a five-year supply of deliverable housing sites (the most recent position statement published on 01/04/26 confirmed a 2.5 year supply). In accordance with Footnote 8 of the NPPF, the policies which are most important for determining the application are therefore considered out -of-date. Consequently, Paragraph 11(d) of the Framework is engaged, and the 'tilted balance' applies. This requires that planning permission be granted unless any adverse impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the Framework taken as a whole. 1.7 The application is considered to comply with the Development Plan in this case. In addition, when considered against the policies of the Framework (read as a whole), any adverse impacts of granting consent (as identified within this report) would not significantly and demonstrably ou tweigh the benefits. In reaching this decision, substantial weight is afforded to the contribution that the proposal makes towards the Borough’s housing supply. Accordingly, it is recommended that planning permission is granted, subject to the proposed conditions. 1.8 On balance, the proposal is acceptable and would be consistent with the overarching aims of the National Planning Policy Framework, The London Plan, and Hillingdon Local Plan. The planning application is therefore recommended for approval, subject to the conditions contained in Appendix 1. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 The site is approximately 2.3 hectares in area and accommodates the Hayes Town Centre Estate which has a series of medium rise blocks of flats and maisonettes/duplexes at a height of 3 -4 storeys together with a high- rise tower, Skeffington Court, of 15 storeys. The existing estate was built in the 1970's and contains 260 homes with a mix of 1, 2 and 3 bedroom units. 2.2 The western and southern parts of the estate are located within Hayes Town Centre boundary, which has a district -wide role as a focal point for convenience goods and services as well as public transport links. The site is bordered to the north by Pump Lane beyond which is four storey hotel and a residential area characterised mostly by low density traditional housing. 2.3 To the east are two storey semi-detached dwellings along Little Road, and further afield are commercial and light industrial/warehouse units. Crown Close forms the western boundary which houses a range of commercial uses, including a multi- storey car park, a public house and retail outlets. The estate is bordered to the south by the Grand Union Canal beyond which is a series of nine storey residential blocks. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 2.4 Vehicular access is provided off Pump Lane via Austin Road which runs along the eastern boundary. Car parking for existing residents is provided within closed car parking areas located at the ground floor of the existing residential blocks and surface car parking in the southern part of the estate. Currently, there are estimated to be approximately 225 parking spaces on-site. 2.5 Pedestrian connections between the site and its surroundings are limited to the primary access off Pump Lane to the north, a central east -west underpass that runs through the site, and a raised east-west walkway at the southern end, along Western View. Int ernally within the site, pedestrian movement is north- south orientated along the boundaries and via a semi-private raised walkway which runs through the centre of the estate and is gated at both ends. 2.6 Hayes & Harlington train station is approxim ately 0.3 miles to the south. The site is situated approximately 0.4 miles north west of the A312, which connects to the A40 and the M4, both of which provide access to the M25. 2.7 There are no local or statutory listed buildings within the site. However, there are a number of heritage assets within close pr oximity, this includes Silverdale Road Warehouse (locally listed and formerly a chair factory built in 1907) to the east and the Old Crown Public House (Grade II listed building) to the west. Slightly further afield is Benlow Works, a four storey Gra de II listed Victorian industrial building, which is located to the east of the site along Silverdale Road and the Parish Church of St Anselm, a Grade II listed building to the west, beyond Station Road. 2.8 Further to the south east and west there are two Conservation Areas, Botwell Nestles and Botwell Thorn, which sit beyond the canal. 2.9 Phase 1 of the development which fell wi thin the detailed element of planning permission 76550/APP/2021/4499 is substantially complete. This phase of the development provides 80 homes, 50% of which would be socially rented within a building of between 2 and 8 storeys locat ed on the corners of Crown Close and Austin Road with the north elevation facing Pump Lane. The facades of the building feature white brick, with secondary green glazed brick and prominent projecting metal balconies which are green and orange in colour. The building features a central podium which provides private amenity space at first floor level for future occupiers, with parking prov ided below this at ground floor level. A temporary publicly accessible play space has been constructed to the east of the building adjoining Austin Road. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged red – wider site shown in blue). Figure 2: Aerial Image of Application Site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 3: View of site from Station Road to south west and canal bridge Figure 4: View from Crown Close to West of Site (existing Housing to rear of trees) on left hand side of image Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 5: View of Austin Road looking south from Pump Lane. Existing homes at Little Lane to the left of the image and Phase 1 of the approved development and temporary play space is on the right hand side Figure 6: View of lower section of Skeffington Court and existing open space from Silverdale Road Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal 3.1 Planning permission is sought for the approval of all remaining Reserved Matters (Access, Appearance, Landscaping, Layout and Scale) for Phases 2 and 3 of Section 73 permission 76550/APP/2025/2864, which included variations to planning permission 76550/APP/2023/2931 that related to the redevelopment of the site, including the demolition of all ex isting buildings, the provision of 420 homes and a new community space. The Section 73 permission included the provision of 62 additional homes, including 31 additional affordable homes as well as an enlarged community facility and several changes to the layout of amenity areas, public open space, landscaping and access arrangements, as well as a reduction in on street and off-street parking. 3.2 Phase 2 of the development relates a relatively narrow parcel of land adjacent to the eastern boundary of the wider development site covered under the hybrid planning consent. The rear of the houses would face the existing properties in Little Road to the east. A total of ten dwellings are proposed, consisting of eight 2- storey 3-bedroom homes; and two three-storey 4-bedroom homes. The houses would be located on Austin Road itself, with the road realigned and repositioned to the west, alongside new surfacing and landscaping proposed. The houses would include small front and rear gardens. 3.3 Phase 3 of the development comprises a block of development consisting of a mix of three storey townhouses facing Austin Road and apartments varying between 6 and 9 storeys in height with the taller element being focussed in an area adjacent to the community square, a new area of landscaped public open space which would feature trees, soft landscaping and play space, details of which are included within this reserved matters application and would be delivered within Phase 3 of the development. A new community centre is proposed within Phase 3 of the development which would adjoin the community square. The community centre would provide 169sqm of community use space, which would replace the existing community centre provided at ground floor level in the maisonette building located in the south eastern corner of the site adjacent to Silverdale Road and Skeffington Court. This section of the site would be redeveloped under Phase 4, details of which would be subject of a future reserved matters application. 3.4 In total 239 dwellings are proposed to be delivered as part of this phase of the development consisting of 211 socially rented units and 28 private rented units. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 7: Proposed Site Plan (please note – larger version of all plans can be found in the Committee Plan Pack) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 8: Illustrative CGI showing view of realigned Austin Road and Phases 2 and 3 of the development. Figure 9: CGI view of Phase 3 of the development adjoining public open space and frontage to Crown Close looking north. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 10: View north within the development towards community centre 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning histo ry related to the property can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 Hybrid planning permission was granted in September 2022 under application reference 76550/APP/2021/4499 for the following development: Hybrid planning application seeking OUTLINE permission (with all matters reserved) for residential floorspace (Class C3) including demolition of all existing buildings and structures; erection of new buildings; provision of a community centre (up to 140sq.m of Use Class F2(b) floorspace); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space, open space, landscaping; car and cycle parking spaces; plant, refuse storage, servicing area and other works incidental to the proposed development; and FULL planning permission for Blocks A and B comprising 80 residential units (Class C3); new pedestrian and vehicular access; associated amenity space and landscaping; car and cycle parking; refuse storage, servicing area, and other associated infrastructure to include temporary highways and landscaping works. 4.3 A Section 73 application to vary Condition 3 of application reference 76550/APP/2021/4499 to increase the parapet height by 50cm in the Detailed First Phase was later granted in May 2024. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4.4 A further Section 73 application was submitted in December 2024 (76550/APP/2025/2864) which proposed the following amendments to the original permission: x Increase in the number of homes by 62 units, to include 31 additional affordable homes. Change to mix in dwelling size to provide additional family sized homes (as controlled by Conditions 5, 6 and 9 and Schedule 1 of the S106 Agreement). x Changes to the design and layout of the development blocks in Phases 2 and 3, including amendments to the layout and size of amenity spaces and podium parking (as controlled by parameter plans 1, 2, 4 and 5 listed under condition 3) x A reduction of on street and off- street parking and amendments to landscaping and green spaces (as controlled by parameter plans 4 and 5 listed under condition 3) x Amendments to scale and form of deve lopment facing Austin Road with 2- 3 storey houses proposed on both sides of Austin Road to create a mews style streetscape (as controlled by parameter plan 3 listed under condition 3 and condition 10) x Relocation of the community facility (and increase in size) to allow the use to be brought forward at an early phase and therefore avoiding the need for a temporary facility (as controlled by parameter plan 1 listed under condition 3 and condition 5) 4.5 Members resolved to grant planning permission at the planning committee held on 11th March 2026 for the above development subject to the completion of a Deed of Variation to the original Section 106 agreement to cover the matters raised in the above section of this report. 5 Planning Policy A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 A total of 825 neighbouring residents were consulted regarding the proposed development. 6.2 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses re ceived are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Table 1: Summary of Representations Received Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response No comments have been received in objection to the application. One comment has been received which generally expresses support for the regeneration of the area, the design approach and provision of new homes. The comment also raised other matters which are summarised. 1. More spacious and practical layouts for the housing should be considered to provide for future residents living needs. Internal space and amenity standards are addressed in Paragraph 7.57 of this report. 2. Parking provision is limited. Concerns regarding under- provision for residents. Parking provision within the development is addressed in Paragraphs 7.79 to 7.85 of this report. 3. Issues with rodent and flies affecting surrounding residents may have arisen from previous stages of demolition. Robust pest control is required. Whilst these issues are noted, it is considered that a requirement to manage pest control falls beyond the scope of planning and would be a matter for either the housing management team or construction/demolition contractors to manage if these issues are a direct result of works taking place on site. Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response Airport Safeguarding - Heathrow No objection subject to conditions relating to the submission of a Bird Hazard Management Plan and These conditions are attached to planning application 76551/APP/2025/286 Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Glint and Glare Assessment. 1 and therefore are applicable. Transport for London – Underground Infrastructure Protection No comments to make. Noted Ministry of Defence Safeguarding The proposed development would be considered to have no detrimental impact on the operation or capability of a defence site or asset. The MOD has no objection to the development proposed. Noted NAT’s (National Air Traffic Services) No safeguarding objection to the proposal. Noted Thames Water No objection subject to submission of piling plan to be secured by planning condition. The recommended condition is attached to the outline consent and is therefore applicable. Canal and Rivers Trust These phases of the development are set back from the canal and there have been no detailed submissions in relation to Phase 4 of the development which is in close proximity to the canal. Therefore, based on the information available our substantive response (as required by the Town & Country Planning (Development Management Procedure) (England) Order 2015 (as amended)) is that the Trust has no comment to make on the proposal. Noted that no objection is raised. Phase 4 works would be part of a future application that the C&RT would be consulted on. Local Lead Flood Authority (Metis) No objection subject to provision of detailed drainage plan to be secured at discharge of conditions stage. Noted, a detailed drainage plan will be secured by condition in line w ith the recommended drainage conditions accompanying the Section 73 permission. Metropolitan Police No response received. No objections were raised by the Police in relation to the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press original planning application. A condition was attached to the Section 73 application requiring that security details are provided prior to the commencement of each residential phase of the development, as well as a requirement to achieve Secured by Design Gold Accreditation. London Fire Brigade No response received. Fire safety matters were reviewed by HSE and the GLA as part of the Section 73 permission and we re assessed to be acceptable. A condition is attached to the Section 73 application requiring the submission of the principles of a Fire Statement and a comprehensive Fire Statement at different stages of the development. Health and Safety Executive No response received. Fire safety matters were reviewed by HSE and the GLA as part of the Section 73 permission and we re assessed to be acceptable. The council are currently awaiting comments from HSE on the current Reserved Matter application and any comments received prior to the planning committee Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press will be published as an addendum to this report or reported verbally to members. Greater London Economy Circular Economy Team No response received. The Council are currently awaiting comments from the Circular Economy Team at the GLA any comments received prior to the planning committee will be published as an addendum to this report or reported verbally to members. Internal Consultees Highways The number of car parking spaces proposed is in accordance with the London Plan 2021 maximum standard and is accepted. The applicant confirms in their Transport Statement that 20% of all car parking spaces would be provided with active electric vehicle charge points with all the remainder having passive provision, again this is in accordance with the London Plan and accep ted. The applicant mentions that the occupiers of Phases II and III would be prohibited from applying to join any parking management scheme in operations along roads surrounding this site, this undertaking is welcomed and should be formally secured by way of a 1990 Town and Country Planning Act s.106 legal agreement. The Highway Authority expressed concern that if drivers were unable to find a vacant car parking space within the Phase II car park that they would be unable to turn their car around to leave, requiring them to reverse out of the car park. The developer has addressed this matter by providing space that would serve as a turning head. The HA finds this proposal satisfactory subject to measures that would keep this area free from being occupied by a parked car. The HA requires plans to be submitted showing how this would be achieved for example by hatch markings or signs. Details of a contra- flow cycle route has been provided. The specific design of this would be agreed with the Highways Authority through a Section 278 Agreement. The updated Technical Note prepared by the applicant provides details of how visitor cycle parking may be provided adjoining the entrances to the apartments in Phase 3. Specific details of cycle parking would also be required in line with relevant conditions applied to the Section 73 application . Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Previously the HA had requested that a road safety audit is undertaken to validate the safety of how the proposed road network would operate. The developer has responded positively to this request, for clarity a Stage Three road safety audit is required for along any road where a new traffic management arrangement has been put in place to facilitate this development. The proposed contra-flow cycle lane along Crown Close is supported and the preliminary design appears satisfactory. The HA require that this contra- flow cycle lane is built by the developer at their expense. As requested by the HA additional short-stay cycle parking has been provided, figure 2.4 in the document titled Technical Note TN01, LBH Consultation Response, Hayes Town Centre, Markides Associates, 15th June 2026 shows this additional cycle parking the details of which can be accepted. Urban Design Officer The scale of the proposed buildings does not exceed the maximum buildings heights of the heights parameter plan. The stair access and roof plant permitted to exceed the maximum height is accepted. The layout complies with the Development Zones of Parameter 2. The accessibility to and within the site, for vehicles, cycles and means of access are accepted. The appearance shown in the CGIs is positive and high quality. However, a significant proportion of the Design and Access Statement relies on references to the Design Code to justify matters of appearance. However, the Design Code has not been approved. Full details of each external material have not been submitted . The level of detail is not sufficient to avoid the scheme being valued engineered. Physical samples particularly for primary façade materials are expected and should be either provided in the form of a mock up panel on site or sent to the LPA. A detailed schedule of external materials would be required by planning condition in line with the Section 73 application. Samples would be required as part of any discharge of conditions application. A detailed hard and soft landscaping scheme would be required by planning condition in line with the Section 73 application. This would be expected to set out final details relating to surfacing materials and the species of trees proposed. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press The bay studies need to clear identify the window and door reveal depths and, location of the rainwater goods and any other depths of material junctions. Concern is raised that the soldier course on the top of the parapets is too small to create a visual top to the buildings. There are areas of loose gravel proposed within the podium garden. It is recommended that this material be designed out. While the colour adds visual warmth to the space, loose gravel raises concerns in relation to accessibility, as it is not wheelchair -friendly and does not meet inclusive design standards. However, should the applicant be able to provide robust evidence demonstrating where loose gravel has been successfully used within a podium environment without compromising accessibility or safety, its use may be considered acceptable. Within the podium garden there is a predominance of small tree species/large shrub species. A more varied tree strategy, including larger -growing species would better support canopy cover and the overall quality of the podium landscape. The proposed play provision relies largely on a combination small timber elements and static panels intended for seating or low -level play. The play equipment proposed should be revised to include more dynamic and engaging elements, such as a net swing or similar active play feature that are popular with a large range of ages and better aligns with guidance promoting physically active and age -inclusive play environments. It is considered that the proposed concrete balancing route 300mm above FGL 500width polish concrete with rounded edges within the key public realm area will not read as play equipment. As currently dimensioned and detailed, the wall would be read as a landscape edge, not play equipment. Meaningful revision to form, materials, and function would be required for it to meet expectations for active, and engaging play equipment. The landscaping condition would likewise cover the specific details relating to play provision and boundary treatments. Officers will seek to address each of these matters where approving details at discharge of conditions stage. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Use of 1.8m high fencing edging the northern most the residential properties along the east site edge is not supported, as it would create an overly defensive and visually intrusive boundary treatment. Alternative boundary treatments to provide appropriate safety while maintaining permeability, visual amenity, and a more residential character should be explored. The gate G1 is not specified, this information needs to be provided. Noise Officer No comments Noted Economic Development No objection subject to an Employment/Construction Training Scheme secured in accordance with the Council's Planning Obligations SPD via a S106 Agreement. Officers note that the legal agreement accompanying the Section 73 application covers this requirement. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development Provision of Housing 7.1 Policy H1 of the Local Plan states that the Council will meet and exceed its minimum strategic dwelling requirement in accordance with other Local Plan policies. Policy H1 also states that Boroughs should optimise the potential for housing delivery on all suitable and available brownfield sites through their Development Plans and planning decisi ons. The Policy states that this is particularly the case on sites with existing or planned public transport access levels (PTALs) 3 -6 or which are located within 800m distance of a station or town centre boundary. 7.2 Policy GG4 (Delivering the homes Londoners need) of the London Plan (2021) states the need to create a housing market that works better for all Londoners. 7.3 The site is located within the Hayes Opportunity Area and Hayes Housing Zone, London Plan Policy SD1 - Opportunity Areas is applicable. The London Plan sets indicative targets for the Hayes area to delivery 4,000 additional homes and 1,000 additional jobs. 7.4 Paragraph 124 of the NPPF 2024 sets ou t that planning policies and decisions should promote an effective use of land in meeting the need for homes and other uses, while safeguarding and improving the environment and ensuring safe and healthy living conditions. Paragraph 125 of the NPPF states that decisions Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press should give substantial weight to the value of using suitable brownfield land within settlements for homes and othe r identified needs, proposals for which should be approved unless substantial harm would be caused, and support appropriate opportunities to remediate despoiled, degraded, derelict, contaminated or unstable land. 7.5 London Plan Policy SD10 - Strategic and loca l regeneration is also relevant in that it provides support for regenerat ion initiatives that tackle inequalities including environmental, economic and social barriers that affect the lives of our communities. The provision of new homes which meet modern space and building standards, together with the improved layout of the estate will significantly improving living conditions for return and new residents 7.6 London Plan (2021) 'Policy H8; Loss of existing housing and estate regeneration' relates specifically to proposals for housing estate regeneration. And states that the loss of existing housing should be replaced by new housing at existing or higher densities with at least the equivalent level of overall floorspace. Demolition of affordable housing, includi ng where it is part of an estate redevelopment programme, should not be permitted unless it is replaced by an equivalent amount of affordable housing floorspace. 7.7 It is acknowledged that the Council cannot currently demonstrate a five-year supply of deliverable housing sites (the most recent position statement published on 01/04/26 confirmed a 2.5 year supply). In accordance with Footnote 8 of the NPPF, the policies which are most important for determining the application are therefore considered out -of-date. Consequently, Paragraph 11(d) of the Framework is engaged, and the 'tilted balance' applies. This requires that planning permission be granted unless any advers e impacts of doing so would significantly and demonstrably outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the Framework taken as a whole. As the proposals relating to Phases 2 and 3 of the development would facilitate the provision of 239 homes the substantial contribution of the development in providing new homes within the borough must be afforded significant weight when considering the public benefits of the development. 7.8 Policy DMHB 17 of the Local Plan states that all new residential development should take account of the Residential Den sity Matrix contained in Table 5.2. The majority of the site would fall within Hayes Town Centre, and it is therefore appropriate to consider the density against the indicative densities for development in Hayes Town Centres as set out in Table 5.2 (Policy DMHB 17). The proposed housing typology would consist of mainly flats and therefore in line with Policy DMHB 17 a typical density of development may be expected to provide between 150 to 250 units per hectare and 450 to 750 habitable rooms per hectare. The proposals contained within the Section 73 application equated to a density of 225 dwellings per hecta re, which would align with the guideline density target set out under Policy DMHB 17 for development within Hayes Town Centre. A planning condition is recommended to be attached to that permission which would limit development on site to 225 dwellings per hectare. 239 homes are proposed within the Reserved Matters application for Phases 2 and 3, this Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press would allow for up to 243 new homes to be delivered in Phase 4 accounting for the overall site area covered within the hybrid planning permission. 7.9 In line with the Section 73 application, the proposals represent an efficient and appropriate re-use of previously developed land, providing an uplift in housing on the site as part of an estate regeneration scheme and is considered acceptable. The principle of residential development on th e site has been established under the previously consented hybrid planning application, whilst Section 73 application 76550/APP/2025/2864 sets out parameters relating to the total number of dwellings and density of development that would be acceptable on the site. The quantum of housing proposed is acceptable in principle in line with the Local Plan Parts 1 and 2, the London Plan (2021) and the NPPF (2024), subject to all wider implications which are assessed further below. Housing Mix 7.10 Policy H10 of the London Plan (2021) states that schemes should generally consist of a range of unit sizes. Policy DMH 2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020) states that the Council will require the provision of a mix of housing units of different sizes in schemes of residential development to reflect the Council's latest information on housing need. Paragraph 4.6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020) states th at the Council's current information on housing need indicates a substantial borough -wide requirement for larger affordable and private market units, particularly three-bedroom properties. Applicants proposing residential schemes will be required to demonstrate that this need has been taken into account. 7.11 Section 73 application 76550/APP/2025/2864 sets out that the following mix of dwelling sizes must be delivered within the outline phase of the development: x One bedroom units 30-34% x Two bedroom units 46-50% x Three and four bedroom units 19-23% 7.12 Recommended Condition 5 relating to the Section 73 application requires that the proposed housing mix within the re served matters application/s shall be strictly in accordanc e with the above referenced ratio of units. The mix of dwellings proposed for Phases 2 and 3 as proposed is set out below: 7.13 Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.14 It should be noted that the mix of units above includes a slightly lower percentage of 1 and 2 bedroom units than the target ratio sets out under recommended Condition 5. The proposals relating to Phases 2 and 3 include a higher proportion of family sized homes, however it is considered appropriate given that the design, layout and site constraints allow for larger homes to be delivered more effectively within these phases of the development. Phase 2 occupies a narrow parcel of land suitable for lower height townhouses, whilst the proposed ground floor townhouses in Phase 3 are appropriate in design terms and assist in forming a well-designed street frontage. The provision of a higher number of larger family sized units within Phases 2 and 3 is appropriate in design and amenity terms and a greater proportion of 1 and 2 bedroom units can be delivered effectively in Phase 4 of the development, which in design terms would represent a preferable location to deliver a higher proportion of 1 and 2 bedroom dwellings. Considered in the context of the wider development site at Hayes Town Centre an appropriate mix of dwelling sizes are proposed to be delivered in Phases 2 and 3 of the development and the proposals align with Policy H10 of the London Plan and Policy DMH 2 of the Local Plan Part 2. Affordable Housing 7.15 Affordable housing equating to 51.7% of all dwellings (by floorspace) was secured within the legal agreement accompanying planning permission 76550/APP/2021/4499 . Section 73 application 76550/APP/2025/2864 proposed to increase provision to 52.2%. Of the 239 dwellings proposed within Phases 2 and 3 subject of this Reserved Matters application , 211 units would be socially rented (88%), whilst 28 would be private sale (12%). The proposals represent a proportion of the total percentage of affordable homes and affordable housing floorspace to be delivered within the development, with further affordable housing to be provided within Phase 4 of the development. On this basis, the affordable housing proposed within this phase of the development would comply with the aims of the NPPF (2024), Policies H5 and H6 of The London Plan (2021), Policy H2 of Hillingdon Council's Local Plan Part 1 Strategic Policies (2012), and DMH 7 of Hillin gdon Council's Local Plan Part 2 Development Management Policies (2020). Design, Density and Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.16 Policies DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020); Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1: Strategic Policies (2012) Policy BE1; as well as Policies D1, D3 and D4 of the London Plan (2021); in addition to Paragraph 135 of the NPPF each seek to ensure that development achieves the highest standard of design, which integrates positively to the character its surroundings. 7.17 Height parameter plans accompanied planning application 76550/APP/2025/2864 therefore all development on the site must sit within the height limits specified in the parameter plans. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.18 A Heritage, Townscape and Visual Impact Assessment was submitted in support of the Section 73 application, this inc luded an assessment of the impact of the development in relation to the impact of the amended height parameters in key views within surrounding context . It was assessed that a ccounting for the presence of intervening development surrounding th e site, including other development of substantial height, views of the development within mid to long range views would be highly limited. Within views from within Hayes Town Centre from Station Road, including from the Grand Union Canal bridge and from the junction with St Anselms Road, the taller elements within Phase 3 would be prominent. Likewise, development within Phase 3 would appear prominent in views from Silverdale Road to the east of the site. 7.19 The development proposed within the Reserved Matters application for Phases 2 and 3 is consistent with the height parameter plans accompanying the Section 73 application and whilst the taller parts of the proposed development within Phase 3 would sit prominently in immediate views from within Hayes Town Centre and into the town centre in mid -range views, the scale of development would be relatively typical of development within an urban town centre context and would not appear dissimilar to t he scale of other residential flatted development within Hayes, including at High Point Village on the opposite side of the canal. In townscape terms it is considered that the development would sit appropriately within the context of the site and surrounding area. The site lies in part within Hayes Town Centre in an area with high public transport accessibility and represents an appropriate location for taller buildings in line with Policy DMHB 10 of the Local Plan Part 2 and Policy D9 of the London Plan. 7.20 As discussed in detail within the above section of the report which relates to the principle of development, there is a c lear policy directive in favour of ensuring that developments are of an optimum density which makes the best use of sites, as set out in Paragraph 124 of the NPPF; Paragraph H1 of the London Plan; and Policy DMHB17 of the Local Plan Part 2. Though the proposals represent an intensification of development, which would be perceivable and would equate to increased height and scale, it is consider ed that this would be effectively achieved in a way that corresponds appropriately to the character and appearance of the surrounding area. 7.21 A variation in height is proposed within Phase 3, ranging from 9 storeys adjoining the location of the community square to 3 storeys adjoining the realigned Austin Road and up to 8 storeys along the frontage with Crown Close and the newly created access road adjoining Phase 1 of the development. The proposed massing for Phase 3 adjoining Crown Close includes a varied roof which steps down from 8 to 6 storeys in places, breaking up the volume of this part of the building. The scale of development adjoining Crown Cl ose (up to 8 storeys) is considered appropriate given its adjacency of this part of the site to the town centre. The step down in building height and setback of the eighth floor would break up the volume of the building where viewed from Crown Close, ensuring that this relatively extensive elevation would not appear overly dominant in the context of the street scene. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.22 A lower scale of development is proposed along the realigned Austin Road, consisting of three storey townhouses within Phase 3 and a row of two storey houses, with three storey townhouses at either end proposed within Phase 2. The lower height of development within this part of the site would relate appropriately to the suburban scale and form of development to the east of the site, providing a gradual transition from the urban scale of development adjoining Hayes Town Centre. 7.23 Variance in architectural detailing is proposed across the site, with striped brickwork proposed at ground and first floor level across the residential parts of the development providing differentiation between the upper and lower elements of the buildings and visual interest at street level. S triped brick detailing is proposed for the apartment buildings and townhouses in Phase 3 of the development. Similar striped brick detailing has been applied to the building constructed under Phase 1 of the development . A variance of red brick colours is proposed across the development, providing differentiation, visual interest and breaking up the volume of the larger buildings within Phase 3. A banding of grey brick is proposed within Phase 3 alongside soldier course brickwork at the upper levels to add vertical expression to the buildings. A striped arrangement of glazed green bricks alternated with light grey bricks is proposed at ground and first floor level for the community centre which would adjoin the new public square. The use of a different palette of materials here is considered appropriate as this would highlight and emphasise the community centre use within the development, which is supported given th e centrality of this use to the development. Similar variance in red brick is proposed within Phase 2 of the development providing visual interest and differentiation within the relatively long row of terraced houses proposed. A condition requiring that a detailed schedule of materials shall be approved in writing prior to the commencement of development would be attached to the Section 73 application. This would include the submission of sample materials and preparation of sample panels on site to ensure that high quality materials are used within the development. 7.24 Active frontages are proposed along the entirety of the realigned Austin Road and the proposed road between Austin Road and Crown Close . The majority of the frontage along Crown Close would also be active, aside from a few smaller sections where refuse storage is proposed and substations are proposed. Low height boundary treatments comprising me tal railings are proposed at ground floor level, specific details of which would be secured by planning condition in line with the landscaping condition attached to the Section 73 application. 7.25 It should be noted that approval of a detailed Design Code is required prior to the commencement of development by way of a planning condition applied to the Section 73 application. It is noted that the Design Code has been submitted for approval and is currently being revi ewed by officers. The Design Code and Reserved Matters applications must be consistent in their aims in ensuring that a high standard of development is achieved across the site. 7.26 The proposals would secure the provision of a development which is of a high standard of design and would respond appropriately to the townscape character Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press and is of an appropriate scale and density. The development is considered to comply with Policies D3 of the London Plan (2021), BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policies DMHB 10, DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020); Policies D3, D4, D8 and D9 of the London Plan; as well as the NPPF 2024. Landscape, Public Realm and Public Open Space 7.27 Detailed information is provided relating to the landscaping approach for public and private areas of open space within Development Zones 2 and 3. It is proposed that the majority of the public open space to be provided within the development would be delivered within Phases 2 and 3 . The ‘community square’ forms a sizeable area of public open space adjoining the community centre; and ‘linear park’ which comprises a rectangular space between Crown Close and the community square. The provision of a substantial area of public realm within this location would align with the parameters set out in the land uses and landscaping parameter plans approved under the Section 73 application. It is proposed under the related Section 73 application that delivery of public open space in this location would be delivered within Phases 3 and 4 in the development, with most of the public open space provided in Phase 3, which is proposed under the Reserved Matters application. 7.28 Substantial tree planting, soft landscaping and new hard landscaping in the form of paving as well as play provision is proposed within this space. Currently an area of public open space exists in this location although this is neglected and underused. The location of the public open space adjacent to the community centre would encourage footfall and activity within this area of the site. Active frontages are proposed adjacent to this area of public realm within Phase 3 of the development, whilst it is anticipated that further active frontages would be provided to the south of the square within Phase 4. A further pocket park would be provided within Phase 2 of the development providing additional green, publicly accessible space and play prov ision. Substantial tree planting is proposed alongside the realigned Austin Road and Crown Close. This would significantly improve the quality of the public realm along both streets, which is of a poor standard currently. 7.29 A Landscaped private courtyard is proposed within the centre of Phase 3; this would include a relatively large area of amenity space containing new tree planting, hard and soft landscaping and play provision. This is appropriately designed and would provide suitable amenity for future occupiers. 7.30 The applicant team has submitted a Wind and Microclimate Assessment. The assessment concludes that no safety risks at ground, terrace or balcony levels were identified either within the site or the surrounding area. The majority of the balconies at upper level are observed to perform well during summer and winter with comfort levels at sitting and wind conditions would be acceptable for the intended uses. The assessment identifies a small area between Phase 1 and Phase 3 of the development adjoining and entrance to the south façade of Phase 1 where the wind conditions are unsuit able for the intended use. As advised Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press within the report, this may be mitigated through additional landscaping, a matter which may be addressed through the detailed landscaping scheme required by planning condition. 7.31 In summary, the approach to the provision of new landscaping and public realm within the development is considered appropriate and would substantially improve the quality of the public realm compared with the existing situation. The detailed design approach aligns with the Open Space and Public Realm Parameter Plan submitted under the Sect ion 73 application. Subject to the submission of a detailed landscaping strategy to be secured by condition in line with the Section 73 application, the appr oach to landscaping and public realm would be appropriate in design terms. Security 7.32 Whilst the Metropolitan Police have been consulted regarding the planning application no response regarding the proposals has been received. Officers are satisfied that the detail layout and design approach is acceptable from a public safety and security perspective. A condition was attached to the original application requiring that the applicant submits details of security measures to minimise the risk of crime and to meet the specific security needs of that phase shall be submitted for that phase and achieves Secured by Design gold accreditation for each relevant phase of the development. Subject to the recommended condition the proposal would comply with the NPPF, Policy D11 of The London Plan, and Policy DMHB 15 of the Local Plan Part 2. Summary of Design Approach 7.33 The proposals would secure the provision of a development which respond appropriately to the townscape character and is of an appropriate scale and density. The development is considered to comply with Policies D3 of the London Plan (2021), BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policies DMHB 10, DMHB 11 and DMHB 12 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020); Policies D3, D4, D8 and D9 of the London Plan; as well as the NPPF 2024. Heritage 7.34 The application site is not located within a Conservation Area, nor does the site contain any local or statut ory listed buildings. However, there are a number of heritage assets within close proximity, this includes Silverdale Road Warehouse (locally listed and formerly a chair factory built in 1907) to the east and the Old Crown Public House (Grade II listed buildin g) to the west. Slightly further afield is Benlow Works, a four storey Grade II listed Victorian industrial building, which is located to the east of the site along Silverdale Road and the Parish Church of St Anselm, a Grade II listed building to the west, beyond Station Road. Further to the south east and west there are two Conservation Areas, Botwell Nestles and Botwell Thorn, which sit beyond the canal. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 4th June 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.35 Policy DMHB 1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020) states that the council will expect development proposals to avoid harm to the historic environment. Development that has an effect on heritage assets will only be supported where it meets certain criteria, including sustaining and enhances the significance of the heritage asset and puts them into viable uses consistent with their conservation. 7.36 Policy DMHB 4 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 - Development Management Policies (2020) states: new development, including alterations and extensions to existing buildings, within a Conservation Area or on its fringes, will be expected to preserve or enhance the character or appearance of the area. It should sustain and enhance its significance and make a positive contribution to local character and distinctiveness. 7.37 In line with Paragraph 212 of the NPPF 2024 consideration must be given to the impact of a proposed development on the significance of this designated heritage asset and great weight should be given to the asset's conservation (and the more important the asset, the gr eater the weight should be). This is irrespective of whether any potential harm amounts to substantial harm, total loss or less than substantial harm to its significance. 7.38 Section 66(1) of the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 sets out that in considering whether to grant planning permission for development that affects a listed building or its setting, the local planning authority or, as the case may be, the Secretary of State shall have special regard to the desirability of preserving the building or its setting or any features of special architectural or historic interest which it possesses. 7.39 Section 72 of the Planning (Listed Bu ildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990 outlines that in the exercise , with respect to any bu ildings or other land in a conservation area, of any functions under or by virtue of any of the provisions mentioned, special attention shall be pa id to the desirabilit y of preserving or enhancing the character or appearance of that area. 7.40 In relation to the consented development, it was concluded the development would not result in harm to the significance of all the statutory and locally listed heritage assets listed above, except for the Grade II listed St Anselm Church. Having regard to the statutory duties in respect of listed buildings in the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) Act 1990, and the NPPF in relation to listed buildings and heritage assets. It was concluded that the

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

174. Haydon School - 9556/APP/2026/461 PDF 8 MB
Construction of an Artificial Grass Pitch (AGP) with perimeter fencing, hardstanding areas, storage container, floodlights and an access footpath (Amended Red Outline on Location Plan) Recommendations: Approval
📄 Haydon School - 9556/APP/2026/461 PDF 8 MB
Read the text of this document (45 pages)
Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Report of the Head of Development Management and Building Control Committee Report Case Officer: Sally Robbins 9556/APP/2026/461 Date Application Valid: 03.03.2026 Statutory / Agreed Determination Deadline: 12.06.2026 Application Type: Full Ward: Northwood Hills Applicant: Robert Jones, Haydon School Site Address: Haydon School, Wiltshire Lane, Eastcote HA5 2LX Proposal: Construction of a Artificial Grass Pitch (AGP) with perimeter fencing, hardstanding areas, storage container, floodlights and an access footpath. Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to conditions Reason Reported to Committee: Required under Part 4 of the Planning Scheme of Delegation (20 plus objections received) Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Summary of Recommendation: GRANT planning permission subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 1 Executive Summary 1.1 This application seeks planning permission for the construction of an Artificial Grass Pitch (AGP) and associated deve lopment at Haydon School, including perimeter fencing, floodlighting, hardstanding areas, access pathways, engineering operations and associated landscaping works. The proposed AGP would provide enhanced all -weather sports provision for both Haydon School and the wider community to support curricular and extracurricular sport during school hours together with community use outside school hours. 1.2 The principle of enhanced sports provision at the school is supported by national and local planning polic ies, which seek to promote healthy communities including increased participation in sport and improved access to recreational facilities. Whilst the proposal would result in the reconfiguration of the existing running track arrangement and reduction in grass playing field , Sport England raises no objection and considers that the sporting and community benefits of the proposal outweigh the limited loss of existing grass playing field provision. 1.3 Due regard has been given to local residents’ objections and all other material considerations. It is concluded that the proposal complies with the Development Plan and no material considerations indicate that a contrary decision should be taken. 1.4 The proposal would introduce additional built form, engineered landform changes, fencing and floodlighting within an existing open playing field area and would therefore give rise to some localised visual and amenity impacts. However, the application is supported by technical assessments relating to landscape and visual impact, noise, lighting, highways, drainage and ecology, which demonstrate that, subject to cond itions and mitigation measures, the development would not result in unacceptable harm to residential amenity, highway safety, flood risk, biodiversity or the wider character and appearance of the area. The Council’s Hi ghway Authority and Noise Officer have raised no objection to the proposal and Sport England supports the development subject to conditions. 1.5 It should be noted that the current proposal has be en reduced in scale and repositioned further away from nearby residential properties compared to the previously refused scheme and it is considered that the scheme has overcome the previous reasons for refusal. 1.6 Taking all relevant matters into account and giving due regard to all representations received, it is considered that the proposal complies with the Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Development Plan when read as a whole and no material considerations indicate that a contrary decision should be taken. The planning application is therefore recommended for approval, subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 2 The Site and Locality 2.1 The wider Haydon School site occupies an approximately 9.9 hectare irregularly shaped and sloping plot located on the northeast side of Wiltshire Lane in Northwood. The school comprises a number of large linked and detached classroom blocks, ranging from single -storey to three storeys in height, located towards the northwest corner of the site. Various hard surfaced games courts are located close to the main school buildings and playing fields occupy the eastern and southern parts of the site. It is understood that the school caters for 11- to 18-year-olds and currently has approximately 1,549 pupils on roll. 2.2 The school falls within a predominantly resi dential area. To the southwest it is bounded by Wiltshire Lane, beyond which are residential properties. Norwich Road bounds part of the northwest boundary, beyond which are also residential properties. All other boundaries are directly abutted by residential properties and their gardens. 2.3 The school car park is located at the southeast of the main school buildings and the main vehicular and pedestrian access into the site is via Wiltshire Lane. The southeast and northeast boundaries are planted with trees and shrubs. Some tree planting also exists around the northeast and southeast boundaries and limited tree planting is present within the school site. 2.4 The application site itself comprises an area of 0.65 hectares located to the east of the school buildings and comprising a part of the existing school playing field. The site gradient falls to the south and east with a fall of approximately 6m between its outer northwest and southeast corners. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 1: Location Plan (application site edged in red). Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 2: Aerial view of application site Figure 3: Aerial view of application site Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 4: Photo taken from within site looking west Figure 5: Photo taken from within site looking northwest Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 6: Photo taken from within site looking south Figure 7: Photo taken from within site looking east Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 3 Proposal 3.1 The application seeks planning permission for the construction of a 3G artificial grass pitch (AGP) measuring 97m x 61m and associated development, including: a hardstanding viewing and goal storage areas; 4.5m- high fencing to the perimeter of the facility with a 1.2m -high internal fence; six 13m- high floodlighting columns; maintenance / sports equipment store located within the fenced facility enclosure ; access pathways; and the relocation of two existing artificial cricket wickets within the wider playing field area. 3.2 The proposed AGP would require engineering operations to regrade the existing landform in order to create a level playing surface, including both cut and fill earthworks. The submitted details indicate that the development would involve excavation of up to 1m at the highest part of the site and raising of land levels by up to 2.5m at the lowest part of the site through the importation of fill material. 3.3 The proposed AGP would be used by Haydon School during normal school hours for curricular and extracurricular sport, with community use proposed outside school hours through pre -arranged bookings and organised sports activities. The proposed hours of use a re 08:00 - 21:00 Monday to Friday (with a final curfew at 21:15), 08:00 - 20:00 on Saturdays (with a final curfew at 20:15), and 09:00 - 18:00 on Sundays and Bank Holidays (with a final curfew at 18:15), following which the floodlighting would be extinguished and the facility secured. Figure 8: Proposed site plan Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 9: Proposed AGP plan Figure 10: Proposed elevations Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Figure 11: Proposed site sections 3.6 Figure 12: Proposed pitch sections Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 4 Relevant Planning History 4.1 A list of the relevant planning history related to the application site can be found in Appendix 2. 4.2 The wider school site has an extensive planning history associated with educational buildings, sports facilities, fencing, parking and ancillary infrastructure works. The most recent p ermissions include the installation of replacement perimeter fencing and alterations to car parking and access arrangements under ref. 9556/APP/2013/626, approved on 3rd June 2013; and the erection of a replacement school activity hall under ref. 9556/APP/2013/735, approved on 20th May 2013. Additional permissions across the wider site relate to school extensions, temporary classro om accommodation, sports fencing, floodlighting to tennis courts, accessibility improvements, and ancillary educational infrastructure. 4.3 Of particular relevance to the current ap plication is planning application ref. 9556/APP/2014/3306 for the ‘construction of an external 3G Artificial Turf Pitch (ATP) with fencing, floodlighting and a storage container ’, which was refused permission on 10th December 2014. The application was refused for the following two reasons: 4.4 1. The submission fails to fully address how the effects of the change of levels across the site will affect the installation of the astro turf pitch, and flood lights, such that it can be demonstrated that it would not have an unacceptable impact on visual and residential amenity. As sh own, the proposed pitch, including the associated fencing, floodlights (both structure and illumination) and grass bund, would, due to its height associated with the change in levels across the site, appear as an overly dominant feature, which would be out of keeping with the character and appearance of the surrounding area and detrimental to visual and residential amenity. The proposed floodlights and grass bund would, in particular, be viewed as artificial and alien features in this location, contrary to the aims of policies BE13, BE19, BE21, BE38 and OE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 Saved UDP Policies (November 2012) and Policy 7.4 of the London Plan (2011). 4.5 2. The application fails to demonstrate how the demand for parking associated with visitors to the site will be accommodated and managed, particularly in light of the fact that the site already provides indoor and outdoor sports and other facilities for the school and other external user groups, and the proposed Astro- Turf Pitch will clearly intensify the use at the site. Accordingly, the scheme fails to comply with policies AM2 and AM7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 Saved UDP Policies (November 2012) and Policy 6.3 of the London Plan (2011). 4.6 To support the application, the applicant has submitted comparison plans illustrating the differences between the previously refused scheme and the current proposal, including the revised siting, reduced dimensions and altered relationship with nearby resi dential properties (see figures 14 and 15) . In addition, a Transport Assessment has been submitted to address the previous Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press concerns relating to parking demand, traffic generation and the management of intensified use of the site associated with community use of the AGP. Figure 13: AGP size comparison Figure 14: AGP lighting comparison showing 2 Lux contours Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 5 Planning Policy 5.1 A list of planning policies relevant to the consideration of the application can be found in Appendix 3. 6 Consultations and Representations 6.1 143 neighbouring properties, Eastcote Residents Association and Northwood Hills Residents Association were consulted on 9th March 2026. The consultation period expired on 30th March 2026. In total, 178 representations have been received from local residents: 21 in objection, 146 in support and 11 neutral. In addition, Northwood Hills Residents Association have objected to the proposal. 6.2 Representations received in response to public consultation are summarised in Table 1 (below). Consultee responses re ceived are summarised in Table 2 (below). Full copies of the responses have also separately been made available to Members. Representations Summary of Issues Raised Planning Officer Response 21 individual letters of objection have been received. 1. Noise and disturbance to nearby residential properties, particularly from evening and weekend use. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.19-7.30 of this report. 2. Light pollution from floodlights, into nearby homes and gardens. Extended hours of illumination and that the existing lighting is already intrusive. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.24-7.27 of this report. 3. Traffic, parking and congestion. Proposal would exacerbate existing parking and congestion problems around the school. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.31-7.35 of this report. 4. Flooding and drainage – artificial surfacing may worsen runoff as the existing surface water runoff affects neighbouring gardens, This is discussed at paragraphs 7.50-7.56 of this report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press particularly during heavy rainfall. 5. Loss of residential amenity. Concerns that the proposal would result in loss of privacy and be visually intrusive. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.11-7.18 and 7.19-7.30 of this report. 6. Impact on wildlife and environment. Concerns that floodlights and activity would disrupt habitats and local wildlife. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.40-7.49 of this report. 7. Use outside school hours – third party / community use would intensify the impact beyond normal school operations. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.19-7.30 and 7.31-7.35 of this report. 8. Personal / health impacts, in terms of noise and light affecting wellbeing, particularly people with health issues and neurodiversity. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.29-7.30 of this report. 146 individual letters of support have been received. I. Improved sports provision and upgrade to existing facilities, all- weather use, consistent playing surface and reduction in cancelled matches / lessons. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 of this report. II. Beneficial for students to increase participation in sport, year-round PE. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 of this report. III. Community benefits, including for local football clubs, addressing a shortage This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 of this report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press of all-weather pitches locally. IV. Improved facilities would promote gender- equality in sport, including increased opportunities for girls’ football. The wider sporting and community benefits of the proposal are acknowledged and form part of the planning balance. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 and 9.1-9.5 of this report. V. More reliable than existing grass pitch, which is frequently water-logged and unusable. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.7-7.9 of this report. VI. Social benefits – encourage active lifestyles, reduce opportunities for antisocial behaviour and increased community engagement. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 and 9.1-9.5 of this report. VII. Income generation for the school and financial reinvestment into school facilities and education. The proposal would support enhanced school sports infrastructure and community use. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.1 -7.10 and 9.1-9.5 of this report. Northwood Hills Residents Association i) Harm to residential amenity, noise and disturbance particularly during evenings / weekends. Conflict with residents rights Article 8 of the Human Rights Act. The impact on residential amenity is discussed at paragraphs 7.19-7.30 of this report. Whilst it is acknowledged that the proposal would result in some increased activity associated with the use of the AGP, it is not considered that the impacts would be so significant as to result in an unacceptable interference with neighbouring residents’ rights under Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Article 8 of the Human Rights Act. This is discussed at paragraph 8.1 of this report. ii) Traffic and parking – fails to demonstrate parking provision, will lead to increased traffic and parking pressure. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.31-7.35 of this report. iii) Visual impact on character of the area, particularly from floodlighting. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.11-7.18 and 7.24-7.27 of this report. iv) Conflicts with planning policy relating to design, amenity & traffic / parking. This is discussed throughout Sections 7 and 9 of this report. v) Ecology concerns, badger activity on the site and impact on habitats. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.40-7.49 of this report. vi) Lack of consultation from the school, local residents not consulted prior to submission. Consultation undertaken by the applicant is not a statutory requirement for this type of development. The application has been subject to statutory consultation by the Local Planning Authority. vii) Northwood School received permission for floodlights on their playing fields there was a restriction on height. Also, those floodlights had to be portable and stored away when not in use. These comments are noted. However, each application must be assessed on its own merits having regard to the site context and supporting technical evidence. In this case, the proposed floodlighting is considered acceptable subject to conditions. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.24 -7.27 of this report. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Table 2: Summary of Consultee Responses Consultee and Summary of Comments Planning Officer Response Highways Officer: No objection. The Highways Officer acknowledged that the development would increase patronage at the site; however, the submitted parking accumulation study demonstrated that the existing on -site parking provision of approximately 140 spaces would be sufficient to accommodate the forecast peak demand associated with the combined use of the proposed and existing pitches, without resulting in unacceptable overspill parking onto the surrounding highway network. The Highway s Officer also concluded that, due to the proposed hours of operation, the development would not significantly impact peak weekday traffic conditions and any uplift in vehicle movements could be accommodated within the local road network without detriment to highway safety or congestion. A condition requiring the submission of a Construction Management Plan is recommended. The Highway Authority’s comments are noted and the proposal is considered acceptable in highway and parking terms subject to conditions. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.31-7.35 of this report. Urban Design & Landscape Officer: Concerns raised concerns regarding the visual and landscape impacts of the proposal. The officer noted that the site is visually exposed and that the proposal would introduce a prominent form of development into the existing open grassland setting. Concern was raised regarding the raising of land levels along the eastern edge of the pitch, which was considered to increase the visual prominence of the development, especially from Joel Street and the adjacent public footpath. Concerns were also raised regarding the loss of two trees, including one Category A and one Category B tree, with no mitigation planting proposed as part of the scheme. The officer advised that, should the application be approved, replacement tree planting and additional landscape mitigation would be required to help offset the visual and landscape impacts of the development. The visual and landscape impacts of the proposal have been assessed. Additional landscaping and replacement tree planting are proposed to mitigate impacts. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.11-7.18 and 7.36-7.39 of this report. Sport England: No objection, subject to conditions. Sport England acknowledged that the pr oposal would result in the loss of some natural playing field land and impacts to existing cricket wickets, athletics markings and a rugby pitch; however, it considered that there is an identified need for additional AGP provision within the Borough and that the proposal would provide benefits Sport England’s support and the wider sporting and community benefits of the proposal are given significant weight. This is Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press to both the school and wider community sport provision. Support from the Football Foundation and Rugby Football Union was noted , including the potential use of the facility by local clubs. Overall, the sporting benefits of the proposal outweigh the loss of playing field land and the development accords with Exception 5 of Sport England’s Playing Fields Policy and paragraph 104 of the NPPF. Conditions were recommended requiring compliance with World Rugby Regulation 22 standards, replacement cricket wickets prior to commencement of development, and the submission of a Community Use Agreement to secure community access and management arrangements. discussed at paragraphs 7.1-7.10 and 9.1-9.5 of this report. Noise Officer: Given the nature and context of the proposed development apparent from the information provided I consider it unlikely that a significant adverse noise impact would be caused by the proposed development. This is discussed at paragraphs 7.23-7.30 of this report. 7 Planning Assessment Principle of Development 7.1 Paragraph 95 of the NPPF states that Local Planning Authorities should give great weight to the need to create, expand or alter schools through the preparation of plans and decisions on applications. Furthermore, Section 8 of the NPPF promotes healthy and safe communities and paragraph 93 states that to provide the social, recreational and cultural facilities and services the community needs, planning policies and decisions should plan positively for the provision and use of shared spaces, community facilities (such as sports venues) and other local services to enhance the sustainability of communities and residential environments. 7.2 Policy EM5 of the Local Plan Part 1 seeks to safeguard, enhance and extend sport and leisure facilities across the Borough and recognises the role of artificial playing surfaces in supporting year -round participation in outdoor sport. Policy CI1 supports the retention and enhancement of community infrastructure, including schools and leisure facilities, whilst Policy DMCI 2 of the Local Plan Part 2 supports new community facilities which maximise shared use and community access. 7.3 At a strategic level, Policy S5 of the London Plan supports the provision and enhancement of sports and recreation facilities, including AGPs, particularly where they maximise shared use between schools and the wider community. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press The supporting text to Policy S5 identifies a significant shortfall in AGP provision across London. 7.4 The proposal would result in the partial reconfiguration of the existing playing field layout and some loss of natural grass playing field. However, Sport England has raised no objection and considers that the sporting benefits of the proposal outweigh the loss of playing field land, subject to conditions and a Community Use Agreement. Accordingly, the principle of development is supported in policy terms, subject to an assessment of the detailed impacts of the development, which are assessed below. Loss of Playing Field / Existing Sports Provision 7.5 Paragraph 104 of the NPPF seeks to prot ect existing playing fields and sports land unless one of the stated exceptions applies , including where the development is for alternative sports a nd recreational provision, the benefits of which clearly outweigh the loss of the current or former use. Policy S5 of the London Plan similarly seeks to prot ect sports and recreational land whilst supporting enhanced sports provision where benefits outweigh any loss of existing facilities. 7.6 The proposal would result in the partial redevelopment and reconfiguration of existing grass playing field land in order to facilitate the AGP. The submitted information confirms that the proposal would affect part of the existing athletics track layout together with areas currently used for rugby and cricket activity. 7.7 Sport England has been consulted and raises no objection to the proposal, acknowledging that the development would result in some loss and reconfiguration of existing playing field provision. However, Sport England considers that the proposal would provid e significant qualitative improvements to sports provision through the creation of a modern all -weather AGP capable of supporting year -round use by both the school and wider community. Sport England further advises that the proposal accords with Exception 5 of its Playing Fields Policy, as the sporting benefits of the development outweigh the loss of the affected playing field land. 7.8 The proposal would provide a more reliable and intensively usable sporting facility than the existing grass pitch, which is currently subject to weather-related limitations and periods of unavailability. The development would also support increased participation in sport, includi ng community use outside school hours, and improve the quality and resilience of sports provision available at the school. 7.9 Whilst it is acknowledged that the proposal would alter the existing arrangement of sports facilities within the site, including impacts to the running track configuration, it is considered that the overall sporting, educational and community benefits associated with the provision of the AGP outweigh the limited loss and reconfiguration of existing playing field land. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.10 Accordingly, the proposal is considere d to comply with paragraph 104 of the NPPF and Policy S5 of the London Plan. Design / Impact on the Character and Appearance of the Area 7.11 Paragraph 135 of the NPPF, Policies D4 of the London Plan, BE1 of the Local Plan Part 1 and DMHB 12 of the Local Plan Part 2 require development proposals to be of high-quality design and seek to ensure that new development delivers buildings and spaces that are sympathetic to local character and distinctiveness, including the surrounding built environment and public realm. Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 seeks to ensure that new development harmonises with the surrounding area in terms of scale of development, considering the height, mass and bulk of adjacent structures. 7.12 The application site forms part of the wider Haydon School playing fields and is located within an established residential area. The playing fields are bordered by residential properties along Wiltshire Lane, Joel Street and Norwich Road, with rear gardens backing onto parts of the school grounds. The site itself comprises a large open area of playing fields which slope downwards from northwest to southeast and contains various existing school buildings, hard surfaced playing courts, Multi -Use Games Areas (MUGAs), fencing, floodlighting and associated sports infrastructure. Whilst the playing fields provide an open landscape setting locally, the wider character of the area is influenced by the established school campus and associated built form. 7.13 The proposal would introduce a 3G AGP with associated 4.5m-high perimeter fencing, internal fencing, six 13m-high floodlighting columns, hardstanding areas and associated engineering operations to regrade the site and create a level playing surface. As outlined above, the development would involve both cut and fill earthworks, including raising of land levels across part of the site. As such, the proposal would inevitably introduce a more formalised and engineered form of development into the existing open playing field area. 7.14 A Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) has been submitted in support of the application. The LVIA assesses the impacts of the proposal from a range of surrounding viewpoints, including Wiltshire Lane, the adjacent public footpath and nearby residential properties off Joel Street and Norwich Road. The assessment concludes that the propos al would result in generally minor landscape and visual impacts overall, noting that the site already forms part of an established school sports campus containing ex isting development and associated infrastructure. The LVIA concludes that the proposal would not result in significant harm to the wider landscape character of the area and that the principal visual effects would be limite d to more localised views from nearby residential properties and public vantage points. 7.15 The Council’s Urban Design and Landscape Officer raised concerns regarding the visual prominence of the development, particularly the engineered landform, floodlighting columns and fencing, together with the exposed nature of the site and the loss of two trees. Concern was also raised that the proposal would be Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press visible from Joel Street, the adjacent public footpath and neighbouring residential properties, particularly due to the change in levels associated with the pitch platform. 7.16 It is acknowledged that the development would be visible from surrounding vantage points, including Wiltshire Lane, the public footpath and surrounding rear gardens, and that the proposal would alter the appearance of this part of the playing fields. However, it is also no ted that the develo pment would be viewed within the context of the wider school ca mpus, which already contains a variety of buildings, sports courts, fencing, floodlighting and other sports / recreational infrastructure. The proposal has also been reduced in scale compared to the previously refused scheme, repositioned further away from nearby residential properties and incorporates modern directional LED lighting. 7.17 In response to the comments from the Urban Design and Landscape Officer, additional mitigation tree planting and l andscaping has been sought from the applicant in order to soften views of the development and help mitigate visual impacts, particularly from the public footpath and neighbouring residential properties. Details of replacement tree planting and landscaping would be secured by planning condition. However, it is acknowledged that, unless a substantial level of new tree planting and landscaping is secured and successfully established over time, the AGP and associated floodlighting columns would remain visible from surrounding viewpoints and would not be fully screened. Notwithstanding this, the devel opment would continue to be viewed within the context of the wider established school campus and associated sports infrastructure and, on balance, it is consid ered that the visu al impacts of the proposal are outweighed by the educational, sporting and wider community benefits of the scheme. 7.18 Overall, whilst the proposal would result in some localised visual harm and a moderate change to this part of the site, it is not considered that the development would result in significant harm to the ov erall character and appearance of the area. Subject to appropriate landscaping mitigation, the proposal is considered to comply with paragraph 135 of the NPPF, Policy D4 of the London Plan and Policies BE1 and DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan. Residential Amenity 7.19 Paragraph 135(f) of the NPPF and Po licy D3 of the London Plan outline the importance of planning in securing good standards of amenity for existing and future occupiers of land and buildings. Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 seeks to ensure that new development does not result in a detrimental impact upon adjacent properties and their amenity space in terms of outlook, privacy, noise and daylight / sunlight. Policy D14 of the London Plan seeks to avoid significant adverse noise impacts on health and quality of life. 7.20 The proposed AGP would be located within the existing school playing fields and would be surrounded by residential properties to the north, east and south. The Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press proposal would introduce additional activity, noise, lighting and visual presence associated with the use of the pitch, floodlighting columns and perimeter fencing. The development would also involve engineering operations and changes in levels to create the pitch platform. 7.21 The proposal would be viewed within the context of the wider school campus, which already contains existing MUGAs, sports courts, fencing, floodlighting and associated sports facilities. Whilst it is acknowledged that the proposal would increase the intensity of sporting activity within this part of the site, it is considered that outdoor sports use already forms an established characteristic of the area. 7.22 Furthermore, the current proposal has been reduced in scale compared to the previously refused scheme. In particular, the AGP would be positioned 63m from the nearest site boundary, compared with 28m under the previously refused proposal. As such, the pitch, fencing and associated activity would be located further away from neighbouring residential properties, thereby reducing the potential for adverse amenity impacts. 7.23 With regard to noise impacts, the applicant has submitted a Noise Impact Assessment and draft Noise Management Plan. The assessment considers noise associated with player activity, whistles and footballs striking fencing and concludes that predicted noise levels at surrounding residential properties would remain within accepted guidance and would not result in unacceptable impacts to neighbouring occupiers. The Council’s Noise Officer has raised no objection to the proposal, noting that it is unlikely that a significant adverse noise impact would be caused by the proposed development. 7.24 With regard to lighting impacts, the applicant has submitted a Sports Lighting Statement, Floodlighting Performance Report and associated lux contour modelling. The proposed lighting would comprise six 13m -high columns fitted with LED luminaires designed to provide directional downward lighting with a 0% upward light ratio in order to minimise sky glow and light spill, designed in accordance with the Football Association, FIFA and the Institution of Lighting Professionals (ILP) guidance. 7.25 The submitted modelling demonstrates that light spill to surrounding residential properties would remain within accepted industry guidance and would not result in unacceptable impacts to neighbouring occupiers. The reports also confirm that the lighting sy stem would incorporate automated controls and post- installation testing, which would be secured by condition. 7.26 In terms of hours of use, following discussions with the applicant, the Local Planning Authority has negotiated a reduction in the originally proposed operating hours in order to further miti gate potential impacts on neighbouring residential occupiers. The agreed hours of use, to be secured by condition, are 08:00–21:00 Monday to Friday (final curfew at 21:15), 08:00–20:00 on Saturdays (final curfew at 20:15), and 09:00–18:00 on Sundays and Bank Holidays (final Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press curfew at 18:15). These hours are considered reasonable within the context of a school sports facility located within a suburban residential area. 7.27 Conditions are recommended requiring the floodlighting to be inst alled and operated in accordance with the approved lighting reports and specifications, including controls over illumination levels, operating hours, automated curfew shut -off systems and ongoing maintenance. Post- installation testing would also be required to verify compliance with the approved lighting scheme. These controls are considered necessary to ensure that lighting impacts are appropriately managed in the interests of residential amenity and ecological protection. 7.28 In terms of privacy and overlooking ͕ ƚhe proposal would involve raising land levels in order to create the AGP platform and, as such, the playing surface would sit at a higher level than parts of the existing playing field. However, given the minimum separation distance of the AGP to the nearest boundary of 63m, it is not considered that the proposal would result in unacceptable overlooking or loss of privacy to neighbouring occupiers. 7.29 Concerns have been raised regarding the potential impacts of noise and lighting on the health and wellbeing of nearby residents , including those with neurodiversity. These concerns are acknowledged. However, in planning terms, the proposal has been assessed having regard to the submitted technical assessments, relevant planning policies and proposed mitigation measures, including restrictions on hours of use and lighting controls. Subject to these safeguards, the proposal is not considered likely to result in unacceptable impacts on residential amenity to warrant refusal on those grounds. 7.30 It is acknowledged that some degree of residual noise and visual activity associated with the operation of the AGP would inevitably be perceptible from surrounding residential properties; however, this is not considered to rise to a level that would justif y refusal. Overall, whilst the proposal would result in some increase in activity, lighting and visual presence associated with the operation of the AGP, it is considered that the revised siting of the pitch, the increased separation distances achieved, the proposed lighting technology and the operational controls secured by condition would ensure that the development would not result in significant harm to the residential amenity of surrounding occupiers. The proposal is therefore considered to comply with Paragraph 135(f) of the NPPF, Polic ies D3 and D14 of the London Plan and Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2. Highways and Parking 7.31 Paragraphs 110 and 115 of the NPPF seek to ensure that development proposals provide safe and suitable access for all users and do not result in unacceptable impacts on highway safety or severe residual cumulative impacts on the road network. These objectives are reflected in Policies DMT 1 and DMT 2 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 and Policy T4 of the London Plan. In terms of parking, Policy T6 of the London Plan and Policy DMT 6 of the Hillingdon Local Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press Plan Part 2 require parking provision to be appropriately assessed having regard to the nature of the development, accessibility of the site and likely parking demand. For schools and educational establishments, Appendix C of the Local Plan Part 2 requires parking provision to be assessed on an individual basis through a Transport Assessment. 7.32 The application is supported by a Transport Assessment which considers accessibility, trip generation, parking demand and highway safety. The site would continue to utilise the existing vehicular and pedestrian access from Wiltshire Lane and no alterations are proposed to the access or parking arrangements. The school currently benefits from 140 on-site car parking spaces (including 3 disability spaces) , 3 motorcycle spaces, 124 cycle spaces and 6 minibus spaces. 7.33 The Highway Authority has been consulted and notes that the proposal would increase patronage at the site through community use of the AGP outside school hours. However, the submitted parking accumulation assessment demonstrates that the likely peak parking demand associated with the combined use of the proposed and existing pitches could be accommodated within the existing on- site parking provision without resultin g in unacceptable overspill parking onto surrounding residential roads. The Highway Authority noted that peak demand would equate to approximately 56 vehicles, leaving a substantial residual parking capacity within the existing car park. It is considered that the supporting Transport Assessment and parking accumulation analysis satisfactorily demonstrates how parking demand associated with visitors to the site would be accommodated and managed. In that respect, the current proposal addresses and overcomes the second reason for refusal associated with the previous scheme. 7.34 The Highway Authority also concluded that, due to the proposed hours of operation, the development would not materially impact the weekday peak highway network periods and that any uplift in vehicle movements could be accommodated within the local road network without causing unacceptable impacts to congestion or highway safety. 7.35 In conclusion, the Council’s Highway Au thority reviewed the application and raised no objection subject to conditions, including the submission of a Construction Management Plan and addi tional cycle parking provision. It is therefore considered that the proposal complies with paragraphs 110 and 115 of the NPPF, Policies T4 and T6 of the London Plan, and Policies DMT 1, DMT 2 and DMT 6 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2. Trees and Landscaping 7.36 Policy DMHB 14 of the Hi llingdon Local Plan Part 2 requires development proposals to retain and enhance existing trees, landscaping and natural features of merit wherever possible and to prov ide appropriate replacement planting where tree loss is unavoidable. Polic ies G1, G5 and G7 of the London Plan similarly seek to protect and enhance green infrastructure, secure urban Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press greening and ensure that existing trees of value are retained where possible, with appropriate replacement planting secured where removal is necessary. 7.37 The application is supported by a Tree Survey, Tree Constraints Plan and Arboricultural Impact Assessment , which confirms that two trees would be removed to facilitate the development, including a Category B Common Alder, and a Category A Swamp Cypress. Whilst it is acknowledged that the loss of the Category A tree in particular would result in some arboricultural harm, the submitted assessment concludes that the overall layout has sought to retain the majority of higher quality trees across the site and avoid incursions into the root protection areas of retained trees. 7.38 The Arboricultural Impact Assessment recommends replacement tree planting and additional landscaping in order to compensate for tree loss and provide long- term enhancement to the site’s arboricultural and landscape value. As set out within the design section above, additional landscaping and mitigation planting has been sought by the Local Planning Authority to soften views of the development and enhance the visual appe arance of the site. Full details of replacement tree planting, soft landscaping and long -term management would be secured by condition. 7.39 Overall, whilst the proposal would result in the loss of two trees, including one Category A specimen, it is considered that the majority of existing trees within the wider site would be retained and protected, and that appropriate replacement planting and landscaping mitigation can be secured. Subject to conditions, the proposal is therefore considered to comply with Policy DMHB 14 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 and Policies G1, G5 and G7 of the London Plan. Ecology 7.40 Policy DMEI7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 requires development proposals on or near sites of ecological value to demonstrate that unacceptable impacts on biodiversity are avoided, and that any residual impacts are appropriately mitigated in accordance with the mitigation hierarchy. Policy G6 of the London Plan similarly requires biodiversity to be considered from the outset of the design process, with development expected to protect, enhance and, where possible, increase biodiversity value. 7.41 The site comprises modified grassland within the wider school playing fields and is physically separated from nearby designated ecological sites, including Ruislip Woods SSSI, by surrounding residential development. The application is supported by a Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (PEA) and Phase II Bat Survey. The submitted surveys conclude that the affected grassland is of low ecological value and subject to intensive management and regular sporting use. 7.42 In terms of protected species, the ecological surveys identified no evidence of badger setts, pathways or other signs of badger activity within the application site. However, concerns have been raised by Northwood Hills Residents Association regarding anecdotal reports of badgers within the wider locality. The Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press surveys also identified negligible impacts in relation to reptiles and amphibians, together with potential for hedgehog foraging within the wider playing fields. As such, conditions are recommended requiring precautionary ecological working methods during construction in order to safeguard badgers, hedgehogs and other protected fauna. Conditions are also recommended requiring vegetation and tree removal works to take place outside of the bird nesting season unless otherwise agreed following appropriate survey work. 7.43 Given the proposed floodlighting, a detailed bat survey was undertaken over a 13-night period. The findings demonstrate that the site supports a relatively low level of bat activity, and that subject to the proposed directional LED lighting, curfew controls and mitigation measures, the development would have a negligible impact on bats and would not adversely affect their favourable conservation status. 7.44 The proposal would incorporate floodlighting designed to minimise light spill onto surrounding vegetated boundaries, together with operational curfews secured by condition. Subject to the recommended conditions and implementation of the submitted mitigation measures, the pro posal is not considered to result in unacceptable harm to biodiversity, protected species or ecological interests and is therefore considered to comply with Po licy DMEI 7 of the Local Plan Part 2 and Policy G6 of the London Plan. Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG) 7.45 Paragraph 187 of the NPPF states that planning decisions should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment by minimising impacts on biodiversity and providing net gains where possible. This approach is supported locally by Policy EM7 of the Local Plan Part 1, which seeks to protect biodiversity features from inappropriate development and encourages biodiversity enhancements from all forms of development. In addition, Schedule 7A of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990 introduces a mandatory requirement for developments to deliver a minimum 10% Biodiversity Net Gain (BNG), subject to specific exemptions. 7.46 The application is supported by baseline and proposed habitat plans together with a submitted Biodiversity Metric. The submitted information demonstrates that the proposal would result in the loss of an area of modified grassland and two urban trees associated with the construction of the AGP and associated hardstanding. Whilst some replacement planting is proposed, the submitted metric identifies that the development would not achieve the required 10% biodiversity net gain wholly within the application site. 7.47 The applicant has confirmed that off-site biodiversity units are intended to be purchased in order to address the identified BNG deficit. The applicant has also advised that, following pre -application discussions with Sport England, on -site habitat creation within the playing field area is not supported due to the continued operational use of the land as playing fields. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.48 A pre-commencement condition is therefore recommended requiring the submission and approval of a Biodive rsity Gain Plan demonstrating how a minimum 10% biodiversity net gain would be achieved, including details of any off-site biodiversity units and their long- term management and monitoring arrangements. 7.49 Subject to the above condition, the proposal is considered capable of complying with the mandatory BNG requirements, Policy EM7 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 and Policy G6 of the London Plan. Drainage and Flood Risk 7.50 Policies SI 13 of the London Plan, EM6 of the Local Plan Part 1 and DMEI 9 of the Local Plan Part 2 require development to manage surface water runoff sustainably and ensure that proposals do not increase flood risk on site or elsewhere. 7.51 The application site is located within Flood Zone 1 (lowest flood risk area), however is within a designated Critical Drainage Area. The application is supported by a Drainage Strategy and associated drainage layout and attenuation plans. The submitted informati on confirms that infiltration testing undertaken on site demonstrated that the underlying clay soils are not suitable for soakaway drainage. 7.52 Whilst the proposal would replace part of the existing grassed playing field with an AGP and associated hardstanding, the pitch itself would comprise a permeable construction designed to allow water to drain vertically through the artificial surface into t he underlying stone sub- base. The proposed drainage design incorporates a permeable granular sub -base, perforated carrier drains, lateral drainage pipes, attenuation storage and a restricted discharge rate into the existing surface water drainage system. 7.53 The submitted drainage calculations demonstrate that the proposed system has been designed to accommodate up to a 1 in 100-year storm event including a 40% allowance for climate change, whilst restricting runoff rates to approximately greenfield equivalent rates. The submitted Drainage Strategy concludes that the proposed development would provide a more controlled and managed surface water drainage arrangement than the existing unrestricted runoff conditions currently experienced across the playing fields. The strategy also confirms that the attenuation capacity within the sub -base and engineered fill would exceed the required storage volumes for the critical storm event. 7.54 The proposed drainage system would therefore attenuate and slowly discharge surface water, rather than allowing unrestricted overland runoff towards surrounding residential areas. Overall, the submitted Drainage Strategy confirms that the development would not increase flood risk elsewhere and would ensure that runoff rates are no greater than existing conditions. Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press 7.55 Conditions are recommended requiring the development to be carried out in accordance with the approved drainage strategy and requiring ongoing maintenance of the drainage infrastructure in perpetuity. 7.56 Subject to the above conditions, the prop osal is not considered to result in unacceptable flood risk or drainage impacts and is therefore considered to comply with Policy SI13 of the London Plan and Policies DMEI 9 and DMEI 10 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2. 8 Other Matters Human Rights 8.1 The development has been assessed against the provisions of the Human Rights Act, and in particular Article 1 of the First Protocol and Article 8 of the Act itself. This Act gives further effect to the rights included in the European Convention on Human Rights. In arriving at this recommendation, due regard has been given to the applicant's reasonable development rights and expectations which have been balanced and weighed against the wider community interests, as expressed through third party interests / the Development Plan and Central Government Guidance. Equality 8.2 Due consideration has been given to Section 149 of the Equality Act with regard to the Public Sector Equality Duty in the assessment of this planning application. No adverse equality impacts are considered to arise from the proposal. Local Finance Considerations and CIL 8.3 The Council adopted its own Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) on 1st August 2014. The Hillingdon CIL charge applies to all proposals that add 100m2 or more of new floorspace. The amount to pay is the increase in floorspace multiplied by the rate in the CIL charging schedule and is in addition to the Mayoral CIL charge. CIL rates are index linked. The proposal involves a minor increase in floorspace within the proposed ancillary store of less than 100m2 and is therefore not CIL liable. 9 Conclusion / Planning Balance 9.1 The proposed development would provide enhanced all-weather sports facilities for Haydon School and the wider community , delivering significant educational, recreational and community benefits through increased year-round participation in sport. The proposal is supported in principle and Sport England has raised no objection, noting that the sporting benefits of the proposal outweigh the limited loss and reconfiguration of existing playing field land. 9.2 It is acknowledged that the proposal would result in some increased activity, lighting, noise and visual presence associated with the operation of the AGP, Hillingdon Planning Committee – 21st April 2026 PART 1 – Members, Public & Press together with some localised visual change arising from the engineering works, fencing and floodlighting columns. The development would also result in the loss of two trees and some alteration to the appearance of this part of the playing fields. 9.3 However, the proposal has been reduced in scale and repositioned further away from neighbouring residential properties compared to the previously refused scheme, and is supported by technical assessments relating to visual impact, noise, lighting, drainage, ecology and highways. Subject to the recommended planning conditions , it is considered that the identified impacts would not result in significant or unacceptable harm. 9.4 The application has also satisfactorily addressed the previous reasons for refusal associated with planning application ref. 9556/APP/2014/3306 through a revised scheme that is reduced in scale and via the submission of detailed levels information, visual assessments and a Transport Assessment demonstrating that parking demand can be accommodated within the site and that the proposal will not result in unacceptable impacts on highway safety or cumulative impacts on the road network. 9.5 Taking all relevant considerations into account, it is concluded that the proposal accords with the Developm ent Plan when read as a whole, and there are no material considerations which indicate that planning permission should be refused. The planning application is therefore recommended for approval, subject to the conditions set out in Appendix 1. 10 Background Papers 10.1 Relevant published policies and documents taken into account in respect of this application are set out in the report. Documents associated with the application (except exempt or confidential information) are available on the Council's website here, by entering the planning application number at the top of this report and using the search facility. Planning applications are also available to inspect electronically at the Civic Centre, High Street, Uxbridge, UB8 1UW upon appointment, by contacting Planning Services at planning@hillingdon.gov.uk. AAPPENDICES Planning Application 9556/APP/2026/461 Hillingdon Planning Committee - PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 1 of 16 AAppendix 1: Recommended Conditions and Informatives Conditions 1. COM3 T Time Limit The development hereby permitted shall be begun before the expiration of three years from the date of this permission. REASON To comply with Section 91 of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. 2. RES4 A Accordance with Approved Plans The development hereby permitted shall not be carried out except in complete accordance with the details shown on the submitted plans, numbers: 02 Rev. 02 (Site Location Plan) 03 (Proposed Site Plan) 04 (Proposed AGP Plan) 05 (Proposed Elevation) 06 (Floodlighting Scheme) 07 (Proposed AGP Drainage Layout) 08 (Proposed AGP Drainage Strategy) 09 (Playing Field Layout) 10 (Infill Containment Measures) 11 (site Sections) 12 (Pitch Sections) 13 (Pitch Levels) 14 (Indicative Groundworks Plan) REASON To ensure the development complies with the provisions of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012), Part 2 (2020) and the London Plan (2021). 3. COM5 A Accordance with Supporting Documentation The development hereby permitted shall be carried out and thereafter operated in accordance with the following approved supporting documents: Sports Lighting Statement by Surfacing Standards Limited dated 3 December 2025 Floodlighting Performance Report by Surfacing Standards Limited dated 2 December 2025 Appendix D - Proposed Materials and Appearance by Surfacing Standards Limited Drainage Strategy by Surfacing Standards Limited dated 3 December 2025 Noise Impact Assessment by Acoustic Consultants Ltd dated 23 December 2025 Transport Assessment by TPS Transport Consultants Ltd dated December 2025 Hillingdon Planning Committee - PART 1 - MEMBERS, PUBLIC & PRESS 2 of 16 Arboricultural Impact Assessment by RPS dated 8 December 2025 The Statutory Biodiversity Metric dated 16 December 2025 completed by Patrick Collins BNG Baseline V1 BNG Proposed V1 Phase II Bat Surveys by BJ Collins dated December 2025 Preliminary Ecological Appraisal (Extended) Report by BJ Collins dated December 2025 Design and Access with Planning Statement by Surfacing Standards Limited dated 3 December 2025 Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment by Broom Lynne dated January 2026 Infill Retention Measures by Surfacing Standards Limited. REASON To ensure that the development complies with the objectives of relevant Policies in the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012) and Part 2 (2020), the London Plan (2021) and the National Planning Policy Framework (2024). 4 4. HO4 M Materials The fencing, floodlighting columns, maintenance/storage container and associated structures hereby approved shall be finished and thereafter retained in the colours and materials specified within the approved plans and supporting documents unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The finishes shall thereafter be maintained as such for the lifetime of the development. REASON To ensure a satisfactory appearance and to safeguard the character and visual amenities of the area in accordance with Policy D4 of the London Plan (2021), Policy BE1 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012) and Policy DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 2 (2020). 5. OM19 C Construction Management Plan No development shall commence until a Construction Management Plan has been submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The Plan shall detail: (i) The phasing of development works; (ii) The hours during which development works will occur (please refer to informative I15 for maximum permitted working hours); (iii) Measures to prevent mud and dirt

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Only the start of this long document is shown here. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

175. Addendum PDF 161 KB
📄 Addendum PDF 161 KB
Read the text of this document (6 pages)
Meeting: Hillingdon Planning Committee Date: 4th June 2026 Time: 7:00pm Venue: Committee Room 5, Civic Centre ADDENDUM SHEET Item: 10 Location: Technology House Amendments/Additional Information: Officer Comments: A Transport Statement Addendum (TSA) has been received that provides additional information on the proposed pedestrian access. The TSA proposes an updated pedestrian route which cuts across the petrol station forecourt and shop. Notably there is no dedicated pedestrian footway between High Street and the application site. After accessing the site from High Street, pedestrians would need to walk onto a parking area in front of the Amazon lockers (located to the side of the shop) and then make their way across the shopfront and towards the site whilst negotiating the conflicting movements of cars and customers of the petrol station. The email trail at Appendix A of the TSA (page 20) also includes recent email correspondence from CBRE (the petrol station landowners) who state that Shell raised potential safety issues regarding the proposed pedestrian walkway. The TSA (page 30) also confirms Shell raising potential safety issues from pedestrian rights of access across the petrol station and state the following- ‘While pedestrian access is within your rights, Shell strongly discourages it due to the high level of vehicle activity on the forecourt, which pres ents significant safety concerns’. Paragraph 2.2.2 of the TSA suggest s that agreement has been reached with Shell. However, the email trail at Appendix A does not evidence agreement and appears to suggest that Shell also raise highway safety concerns and are not The additional information has been submitted late in the process, following the LPA informing the agent of the significant highway safety concerns. Whilst the email trails included in Appendices A and D indicate discussions with Shell regarding the pedestrian footway and an informal agreement by Tesco to secure 30 off-site car parking spaces, there is no evidence of any legal agreement or easement between the applicant and these third parties to secure these provisions in perpetuity. Furthermore, the informal agreement by Tesco can be withdrawn at any time and therefore mitigation in supportive of pedestrian access through the petrol station to the application site. The email trail at Appendix D of the TSA (page 49) indicates that as of 20 March 2025 the Tesco Store Manager was ‘happy to support The Hillingdon Foodbank and will grant you permission to use up to 30 additional spaces in the Car Park on a Sunday morning ’. More recent e mail correspondence (page 47) confirms Tesco’s position as of 24 April 2026 - ‘we would need to continually review and may need to change this in the future if it has a detrimental effect on our residents and customers’. Despite the timing of the submission of the revised TSA the Local Highway Authority has reviewed the submission and sustains its highway objection. The LPA do not consider th at TSA satisfactorily resolves the Highway safety r eason for refusal. terms of car parking provision would fall away. Updated floor plans have been received at a late stage and communication from the agent that the nursery will stay at the existing building when the church moves. The ground floor rooms previously marked as studio and teaching rooms have been relabelled on the updated floorplans as office and youth church/counselling advice. The updated floor plans were submitted in response to the flood risk reason for refusal following the publication of the committee report. At Paragraph 2.4 of the submitted planning statement the agent confirms 'the proposal involves retaining about 488m2 of Class E floorspace for offices and nursery space and 266m2 of Class B8 storage and distribution for the Hillingdon Foodbank’ (underline added). In the LPAs view, the amended floor plan and additional information represents a material change to the application submission. Whilst the updated uses would fall under the flood risk vulnerability of ‘less vulnerable’, the FRA does not follow the EA’s standing advice, which is required for developments within Flood Zone 2, including change of use. The additional information is not considered to resolve reason for refusal 2. Item: 12 Location: Hayes Park West Amendments/Additional Information: Officer Comments: Addition of the following condition for a Public Art Strategy: Notwithstanding the approved plans, prior to commencement of superstructure works for the development hereby permitted, a Public Art Strategy shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the Local Planning Authority. The strategy shall ensure the provision of high-quality public art that responds to the site's unique modernist architectural heritage and parkland setting. The submission shall include: a) Details of the artist brief and the process for selecting and commissioning the artwork. b) An explanation of how the proposed art responds to the site's history, the legacy of architect Gordon Bunshaft, or the surrounding landscape. c) Plans demonstrating how the proposed artwork integrates with the proposal without causing visual clutter. d) A timeline for the installation of the artwork (to be completed prior to the first occupation) and a schedule outlining long-term maintenance responsibilities. Thereafter the development shall be constructed in accordance with the approved details prior to occupation and shall be retained as such. REASON To ensure the delivery of high -quality, site-specific public art that enhances the design, reinforces local distinctiveness, and responds appropriately to the setting and significance of the adjacent listed buildings and parkland context, without causing visual harm, in accordance with Policy HE1 of Hillingdon's Local Plan: Part 1 (2012), Policies DMHB 1, DMHB 2 and DMHB 11 of the Hillingdon Local Plan: Part 2 (2020) and Policy HC1 of the London Plan (2021). For completeness and as requested by the Council’s Conservation and Urban Design Officer. Remove S106 HoT ix: ix. Residential Parking Permit Restrictions: Residential and Visitor Parking Permits restriction (excluding Blue Badge holders). S106 HoT x. re-numbered to ix. x. ix. Project Management and Monitoring Fee: A Project Management and Monitoring Fee, equalling 5 % of the total financial contributions to be paid under this agreement. Correction. A residential parking permit restriction has not been requested by the Highways Authority. There is also no residential car parking management zone near the site which would apply in this instance. As such, the S106 HoT does not meet the tests and cannot be secured. Rename S106 HoT v. to: v. Healthy Streets, Active Travel Zone and Air Quality Mitigation Contribution: Financial contribution equal to £243,101. As requested by the Planning Obligations Team to make spending responsibilities clear. For clarity, it should be noted that this amendment does not mean that the money cannot be used for healthy streets and active travel zone improvement works where these are forecast to result in air quality improvements. Amend Condition 3 as follows: The development hereby permitted shall not be occupied until the following it has been com pleted in accordance with the specified supporting plans and/or documents: ... Biodiversity Net Gain Assessment prepared by Greenpage and dated September November 2025 ... Domestic Heating Review Rev. P02 prepared by Hoare Lea and dated February March 2026 ... Noise Assessment prepared by NRG Consulting and dated November 2025 ... Correction. Item: 13 Location: Land at Austin Road Amendments/Additional Information: Officer Comments: Consultation comments have been received from the Building Safety Regulator (BSR) who have advised that following a review of the information provided in the planning application, the BSR is content with the fire safety design as set out in the project description, to the extent it affec ts land use planning considerations. The comments received from the Building Safety Regulator (BSR) are noted and no further actions are required. Item: 14 Location: Haydon School Amendments/Additional Information: Officer Comments: An amended site section has been received, with the accurate floodlight column height of 13m (no t 15m as previously indicated). This was a n inconsistency from the other plans and the height of the floodlight column would be lower than what was initially indicated on the site section (2m lower) . Therefore, a further period of consultation was not required. Condition 2 ( Approved Plans ) is therefore amended as follows: The development hereby permitted shall not be carried out except in complete accordance with the details shown on the submitted plans, numbers: 02 Rev. 02 (Site Location Plan) 03 (Proposed Site Plan) 04 (Proposed AGP Plan) 05 (Proposed Elevation) 06 (Floodlighting Scheme) The wording of Condition 2 (Approved Plans) is amended so that Drawing No. 11 is replaced with Drawing No. 11 Rev 01. 07 (Proposed AGP Drainage Layout) 08 (Proposed AGP Drainage Strategy) 09 (Playing Field Layout) 10 (Infill Containment Measures) 11 Rev 01 (Site Sections) 12 (Pitch Sections) 13 (Pitch Levels) 14 (Indicative Groundworks Plan) REASON To ensure the development complies with the provisions of the Hillingdon Local Plan Part 1 (2012), Part 2 (2020) and the London Plan (2021). There have been 22 additional comments received (14 in support and 8 in objection). Concerns relate to residential amenity, lighting, traffic and parking, drainage, ecology and visual impact, which are assessed within the relevant sections of the report. Further concerns regarding ground stability and subsidence have been raised. This is addressed in Officer’s comments. In terms of land stability and historic subsidence, no evidence has been submitted to demonstrate that the site is unstable or that the proposal would result in subsidence. Furthermore, no land stability issues have been identified through the assessment of the application. Moreover, paragraph 197 of the NPPF confirms that, in terms of land stability, responsibility for securing a safe development rests with the developer and/or landowner. The additional comments received do not alter the officer recommendation.

Text extracted automatically from the PDF, so layout, tables and images are not shown. Open the original PDF on LB Hillingdon’s website.

Page Updated: